East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy

Document Sample
East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy Powered By Docstoc
					                                                                                                            East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Foreword
East Cambridgeshire is an attractive place, offering a good quality of life for local people, a range of
employment opportunities, and good services and facilities. The district has experienced rapid growth
in recent years, with more people coming to live and work here. The key challenge for the District
Council is to manage this growth in the best possible way in the future, making sure that new
development is properly planned for and is supported by appropriate services and infrastructure. We
also need to ensure that the unique character and environment of East Cambridgeshire is protected,
and that we respond to challenges such as the need for affordable housing, providing a better range
of employment opportunities, regenerating our town centres, tackling high levels of out-commuting,
and addressing threats from flood risk and climate change.

The District Council is in the process of preparing a new Plan for the district, known as the ‘Local
Development Framework’ (or LDF). The LDF will help the District Council to meet these challenges,
and provide a framework to guide the growth of the district up to the year 2025. The process of
preparing this statutory plan is a long one, and we have spent time over the last few years consulting
the public and local organisations on the important issues which need to be addressed, commissioning
expert studies, and considering existing evidence.

The Core Strategy will be one of the key documents in the LDF, and has been formally approved by
Government. The Core Strategy sets out a clear vision for the future of the district, and identifies how,
where and when new development will take place in East Cambridgeshire up to the year 2025. It
also includes a range of ‘development control’ policies which will be used for assessing planning
applications. This vision and strategy will inform the selection of specific sites for development, which
will be identified in other LDF documents which are due to be produced in 2009/10.

I would like to thank everyone who contributed to the development of the Core Strategy. The District
Council is committed to making East Cambridgeshire a better place to live and work, and this Plan
should help to ensure that growth in the district is managed in a sustainable way.




                   Councillor Peter Moakes
                   Chair of Strategic Development Committee
                   East Cambridgeshire District Council
East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                    Core Strategy Development Plan Document

                                    1 Introduction                                                                         5
                                      1.1     The Local Development Framework                                              5
                                      1.2     The purpose of this document                                                 5
                                      1.3     Preparation of the Core Strategy                                             6
                                      1.4     Key issues and influences                                                    8
                                    2 Core Strategy                                                                        11
                                      2.1     Overview                                                                     11
                                      2.2     Spatial portrait                                                             11
                                      2.3     Spatial vision and objectives                                                15
                                      2.4     Core policies                                                                18
                                            2.4.1    CS1 - Spatial strategy                                                18
                                            2.4.2    CS2 - Housing                                                         21
                                            2.4.3    CS3 - Gypsy and traveller sites and sites for travelling showpeople   28
                                            2.4.4    CS4 - Employment                                                      31
                                            2.4.5    CS5 - Retail and town centre uses                                     37
                                            2.4.6    CS6 - Environment                                                     40
                                            2.4.7    CS7 - Infrastructure                                                  42
                                            2.4.8    CS8 - Access                                                          44
                                            2.4.9    Key diagram                                                           46
                                      2.5     Town strategies                                                              47
                                            2.5.1    CS9 - Ely                                                             47
                                            2.5.2    CS10 - Soham                                                          50
                                            2.5.3    CS11 - Littleport                                                     52
                                    3 Development Control Policies                                                         55
                                      3.1     Introduction                                                                 55
                                      3.2     Housing                                                                      56
                                            3.2.1    H1 - Housing mix and type                                             56
                                            3.2.2    H2 - Density                                                          57
                                            3.2.3    H3 - Affordable housing                                               58
                                                                                                  East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
      3.2.4    H4 - Affordable housing exceptions                                            61
      3.2.5    H5 - Dwellings for rural workers                                              62
      3.2.6    H6 - Residential care homes                                                   64
      3.2.7    H7 - Mobile home and residential caravan parks                                65
      3.2.8    H8 - Alterations or replacement of dwellings in the countryside               66
3.3     Employment                                                                           67
      3.3.1    EC1 - Retention of employment sites                                           67
      3.3.2    EC2 - Extensions to existing businesses in the countryside                    68
      3.3.3    EC3 - Non-residential re-use or replacement of buildings in the countryside   68
      3.3.4    EC4 - Residential re-use of buildings in the countryside                      70
      3.3.5    EC5 - Farm diversification                                                    70
      3.3.6    EC6 - New employment buildings on the edge of settlements                     72
      3.3.7    EC7 - Horse racing                                                            72
      3.3.8    EC8 - Tourist facilities and visitor attractions                              73
      3.3.9    EC9 - Tourist accommodation                                                   74
      3.3.10   EC10 - Holiday and seasonal occupancy conditions                              76
3.4     Services and infrastructure                                                          78
      3.4.1    S1 - Location of retail and town centre uses                                  78
      3.4.2    S2 - Retail uses in town centres                                              80
      3.4.3    S3 - Retaining community facilities and open space                            81
      3.4.4    S4 - Developer contributions                                                  82
      3.4.5    S5 - Telecommunications                                                       84
      3.4.6    S6 - Transport impact                                                         85
      3.4.7    S7 - Parking provision                                                        86
3.5     Environment                                                                          88
      3.5.1    EN1 - Landscape and settlement character                                      88
      3.5.2    EN2 - Design                                                                  89
      3.5.3    EN3 - Sustainable construction and energy efficiency                          93
      3.5.4    EN4 - Renewable energy                                                        93
      3.5.5    EN5 - Historic conservation                                                   95
      3.5.6    EN6 - Biodiversity and geology                                                98
                                             3.5.7   EN7 - Flood risk                        101
East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                             3.5.8   EN8 - Pollution                         104
                                             3.5.9   EN9 - Green Belt                        107
                                    4 Infrastructure, implementation and monitoring          109
                                       4.1     Introduction                                  109
                                       4.2     Infrastructure requirements and constraints   109
                                       4.3     Implementation                                116
                                       4.4     Monitoring                                    124


                                    Appendices

                                    1 Schedule of Local Plan policies to be replaced         138
                                    2 Housing supply and trajectory                          155
                                               a) Sources of housing supply                  155
                                               b) Housing trajectory                         158
                                               c) Housing source data                        161
                                               d) Previously developed land trajectory       179
                                    3 Parking standards                                      182
                                    4 Glossary                                               187
                                    5 Natural and cultural sites                             196
                                                                                                         East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
1 Introduction
1.1 The Local Development Framework
1.1.1   East Cambridgeshire District Council is preparing a new ‘Local Development Framework’
        to guide the growth of the district to 2025. The Local Development Framework (LDF) will
        consist of a series of policy documents which will eventually replace the East Cambridgeshire
        District Local Plan (adopted in 2000). The Council is required by Government to produce a
        new LDF – as established in the Planning and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004.

1.1.2   This document concerns the strategy at the heart of the new plan - the ‘Core Strategy’. The
        Core Strategy is one of the key documents which will form part of the new LDF. The Core
        Strategy will set out the Council’s spatial vision for the future, and a series of policies to
        deliver that vision and guide new development. Once adopted, the Core Strategy will replace
        a number of the saved policies in the District Local Plan – details of which policies will be
        replaced is set out in Appendix 1.

1.1.3   The documents that will comprise the East Cambridgeshire LDF are listed below (according
        to the Council's Local Development Scheme 2008). In addition to the Core Strategy, there
        will be 2 LDF documents which will allocate specific sites for new development. All of the
        LDF documents will need to be in conformity with the Core Strategy. Further details of the
        LDF documents and the timetable for their preparation are set out in the Council’s Local
        Development Scheme (see the Council’s website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk). It should be
        noted that the Local Development Scheme may be updated periodically, with the agreement
        of the Government Office, in order to provide accurate information on LDF production.

             Core Strategy Development Plan Document (including Development Control policies)
             Site Allocations Development Plan Document (allocating specific sites for development)
             Gypsy and Traveller Sites Development Plan Document (allocating specific sites for
             development)
             Proposals Map (showing the areas where the policies and allocations will apply)
             A series of Supplementary Planning Documents (supplementing and supporting the
             policies and allocations in the main LDF documents)


1.2 The purpose of this document
1.2.1   This Core Strategy has been prepared following earlier consultation with the public and key
        stakeholders on the key issues the Plan should address, and different policy choices. Details
        of the preparation process are set out in section 1.4 below.

1.2.2   The Core Strategy document sets out the spatial vision for the district up to the year 2025,
        and the spatial objectives and strategic policies to deliver that vision. The document also
        includes a set of Development Control Policies which will be used in assessing planning
        applications.                                                                                                                        5
1.2.3   A Proposals Map has also been published alongside the Core Strategy (see separate
        document). The Proposals Map shows the areas where policies will apply.
                                        1.2.4   A number of supporting documents have also been prepared to support the Core Strategy,
    East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                as listed below. These documents are available on the Council’s website at
                                                www.eastcambs.gov.uk, or can be obtained by phoning the Council’s Forward Planning
                                                team on 01353 665555.

                                                     Sustainability Appraisal report – providing information on the economic, environmental
                                                     and social impact of the policy approaches.
                                                     Statement of Consultation – setting out how community and stakeholders were involved
                                                     in the production of the Core Strategy, and how views have been taken into account.

                                        1.2.5   The district contains a number of European Nature Conservation Sites (Special Areas of
                                                Conservation, Special Protection Areas and RAMSAR sites), and the Council is therefore
                                                required under EU legislation to separately assess the potential effects of the Core Strategy
                                                on these sites. However, the initial view of Natural England, following the submission of a
                                                screening report on preferred options, was that a full Appropriate Assessment of the Core
                                                Strategy Submission Draft was not required. The Screening Report can be viewed on the
                                                Council's website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk

                                        1.3 Preparation of the Core Strategy
                                        1.3.1   The Core Strategy has been prepared in accordance with a series of statutory stages set
                                                by Government. These key stages are listed in the diagram below, along with details of the
                                                timetable. The preparation process has involved a mix of informal and formal consultation
                                                exercises with the public and other key stakeholders. Further details of consultation
                                                undertaken is set out in the Council's Statement of Consultation which accompanies this
                                                document. It can be seen from the diagram that additional consultation was carried out in
                                                2007 on an 'amendment' to the Core Strategy. This was in response to new Government
                                                advice on the level of spatial detail which should be included in a Core Strategy - requiring
                                                that we include further details on the broad distribution of growth and broad areas for
                                                development around settlements.The Council needed to consult with stakeholders on these
                                                additional issues, and it was therefore necessary to produce an 'Amendment' focusing on
                                                these new spatial matters.




6
                                                                                                           East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
                               Key stages in Core Strategy preparation




1.3.2   As part of the preparation process, the Council was also required to undertake a
        'Sustainability Appraisal' of the different policy options at each key stage. The Sustainability
        Appraisal process involves assessing the economic, social and environmental implications
        of policy options - against a series of 'sustainability objectives' identified in the Council's
        Sustainability Appraisal Scoping Report (published in 2005 and updated on an annual basis).
        Therefore, each of the Issues Papers have been accompanied by an 'Initial Sustainability
        Appraisal' - and the Preferred Options Papers by a 'draft Final Sustainability Appraisal.' The
        Core Strategy Submission Document was also accompanied by a Sustainability Appraisal
        report. Each of these Sustainability Appraisal documents can be viewed on the Council's
        website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk. The results of the sustainability appraisal process are
                                                                                                                                               7
        intended to inform policy selection and highlight areas where policies need to be adjusted
        to ensure economic/social/environmental implications are reduced.
                                        1.4 Key issues and influences
    East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                        1.4.1    A wide range of information and guidance sources have been taken into account in the
                                                 preparation of the Core Strategy. These sources are summarised below - and further details
                                                 are set out in each chapter on how the key influences relate to specific policy areas.

                                        National and regional/county planning guidance

                                        1.4.2    The Government produces Planning Policy Statements (PPSs) which are replacing the old
                                                 system of Planning Policy Guidance notes (PPGs), and Planning Circulars. These set out
                                                 Government policy on a variety of topics, and the Core Strategy needs to be consistent with
                                                 what they say. The Core Strategy has also been prepared in the context of the Planning
                                                 and Compulsory Purchase Act 2004 and associated Regulations. The full text of the
                                                 Government documents can be viewed on the Department of Communities and Local
                                                 Government website at www.communities.gov.uk

                                        1.4.3    The Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS) for the East of England was published in 2008 and
                                                 sets out the spatial strategy for the region (see the Assembly's website at www.eera.gov.uk).
                                                 The Core Strategy needs to support and be 'in general conformity' with RSS. The RSS sets
                                                 a context for the scale and location of housing and employment development and for the
                                                 distribution of development between settlements, and gives a further lead on priorities, for
                                                 example, on economic investment, and on other matters such as targets for the re-use of
                                                 brownfield land. RSS has replaced most of the policies in the Cambridgeshire and
                                                 Peterborough Structure Plan, adopted in 2003, but some of the policies have been saved.
                                                 The full text of the Structure Plan and details of the 'saved' policies can be viewed on the
                                                 County Council website at www.cambridgeshire.gov.uk

                                        Other plans and strategies

                                        1.4.4    The 'East Cambridgeshire Sustainable Community Strategy' is a key local strategy document.
                                                 It seeks to co-ordinate the strategies and objectives of voluntary, community and public
                                                 sector organisations in the district. It was produced and adopted by the East Cambridgeshire
                                                 Local Strategic Partnership in April 2008, and replaces the 2004 Community Strategy. The
                                                 key aims of the Strategy are set out below. These aims have been incorporated into the
                                                 Core Strategy aims and policies, and the LDF has an important role as a delivery mechanism
                                                 for land use/development elements of the strategy. Links to specific policy areas are set
                                                 out within the Core Strategy - whilst the full text of the Sustainable Community Strategy can
                                                 be viewed on the Council's website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk

                                        Sustainable Community Strategy - key aims

                                                      To create safer and cleaner communities
                                                      To promote health and wellbeing
                                                      To encourage sustainable growth
8                                                     To achieve better outcomes for children and young people
                                                      To support business, skills and enterprise
                                                      To promote involved local communities
                                                                                                          East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
1.4.5   Alongside these core aims, the Sustainable Community Strategy also aims to consider the
        following cross-cutting themes in all its projects:

             Accessibility
             Environment
             Equality and diversity


1.4.6   Other District Council strategies have also informed the Core Strategy. The full list of
        documents is listed in the Council's Local Development Scheme, and includes the Council's
        Corporate Plan, Housing Strategy, Economic Development Strategy and Community Safety
        Strategy. Full versions of the documents can be viewed on the Council's website at
        www.eastcambs.gov.uk

1.4.7   The Core Strategy has also been prepared taking into account the plans and strategies of
        other organisations in the district. This has included infrastructure and service providers
        such as the Police, Health Authority, and the Highways Authority, where these have spatial
        implications. This can help to ensure that local priorities and strategies are reflected in the
        Council's Core Strategy document, and that infrastructure is provided in a co-ordinated way
        with growth. Details of infrastructure requirements and constraints are set out in Chapter 4
        of this document. Parish Plans, prepared by Parish Councils and local communities, have
        also informed the Core Strategy.

1.4.8   The Core Strategy has also been prepared having regard to neighbouring authorities. East
        Cambridgeshire is bounded by Forest Heath, St. Edmundsbury, South Cambridgeshire,
        Huntingdonshire, Fenland, and Kings Lynn and West Norfolk local authority areas. South
        Cambridgeshire already has an adopted Core Strategy, whilst the other districts are in the
        process of preparing these documents. The Council works closely with these authorities,
        and regular meetings ensure close co-operation on cross-boundary issues. This has been
        particularly important in the case of Forest Heath, as East Cambridgeshire contains some
        of the suburbs of Newmarket and the surrounding villages - whilst the bulk of the town lies
        within Forest Heath local authority area.

Background studies

1.4.9   In preparing the LDF a range of 'evidence gathering' has been undertaken to ensure the
        documents have a robust basis. The key research studies which have informed policy areas
        in the Core Strategy are listed below. These studies have been commissioned/produced
        by the District Council unless otherwise indicated. The full text of these documents can be
        viewed on the Council's website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk (or the Cambs Horizons/County
        Council websites where relevant).



                                                                                                                                              9
                                     Strategic
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                   Settlement Hierarchy Paper (2006 + update in 2007)
                                                   Ely New Estates Survey (2002 and 2007)
                                                   Broad Areas of Search for New development (May 2008)

                                     Economic

                                                   Employment Land & Labour Market (2005 + update March 2008)
                                                   Employment Sites Study (2007)
                                                   Retail Study (2005 + updates in March 2008 and April 2009)
                                                   Tourist Accommodation Assessment (2005)

                                     Environment and services

                                                   Strategic Flood Risk Assessment (2005)
                                                   Ely Environmental Capacity Study (2001)
                                                   County Wildlife Sites Assessment (2005)
                                                   Green Belt Assessment (2005)
                                                   Informal Open Spaces Assessment (2005)
                                                   Sports Facilities and Play Areas Assessment (2005)
                                                   Cambs Rights of Way Improvement Plan (2006) - produced by the County Council
                                                   Cambs Green Infrastructure Strategy (2006) - commissioned by Cambs Horizons
                                                   Cambridge Sub-Region Arts and Culture Strategy (2006) - commissioned by Cambs
                                                   Horizons
                                                   Cambridge Sub-Region Major Sports Strategy (2006) - commissioned by Cambs
                                                   Horizons
                                                   Sustainable Construction in Cambridgeshire (2006) - commissioned by Cambs Horizons
                                                   Cambs Biodiversity Action Plan (2002) - produced by the Cambs Biodiversity Partnership

                                     Housing

                                                   Housing Land Availability Assessment (March 2008)
                                                   Housing Needs Assessment (2003)
                                                   Cambridge Sub-Region Strategic Housing Market Assessment (March 2008) -
                                                   sub-regional study commissioned by Cambs Horizons/County Council
                                                   Sub-District Gypsy and Traveller Needs Assessment (April 2007)
                                                   Mobile Homes Study (2003)
                                                   Cambs Gypsy and Traveller Assessment (2007) - commissioned by Cambs County
                                                   Council

                                     Public and stakeholder consultation

10                                   1.4.10    The views of local people and key organisations (or 'stakeholders') have helped to inform
                                               the development of the Core Strategy Submission document. As reported above, consultation
                                               was carried out over several years on potential policy options. The accompanying
                                               Consultation Statement explains how this process has been undertaken and how comments
                                               have influenced the content of the Core Strategy. Full details of comments made during
                                               consultation phases are set out in various 'Summary of Responses' documents which can
                                               be viewed on the Council's website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk.
                                                                                                          East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
2 Core Strategy
2.1 Overview
2.1.1   This section provides an overview of the proposed LDF strategy. It includes:

             A brief summary of the characteristics of East Cambridgeshire and the issues which
             need to be addressed (the ‘spatial portrait’)
             A vision of how the district should be in the year 2025 (the ‘spatial vision’)
             A set of strategic objectives which should help to deliver the vision, and provide more
             specific direction to the spatial policies proposed in sections 2.4 and 2.5
             A series of ‘core policies’ which translate the vision and objectives of the strategy into
             courses of action, and define when, where and how much development will take place
             in East Cambridgeshire up to the year 2025. These policies form the basis for more
             detailed development control policies in chapter 3, and the allocation of sites which
             will be proposed in separate LDF documents
             Strategic policies for the main settlements in East Cambridgeshire, which reflect the
             content of the Core Policies, and identify the key developments required to deliver the
             vision for each settlement. These, along with the Core Policies and vision, will provide
             the framework for the preparation of future site specific Development Plan Documents.


2.2 Spatial portrait
2.2.1   East Cambridgeshire is a predominantly rural district located to the north-east of Cambridge.
                                               2
        The District covers an area of 655 km , and has a population of 77,900 (Cambridgeshire
        County Council mid-year population estimate 2007). The district contains 3 market towns,
        and 50 other villages and hamlets varying in size, including the fringe areas of Newmarket.
        The largest settlement is the cathedral city of Ely with a population of 17,960, whilst the
        other market towns of Soham and Littleport have populations of 9,440 and 7,940 respectively.
        Together the three Market Towns comprise about 45% of the total District population
        estimated for 2007.

2.2.2   The nearby city of Cambridge (population 115,200), as a major economic, social and cultural
        centre, exerts a significant influence over the whole district. The town of Peterborough
        (population 163,300) is the other nearest principal settlement, but its impact on the district
        is more limited. East Cambridgeshire has one of the highest levels of out-commuting in the
        Eastern region (49% of the working population, which was 4th highest in the 2001 Census),
        with the highest proportion of people commuting to jobs in the Cambridge area. Reflecting
        these connections, the Regional Spatial Strategy identifies the vast majority of the district
        as being within the ‘Cambridge Sub-Region’ part of the Eastern region. The district also lies
        in the designated London-Cambridge-Stansted-Peterborough Growth Area.

2.2.3   The success of the Cambridge economy has meant the district has experienced considerable
        recent pressure for housing growth. Lower house prices in East Cambridgeshire and a lack                                       11
        of housing stock in the Cambridge area has encouraged people to look further afield for
        accommodation. In recent years East Cambridgeshire has been one of the fastest growing
        districts in England, in terms of proportional population growth (with an increase of nearly
        20% between 1991 and 2006). However, whilst the economy in East Cambridgeshire is
        strong, the pace of economic growth has not matched that of housing growth. This has
        meant a significant recent increase in the level of out-commuting, and the associated
        problems of congestion and pollution. These patterns are particularly unsustainable, as the
                                             district is rural in nature with generally poor public transport services, and has one of the
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                             highest level of commuting by car of all local authorities in the Eastern region (source: 2001
                                             Census). Rapid population growth has also placed pressure on local infrastructure and
                                             service provision – for example, education, transport, health services, recreation and utility
                                             services. A key challenge will be to ensure that future growth is supported by timely and
                                             appropriate infrastructure, as this is essential to the creation of sustainable communities
                                             and will help new development to be successfully integrated into existing communities.

                                     2.2.4   As referred to above, the economy of East Cambridgeshire is relatively healthy.
                                             Unemployment in the district is low (about 1%), and there are positive business formation
                                             rates (net increase of 1% in the number of companies in 2006/7: source, Nomis 2007). The
                                             district is fortunate that it is not overly reliant on a few large employers – approximately 90%
                                             of all companies are small, employing less than 10 people. Important sectors include business
                                             services, manufacturing, wholesale and haulage. Agriculture is still significant relative to
                                             the national average, and stud farming is a key industry in the south of the district around
                                             Newmarket. Most of the main settlements in East Cambridgeshire have industrial estates,
                                             although the largest concentrations of industrial and commercial operations are in Ely,
                                             Littleport, Sutton and close to the A14 at Snailwell.

                                     2.2.5   However, the local economy does have its weaknesses. A large number of jobs are
                                             characterised by lower skills and wages, and the agricultural and food sectors are subject
                                             to structural change and decline. Business formation rates are also lower than the regional
                                             average. In addition, the recent level of economic growth in the district has been less than
                                             anticipated, given the district’s location close to the buoyant Cambridge area. Indeed there
                                             are a significant number of employment sites allocated in the current Local Plan or granted
                                             planning permission which have not yet been developed (a total of about 61 hectares at
                                             April 2008), and there is some pressure from developers to convert these and other
                                             employment sites to housing.The affordability of houses is also a problem, from an economic
                                             and social perspective. Housing prices are relatively high, with the average house costing
                                             £203,565, compared to a national average of £187,193 (source: Land Registry, January to
                                             March 2009). This is a particular issue given the low average wages in the district, and has
                                             created acute housing shortage for many local people, who are not able to access the
                                             private market housing, and require subsidised affordable housing. Finally, whilst the district
                                             overall appears affluent, there are pockets of deprivation – particularly in the north and more
                                             remote rural parts of the district.

                                     2.2.6   Over the last 20 years the role of East Cambridgeshire’s three market towns as local service,
                                             employment and commercial centres has been increasingly subject to competition from
                                             Cambridge and other nearby larger towns. The Council has recognised that additional
                                             measures are needed to sustain the vitality and secure the revitalisation of the district towns,
                                             thereby forming the basis for a more sustainable area-wide community. Therefore a number
                                             of regeneration initiatives have been implemented, including town centre environmental
                                             enhancement schemes in Ely, Soham and Littleport, and a series of other projects through
                                             the Government’s Market Town Initiative. The Littleport area was previously part of the
12                                           European Objective 2 Transitional Area, and benefited from Objective 2b funding. These
                                             monies helped to attract a range of new employers to the town and funded an incubation
                                             centre for start-up businesses.

                                     2.2.7   The district can be broadly divided into two sub-areas. The northern part of the district is
                                             characterised by low-lying intensively farmed fenland – with many of the settlements located
                                             on higher ground on the old ‘islands’ in the fen. Flood risk in the area is a key issue, as
                                             much of the land lies at or below sea-level. The area contains the three market towns of
                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
         Ely, Soham and Littleport, and a range of scattered villages and hamlets. Compared to the
         south of the district, incomes are lower, deprivation is more marked, and although it is
         pre-dominantly an area of fertile agricultural land, it contains the majority of the industry and
         manufacturing in the district. The area has also been a focus for most of the housing growth
         in the district over the last 20 years, with large new estates having been built in each of the
         market towns. The main service and commercial centre is Ely (population 17,960), whilst
         Soham (population 9,440) and Littleport (population 7,940) both serve more local catchments
         and have lower scales of commercial and retail provision.

2.2.8    Ely is a thriving historic market town, with a cathedral, attractive riverside, and several
         weekly markets. The town has strong connections to Oliver Cromwell, containing one of
         only two of his surviving residences. Ely is the district’s main shopping, employment and
         commercial centre, and is also an important tourist destination, particularly for day trips from
         Cambridge. The town has experienced rapid growth in recent years, with the development
         of new housing estates on the north/north-west edge, and new business parks near the
         station and at Lancaster Way. Ely has good rail connections to London, the north and the
         rest of East Anglia, and is connected to Cambridge via the A10.

2.2.9    Soham is a fenland town with an attractive historic core, and is bounded to the east and
         west by large tracts of open common land. There has been some recent housing growth
         on new estates on the north-west edge. However, the level of employment and retail provision
         in the town remains limited. There has been little recent growth in the industrial and
         manufacturing base of the town, and the sites allocated for employment in the current Local
         Plan are still vacant. The elongated town centre has suffered decline in recent years, and
         has high vacancy rates – thereby raising concerns about its long-term vitality. The challenge
         will be to stem the decline of the centre, and promote future commercial and employment
         growth in the town. Soham is easily accessed from the A14 via the A142, and the Council
         and the local community have aspirations for a railway station to be provided on the railway
         line which adjoins the town and runs between Peterborough and Ipswich/Harwich. Soham
         is located halfway between Ely and Newmarket and tends to look both ways for higher level
         services.

2.2.10   Littleport is a small fenland town, with a very localised service catchment due to its proximity
         to Ely. Littleport has a small thriving High Street, and a good range of employment
         opportunities which have been bolstered via the regeneration initiatives referred to above.
         The town has also experienced some recent housing growth on a new estate on the western
         side. However, attracting future commercial and retail development in Littleport is likely to
         be a challenge due to the town’s distance from Cambridge, and its small size. Nevertheless,
         the town does benefit from a mainline railway station, providing good connections to London,
         Cambridge and Kings Lynn.

2.2.11   The south of the district has a markedly different landscape character, consisting of elevated
         chalk and heath land, and contains a range of attractive villages and hamlets. Compared
         to the north of the district, incomes are higher and there is less deprivation – but house
         prices are higher meaning that the issue of affordable housing for local people is a particular                                  13
         problem. The area lies close to Cambridge, and benefits from good connections to
         Cambridge, London and Bury St. Edmunds via the A14 and A11, as well as rail links on the
         Ipswich to Cambridge line. However, despite this it has experienced far lower levels of
         housing growth than the north of the district over the last 20 years, and contains smaller
         levels of manufacturing and heavy industry. The economy and landscape is dominated by
         the horse racing industry with large tracts of farmland converted to stud use. The villages
         in the area mainly look to the nearby town of Newmarket in Suffolk (population 15,380:
                                              source, Suffolk County Council Town and Parish Population Estimates June 2008) for their
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                              local service and employment provision. The district boundary around Newmarket is an
                                              unusual feature of the geography of East Cambridgeshire. East Cambridgeshire contains
                                              some of the suburbs of Newmarket, plus most of the surrounding villages – but the majority
                                              of the town lies within the neighbouring local authority of Forest Heath.The area also contains
                                              a small part of the Cambridge Green Belt, which provides an attractive rural setting for the
                                              city.

                                     2.2.12   The district contains a number of sites of particular importance for biodiversity, including 3
                                              internationally important wildlife sites at the Ouse Washes, Wicken Fen and Chippenham
                                              Fen. There are also 19 Sites of Special Scientific Importance and 81 County Wildlife Sites
                                              – as well as areas identified as important for wildlife in the Cambridgeshire Biodiversity
                                              Action Plan. Many of these wildlife areas also provide opportunities for outdoor recreation
                                              and sport – particularly boating and fishing on the fenland rivers and waterways.

                                     Summary of key issues and challenges

                                     2.2.13   East Cambridgeshire clearly benefits from an attractive rural environment, and has a good
                                              level of overall prosperity. However, there are a number of specific issues that need to be
                                              addressed. These also reflect community views expressed to date via the Community
                                              Strategy and the LDF process.

                                                   The need to manage and plan for housing growth - ensuring that infrastructure and
                                                   service provision keeps pace with new development, and that new housing is
                                                   successfully integrated into the built-framework and social fabric of existing communities.
                                                   The spatial distribution of new growth between and within settlements will also be a
                                                   key issue for the Council, given the need to ensure accessibility to services, reduce
                                                   the need to travel and promote walking and cycling (thereby benefiting the environment
                                                   and reducing climate change). In East Cambridgeshire this will be a key challenge to
                                                   address in the context of the dispersed settlement pattern and poor levels of public
                                                   transport.

                                                   Linked to the above, the quality of the transport infrastructure in East Cambridgeshire
                                                   and on key commuting routes is a particularly important issue. The scale of recent
                                                   housing growth in the district has placed considerable pressures on the local rail and
                                                   road network, with congestion and overcrowding at peak times. It will be important that
                                                   any future growth is accompanied by investment in the A10, A142, and upgrades to
                                                   rail and bus services (particularly to Cambridge).

                                                   A large proportion of East Cambridgeshire’s working population travels to work outside
                                                   the district. The local economy is characterised by lower wage levels and relatively
                                                   restricted job opportunities. New economic development in the district, particularly
                                                   involving the provision of higher skilled jobs, is a key issue to be addressed. In addition
                                                   to boosting the local economy, this would also help to tackle the increasing levels of
14                                                 out-commuting and associated problems of congestion and pollution.

                                                   House prices in the district are high in relation to average incomes, and there is an
                                                   urgent need to provide more affordable housing for the increasing number of people
                                                   who are unable to afford private market housing.

                                                   The need to retain and enhance retail and service facilities in the market towns and
                                                   villages – in order to allow access for all, and reduce car travel. This is a difficult
                                                   challenge in the face of centralisation of services and competition from concentrations
                                                                                                              East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
                 of retail development in fewer, larger centres. It will be particularly important for the
                 market towns to continue to thrive as service centres which meet the commercial and
                 community needs of the local area. In this context, regeneration initiatives in Soham
                 and Littleport should continue to be a focus.

                 Sustaining an attractive environment – ensuring that the appearance and character of
                 the built environment and the countryside is protected and enhanced, and that features
                 and areas of historic, wildlife and geological importance are safeguarded. It will also
                 be important to ensure that all new development is well designed and is locally
                 distinctive.

                 Climate change - it is expected that climate change, as a result of increasing emissions
                 of greenhouse gases, will continue in the future. Summers are likely to be hotter, winters
                 wetter, and flooding and other extreme events more common – and sea levels are
                 likely to rise. Climate change presents a serious challenge to all local authorities. The
                 LDF will need to devise ways to reduce the carbon footprint of existing and new
                 development, and attempt to build new developments which are adaptable and in
                 accessible locations. In East Cambridgeshire, the significant amount of land at or below
                 sea-level means that flood risk will be a key issue to address when planning for
                 development.


2.3 Spatial vision and objectives
2.3.1    This section sets out a vision for the district in the year 2025, followed by the identification
         of a set of strategic objectives which should help to deliver the vision of the plan.

Spatial vision

2.3.2    The following vision provides clear direction for development in East Cambridgeshire up to
         2025. It has been developed from the key characteristics in the Spatial Portrait, and
         influenced by Key Issues and Influences outlined in previous sections – this includes the
         context of the Regional Spatial Strategy, and community priorities addressed in the East
         Cambridgeshire Sustainable Community Strategy and through the LDF consultation process
         to date.

2.3.3    In 2025, East Cambridgeshire will have retained its distinct identity as a predominantly rural
         area of villages and market towns whilst accommodating the development of new homes
         and jobs required as part of being a major growth area. The district will have taken advantage
         of the economic vitality of the Cambridge sub-region, and have a diverse and thriving
         economy, with vibrant and attractive towns and villages which act as employment and
         service centres for their surrounding rural areas. More residents will have a high quality of
         life, with increased access to affordable housing, a wider range of local better skilled jobs,
         and good quality services and facilities.

2.3.4    The three market towns of Ely, Soham and Littleport will be the focus of the majority of                                          15
         development activity. Particular emphasis will be placed on the retention and provision of
         employment opportunities (in order to reduce out-commuting and enable balanced prosperous
         communities), and on providing a mix of residential development to meet local needs
         (including affordable housing), whilst ensuring the necessary infrastructure and community
         facilities/services are in place to support growth. Ely, as the main centre in the district, will
         be a particular focus for growth. Further details of a vision for each of the market towns is
         set out below.
                                     2.3.5    Ely – Ely will continue to be a thriving historic city, and the main market town in East
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                              Cambridgeshire. It will provide employment, retailing and other services to a wide catchment
                                              area, and a larger resident population of the town. Its role as a tourist centre will have
                                              strengthened, with increased numbers of visitors attracted to the cathedral and an enhanced
                                              riverside and station gateway area. The town centre will have been improved and expanded
                                              by exploiting opportunities for retail development, and improved sports facilities will have
                                              been provided. Significant new housing development will function as part of the town and
                                              be well connected by pedestrian and cycle links. Growth will be accompanied by investment
                                              in employment opportunities, new educational and health facilities, a new Country Park,
                                              and major improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove and the Stuntney Causeway.
                                              Development will be provided without compromising the sensitive historical landscape setting
                                              of the city and the cathedral, or its built heritage. The special character and important wildlife
                                              and recreational value of the river and Roswell Pits area will have been protected and
                                              enhanced.

                                     2.3.6    Soham – Soham will be an attractive and vibrant market town, serving a local rural
                                              catchment. This role will have been strengthened by enhancing the appearance, character
                                              and function of its town centre, especially the range of small niche shops, and by exploiting
                                              opportunities for retail expansion in the town centre. The town’s strategic location will be
                                              attractive to employers wishing to establish or expand on newly serviced employment sites.
                                              Additional housing growth will be provided in locations which are relatively close to the town
                                              centre, and easily accessed by cycle or on foot. Growth will be accompanied by investment
                                              in employment opportunities, new educational and health facilities, and potentially a new
                                              railway service for the town. Development will take place without compromising the sensitive
                                              Commons setting of the town or its built heritage.

                                     2.3.7    Littleport – Littleport will provide a stronger role as a local service centre, providing jobs,
                                              shops and services for the town and a small rural catchment. The town will provide a good
                                              quality of life for residents, with an active local community. New investment will have focused
                                              on revitalising the town centre, improving job opportunities, and achieving high quality
                                              development which enhances the image of the town.

                                     2.3.8    In the wider countryside, development will be focused on particular settlements that offer a
                                              range of local facilities to serve their local area. New development will take place on a scale
                                              which reinforces this local service role, and existing services such as schools will be retained
                                              and improved. The small part of East Cambridgeshire which forms a suburb of Newmarket
                                              will play a supportive role to the overall development of Newmarket – as identified in the
                                              Forest Heath LDF. The priority for East Cambridgeshire’s other settlements and wider
                                              countryside will be to protect the character and provide support for rural communities.
                                              Development which supports sustainable communities will therefore take place, including
                                              small scale housing, affordable housing, recreation and tourism, community services and
                                              facilities and small scale employment and farm diversification schemes.

                                     2.3.9    Wherever, new housing is provided, it will match local needs in terms of type, size and
16                                            tenure. By 2025 there will be sufficient homes available to buy and rent within a price range
                                              that is affordable for all sectors of the community. In addition, all new housing development
                                              will be of high quality and well designed – thereby ensuring that the distinctive character of
                                              the district’s towns and villages is maintained and enhanced.

                                     2.3.10   All communities will be provided with improved social, recreational, health and educational
                                              facilities. The needs of elderly, young and lower-paid people will receive special attention.
                                              Part of this process will involve ensuring that existing vital community services are retained
                                                                                                              East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
          – for example, community halls, local shops and pubs, and health facilities. New infrastructure
          and services required to support growth will be carefully planned and delivered on-time to
          meet the needs of new residents. The levels of crime and the fear of crime will have been
          further reduced.

2.3.11    Transport deficiencies will be tackled and accessibility improved. High priority will be given
          to achieving major improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove and the Stuntney
          Causeway. There will also be improved public bus services between market towns and
          villages, the development of the A10 as a high quality public transport corridor, and better
          cycling and pedestrian facilities and links. Other infrastructure improvement projects required
          to support growth will also be delivered – including road improvements on the A10 and
          A142. Further details of transport infrastructure requirements are set out in Chapter 4.

2.3.12    The overall diversity and quality of East Cambridgeshire’s countryside, natural environment
          and built heritage will have improved. At the same time, there will be better access to the
          countryside and greenspaces, so that local communities can enjoy their natural resources.
          The challenges presented by climate change will also have been embraced, with new
          development being located and designed to minimise resource and energy use and reduce
          the risk of flooding. Renewable energy production will have increased, and a proportion of
          all energy will be created from local renewable sources such as bio-fuels, biomass, and
          wind power.

Strategic objectives

2.3.13    The following strategic objectives will help to deliver the spatial vision, and guide development
          in the district up to 2025. The objectives will also help to provide a framework for developing
          appropriate indicators and targets for monitoring purposes. Twelve strategic objectives are
          proposed. These have been developed having regard to other relevant plans and strategies,
          national and regional planning guidance, and community views expressed through the
          Community Strategy and LDF consultation process. They have also taken account of the
          overriding aim of land-use planning, which is to achieve ‘sustainable development’, which
          is defined as:

“The process which aims to enable all people throughout the world to satisfy their basic needs and
                                                                                                (i)
enjoy a better quality of life without compromising the quality of life of future generations".

          1.     To accommodate future population and employment growth to meet the needs of the
                 district
          2.     To locate new development in sustainable locations where it reduces the need to travel,
                 and enables people to access jobs and key services
          3.     To ensure that new housing meets the needs of the community, including the provision
                 of an appropriate amount and range of affordable housing and specialist needs housing
          4.     To support and encourage economic growth and job creation which meets local
                 employment needs and limits out-commuting
          5.     To protect and enhance the vitality and viability of the district’s town centres as places                                17
                 for shopping and leisure
          6.     To retain and improve the provision of community facilities and services in the district,
                 particularly in rural areas




i    ‘Securing our future’ DEFRA 2005
                                               7.  To provide a framework for the delivery of infrastructure and services (including health,
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                   education, community, transport and recreation facilities) in tandem with new
                                                   development
                                               8. To protect the countryside from inappropriate development, and to protect and enhance
                                                   the district’s natural environment including distinctive landscapes, habitats and
                                                   biodiversity
                                               9. To protect and enhance the historic heritage and unique character of settlements by
                                                   ensuring that new development reflects and/or is sympathetic to the distinctive character
                                                   and appearance of the local area
                                               10. To secure new development which is accessible to all users, and minimises the risk
                                                   of crime, flooding and climate change
                                               11. To promote development which conserves natural resources, minimises greenhouse
                                                   gas emissions, and helps to reduce waste
                                               12. To increase opportunities to pursue a healthy lifestyle, by enhancing walking and cycling
                                                   links, and maintaining and improving the availability of recreation facilities and open
                                                   spaces.


                                     2.4 Core policies

                                     2.4.1 CS1 - Spatial strategy
                                     2.4.1.1   One of the main ways in which the LDF can contribute to a more sustainable future, is to
                                               provide a spatial guide to the location and distribution of new development. A hierarchy of
                                               settlements is therefore proposed, as the organising basis for development and services.
                                               The hierarchy is intended to ensure that the quantity and type of development planned
                                               reflects the role and character of each settlement.

                                     2.4.1.2   The Regional Spatial Strategy gives guidance on the development of a hierarchy in East
                                               Cambridgeshire, and states that development should be focused in ‘market towns’ and
                                               thereafter in ‘key service centres’. Focusing development in sustainable locations where
                                               there is a range of services, shops and employment opportunities should help to reduce
                                               out-commuting and the need to travel, reduce carbon emissions and energy use, make the
                                               best use of brownfield land, and enable people to access jobs and services. The proposed
                                               settlement hierarchy and broad distribution of growth is consistent with RSS, and should
                                               help to deliver strategic objective 2 (as set out in section 2.3). The RSS indicates that a
                                               minimum of 8,600 dwellings will be required in East Cambridgeshire for the 20 year period
                                               between 2001 and 2021 (further details on the scale of housing growth is set out in Core
                                               Policy CS2). Housing growth will need to be matched by employment growth. The Council’s
                                               Employment Land and Labour Market Study Update 2008 forecasts that an additional 6,200
                                               jobs need to be created in the district based on Regional Spatial Strategy policy.

                                     2.4.1.3   The position of each settlement in the hierarchy has been determined by taking account of
                                               factors such as:
18
                                                    The population of the settlement
                                                    The range of facilities, services and employment opportunities in a settlement
                                                    The character of a settlement and any environmental or infrastructure constraints which
                                                    may restrict its ability to grow
                                                    Accessibility to public transport provision
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
               Accessibility to higher order centres and key areas of employment
               Past rates of growth and outstanding planning permissions in a settlement


2.4.1.4   Further details of the assessment is set out in the Council’s ‘Settlement Hierarchy Paper’
          which forms a background paper to the LDF.

2.4.1.5   The proposed strategy recognises the major role played by Ely as the largest service centre
          in the district, and the complementary roles of the market towns of Soham and Littleport in
          relation to the provision of employment, retailing and services for a rural catchment. The
          villages of Bottisham, Burwell, Haddenham and Sutton also play an important role as local
          service centres within the rural area. In order to support these roles and help meet local
          housing and employment needs, these villages have been designated as ‘Key Service
          Centres’ in the hierarchy, and identified as suitable for accommodating modest growth. The
          fringes of Newmarket which lie within East Cambridgeshire are also designated as a Key
          Service Centre. Whilst Newmarket itself is a market town, the East Cambridgeshire suburb
          by itself does not have the role and function of a principal service centre.

2.4.1.6   East Cambridgeshire also contains a number of other villages which have a range of basic
          services, but which play a lesser service role than Key Service Centres. The villages of
          Fordham, Isleham, Little Downham, Stretham, Witchford and Wilburton have been identified
          as falling within this category, and designated as ‘Limited Service Centres’ where some
          development could be appropriate (although on a smaller scale than in Key Service Centres)
          – particularly where it supports the rural economy and local housing needs. There are also
          a large number of other villages in East Cambridgeshire which mainly contain few or no
          services. It is proposed that new development in these ‘Smaller Villages’ should be small
          scale and even more restricted than in Limited Service Centres – although, as with Limited
          Service Centres, development which supports the rural economy and meets local housing
          or community needs may be welcomed. Elsewhere in the district (the countryside) growth
          will be strictly controlled, although exceptions will be made for certain types of development
          which support the rural economy, meet local housing needs, and provide essential services
          and infrastructure (as provided for by other policies in the Plan). Development which is
          essential to the operation of uses which require a rural location (e.g. agriculture, horticulture
          etc) may also be appropriate in the countryside.

2.4.1.7   The spatial strategy in CS1 is supported by the strategic housing and employment Core
          Policies (CS2 and CS4), which set out further detail on the scale and distribution of housing
          and employment growth, and the type of development which may be suitable in different
          locations in the district. It is also reflected in the spatial strategies for the main settlements
          in CS9 to CS11.

2.4.1.8   Each of the listed settlements in CS1 has a defined settlement boundary, which contains
          the main built-up area. This is a long-standing policy which is used to identify the area within
          which development is acceptable in principle. Land outside is considered to be in the
          countryside, where development is strictly controlled. The aim is to protect the character                                        19
          and setting of settlements and avoid urban sprawl into the open countryside. The settlement
          boundaries are shown in the accompanying Proposals Map (see separate document).These
          are largely similar to the settlement boundaries in the East Cambridgeshire District Local
          Plan (2000), but with some very minor boundary changes in some settlements where
          anomalies have been removed. It should be noted that the settlement boundaries do not
          necessarily include all areas of built development. For example, there are a number of small
          hamlets which are not designated in the settlement hierarchy and do not have a settlement
                                            boundary. These are considered to be part of the open countryside, due to their small size
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                            and open structure – and include the hamlets of Dullingham Ley, Little Ouse, Shippea Hill,
                                            Sutton Gault, Upend and Westley Waterless. It should also be noted that the settlement
                                            boundaries (and the Proposals Map) will be updated following production of future site
                                            specific Development Plan Documents.


                                     Policy CS 1
                                     Spatial strategy

                                     The majority of development will take place in the towns and most sustainable villages, dependent
                                     on their role as employment, retail and service centres, their level of accessibility, and particular
                                     environmental and infrastructure constraints.

                                     Ely, Soham and Littleport are designated as ‘Market Towns’ where the majority of new housing
                                     and employment development will take place (approximately 70% of new housing development
                                     and 60% of new employment land). Ely is the most significant service and population centre in
                                     the district, and will be the key focus for the majority of growth.

                                     Bottisham, Burwell, Haddenham, Newmarket Fringe and Sutton are designated as ‘Key Service
                                     Centres’ where a more limited amount of development will be accommodated (approximately
                                     14% of housing and 29% of new employment land)

                                     Fordham, Isleham, Little Downham, Stretham, Witchford and Wilburton are designated as ‘Limited
                                     Service Centres’, where a small amount of new development will be focused in order to support
                                     rural sustainability.

                                     Within designated ‘Smaller Villages’, growth will be more restricted, and limited to small scale
                                     development or that which supports local housing needs and the rural economy. The Smaller
                                     Villages in the district include: Aldreth, Ashley, Barway, Black Horse Drove, Brinkley, Burrough
                                     Green, Chettisham, Cheveley, Chippenham, Coveney, Dullingham, Kennett, Kirtling and Kirtling
                                     Green, Little Thetford, Lode, Long Meadow, Mepal, Prickwillow, Pymoor, Queen Adelaide, Reach,
                                     Saxon Street, Snailwell, Stetchworth, Stuntney, Swaffham Bulbeck, Swaffham Prior, Upware,
                                     Wardy Hill, Wentworth, Wicken, Witcham and Woodditton.

                                     The rest of the district is designated as 'Countryside', where development will be strictly controlled,
                                     and restricted to that which is essential to the efficient operation of local agriculture, horticulture,
                                     forestry, permitted mineral extraction, and outdoor recreation - or to other uses specifically
                                     identified in this Plan which support the rural economy, help meet affordable housing or special
                                     housing needs, or provide essential rural services and infrastructure. Development that would
                                     adversely affect the character and appearance of the countryside will not be permitted.



20
                                                                                                              East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
2.4.2 CS2 - Housing
2.4.2.1   The LDF needs to plan for the provision of sufficient homes in the district, and ensure that
          the type of homes provided makes a significant contribution to meeting local needs. The
          LDF also needs to ensure that homes are provided in the right locations, providing a better
          link between jobs and homes and enabling people to access services and facilities.

Scale

2.4.2.2   The scale of housing which needs to be provided in each local authority area is set by the
          Regional Spatial Strategy for the East of England (RSS). The RSS indicates that a minimum
          of 8,600 houses will need to be provided in East Cambridgeshire for the 20 year period
          2001 to 2021 (a requirement of 360 dwellings per year on average from 2006). As discussed
          in chapter 1, the East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy proposes to plan up to the year 2025
          in order to accord with Government guidance in PPS3. The RSS indicates that the Council
          should plan for the post-2021 period at the annual rate for 2001-2021 of 430 dwellings per
          year. Therefore a minimum supply of 10,320 dwellings will need to come forward in East
          Cambridgeshire between 2001 and 2025. Taking into account past completions between
          2001 and 2008 (4,632 dwellings), the outstanding requirement is for a minimum of 5,688
          dwellings by 2025.

Distribution

2.4.2.3   The distribution of housing development will comply with the Spatial Strategy (CS1) which
          aims to ensure that development takes place in the most sustainable locations in the district,
          whilst addressing local needs.

2.4.2.4   This strategy is reflected in the broad distribution of allocated sites proposed in Policy CS2
          below. Specific sites for housing development will be identified and allocated in future site
          specific Development Plan Documents. There are also limitations on the scale of housing
          developments on unallocated sites in smaller settlements in Policy CS2. In Limited Service
          Centres and other villages where the number of dwellings proposed on a site exceeds the
          appropriate scale defined by Policy CS2, any additional housing should meet identified local
          housing needs (e.g. affordable housing or special needs housing). For sites in the
          countryside, the appropriate scale of a housing scheme will vary according to the type of
          scheme proposed, and will be linked to the reasons for its justification. For example,
          affordable housing schemes of 10 or more dwellings may be appropriate where there is
          unmet need within that settlement, whilst schemes for agricultural workers are linked to the
          essential needs of the business so tend to be for one or two dwellings. Further details of
          the appropriate scale of housing schemes in the countryside is set out in the relevant
          development control policies in Chapter 3. All schemes will also need to ensure that they
          do not adversely affect the character and appearance of an area, and satisfy all other
          material planning considerations.

Phasing
                                                                                                                                           21
2.4.2.5   In some cases the level of growth proposed may not be possible without improvements in
          supporting infrastructure, particularly utility provision. It may therefore be necessary to phase
          the delivery of allocation sites, until improvements can be made. This approach reflects
          advice in Policy H1 of RSS. Details of infrastructure requirements and potential phasing
          which may be needed in different settlements is set out in Chapter 4 of the Core Strategy
          (and is reflected in the housing trajectory in Appendix 2). The schedule is based on current
          estimates of funding and programme of works. If infrastructure can be delivered earlier than
                                                anticipated, it may be possible to bring forward development earlier. This matter will be the
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                subject of on-going monitoring, and will also be re-examined as part of the preparation of
                                                future site specific Development Plan Documents.

                                     Delivery

                                     2.4.2.6    The LDF also needs to look at how the required housing growth is likely to be delivered
                                                over the Plan period. A significant proportion of the required housing growth has already
                                                been delivered in the period since 2001. The County Council’s Annual Housing Survey
                                                indicates that a total of 4,632 dwellings were built in East Cambridgeshire between 2001
                                                and 2008. Therefore a minimum of 5,688 dwellings still need to be constructed in the district
                                                up to the year 2025.

                                     2.4.2.7    It is estimated that 1,626 of these properties will come forward on large specific sites which
                                                are already committed (i.e. sites with planning permission where work has not yet started
                                                or is partially completed). These sites have been assessed in the Council’s Housing Land
                                                Availability Assessment as suitable, available and deliverable, and highly likely to be
                                                developed. In addition it is estimated that in the period between 2018 and 2025 approximately
                                                840 dwellings will come forward on ‘windfall sites’ which cannot be individually predicted at
                                                this stage. This windfall source includes outstanding commitments on small sites, and relates
                                                to dwellings on small brownfield plots within settlements, affordable housing schemes on
                                                rural exception sites, barn conversions and infill development in the countryside, and essential
                                                dwellings in the countryside for agricultural and stud workers. The projections are based on
                                                past trends, reduced to account for a decline in the availability of infill plots within settlement
                                                boundaries and declining requirement for essential rural worker dwellings in the countryside.
                                                Justification for the inclusion of windfall estimates is set out in Appendix 2 of the Core
                                                Strategy. It should be noted that the housing supply does not rely on windfalls in the period
                                                up to 2018.

                                     2.4.2.8    It is also proposed to allocate land for housing in order to meet the housing targets in RSS.
                                                The Council’s Housing Land Availability Assessment has identified a number of potential
                                                sites within settlements which are suitable, deliverable and available for development.
                                                However, additional land outside current settlement boundaries will also be required.

                                     2.4.2.9    The table below summarises how and where housing is likely to be delivered in East
                                                Cambridgeshire over the Plan period (as estimated at April 2009). It includes details of
                                                completions to date, and future estimates of supply from outstanding commitments, windfall
                                                sites and large potential sites within settlements – plus an indication of the amount of potential
                                                allocations which may be required outside current settlement boundaries in different locations
                                                and of other additional allocations which will be required. It should be noted that the figures
                                                for large potential sites within settlements are broad estimates only. Further details of these
                                                various housing sources and the predicted levels of supply year on year throughout the
                                                Plan period (the ‘housing trajectory’) is set out in Appendix 2 to this document. The housing
                                                trajectory will form a key part of the Council’s Annual Monitoring Report, enabling the Council
22                                              to monitor the extent to which the LDF is delivering the required scale and distribution of
                                                housing.

                                     2.4.2.10 Policy CS2 provides further spatial direction, where possible, on allocations required outside
                                              settlement boundaries, indicating the broad locations around each settlement where
                                              allocations should take place. These broad areas are identified by arrows on the key diagram
                                              and in the Proposals Map, and their selection has been informed by an assessment of broad
                                              areas in terms of their suitability, deliverability and availability for housing development.
                                                                                                            East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
         Further details of this assessment can be viewed in the accompanying background paper
         ‘Broad Areas of Search for New Development’. The specific boundaries of these broad
         areas of search will be identified in future site specific Development Plan Documents. Future
         site specific DPDs will also look to allocate suitable and deliverable sites within settlement
         boundaries and also any additional sites outside setttlement boundaries as necessary.

2.4.2.11 The majority of allocations outside settlements are proposed in Ely, reflecting the fact that
         it is the largest and most dominant centre in the district. Two broad areas have been identified
         – land to the east of the Princess of Wales Hospital, and land to the south of Lisle Lane.

2.4.2.12 Most of the land to the south of Lisle Lane is brownfield and in current employment use. In
         light of the clear boundaries, an estimated range of dwelling numbers has been given (in
         the table below, the mid-point in this range has been taken). The development of this area
         may happen incrementally as existing uses relocate. Further details on this are set out in
         the Town Strategy section below (Policy CS9) and Chapter 4 on Infrastructure and
         Implementation.

2.4.2.13 Allocations outside settlement boundaries are also proposed for Soham, Bottisham and
         Burwell. Allocations are not proposed in Littleport, Sutton and Haddenham as a significant
         amount of development is already in the pipeline or has recently been built in these
         settlements. In the case of Newmarket there are significant physical constraints and a lack
         of available sites on the edge of the town, and therefore growth is only proposed within the
         settlement boundary.

2.4.2.14 It is proposed that allocations should generally be sites which are capable of accommodating
         at least 10 dwellings. Ten dwellings is classified nationally as ‘major’ development, and such
         larger sites are those which are likely to create notable infrastructure requirements in the
         locality, and it is important to plan for these.




                                                                                                                                         23
                        24
                                                                                                                     East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




Table 2.1 Summary of Housing Supply

 Settlement                  Completions   Outstanding      Outstanding      Windfalls     Large potential   Potential broad     TOTAL    Additional
                             2001-8        commitments on   commitments      (2018-2025)   sites within      areas outside                allocations
                                           large sites      on small sites                 settlements       settlements                  (to be
                                                                                                                                          identified)

 Market Towns                (2971)        (1440)           (220)            (265)         (805)             (1100)              (6801)   -

 Ely                         1939          364              64               84            247               700                 3398     -

 Soham                       564           304              79               106           280               400                 1733     -

 Littleport                  468           772              77               75            278               0                   1670     -

 Key Service Centres         (658)         (102)            (105)            (156)         (248)             (150)               (1419)   -

 Bottisham                   33            31               13               20            118               50                  265      -

 Burwell                     230           45               42               44            28                100                 489      -

 Haddenham                   69            14               25               26            0                 0                   134      -

 Newmarket Fringe            15            0                6                15            33                0                   69       -

 Sutton                      311           12               19               51            69                0                   462      -

 Other Areas                 (1003)        (84)             (228)            (419)         (26)              (0)                 (1760)   -

 Limited Service Centres     349           23               54               123           26                0                   575      -

 Smaller Villages            334           22               80               107           0                 0                   543      -

 Rural affordable housing    141           24               0                111           0                 0                   276      -

 Other housing in the        179           15               94               78            0                 0                   366      -
 countryside

 TOTAL                       4632          1626             553              840           1079              1250                9980     483
                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Types of housing

2.4.2.15 The provision of additional affordable housing in the district is one of the key aims of the
         Community Strategy and the LDF. The Strategic Housing Market Assessment for the
         Cambridge Housing Sub-Region (SHMA: 2008) identifies a need for 597 dwellings to be
         affordable per year in the district, if backlog and newly arising need is to be met. This figure
         far exceeds the annual completion rate in the district in RSS, for all types of dwelling. If this
         need is to be addressed, it is therefore essential that a high proportion of all new
         developments are affordable. Policy CS2 therefore sets out a strategic target for the whole
         district. This is a more realistic target, informed by local market conditions, levels of need,
         and viability/feasibility testing (information on viability testing is set out in the Council’s
         ‘Affordable Housing Viability Document’ on the Council’s website). Policy CS2 should be
         read in conjunction with Policy H3, which indicates the proportion of affordable housing to
         be provided on new development sites and the site size for triggering this contribution –
         and Policy H4 in Chapter 3, which sets out criteria for assessing affordable housing rural
         exception schemes. It is also important that the type of affordable housing (e.g. rented
         social, or intermediate affordable housing that can include shared ownership) matches local
         need as closely as possible. The Strategic Market Housing Assessment provides evidence
         in relation to this (the 2008 version indicates a local need for about 70% rented social and
         30% intermediate affordable housing that can include shared ownership in East
         Cambridgeshire).

2.4.2.16 The accommodation needs of other groups in the community also needs to be considered
         – for example, housing for elderly people, disabled people, and caravan sites for gypsies
         and travellers and travelling showpeople. Policy CS2 sets out an overarching aim for all
         sectors, and also includes reference to an appropriate size mix of properties, as this is
         relevant in meeting the housing needs of groups such as families and single people. The
         Strategic Housing Market Assessment provides evidence of local needs in this respect.
         Additional strategic guidance on the provision of accommodation for gypsies and travellers
         is included in Policy CS3 below. Chapter 3 also includes several policies against which
         proposals for housing for different groups will be assessed (for example, see Policy H5 -
         gypsies, travellers and travelling showpeople, and Policy H7 - residential care home
         accommodation) and a detailed policy on density (Policy H2).




                                                                                                                                          25
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Policy CS 2
                                     Housing

                                     At least 5,688 new homes will be provided for in the district between 2009 and 2025.

                                     It is proposed that land will be allocated for approximately 1,250 dwellings outside current
                                     settlement boundaries as set out below. Other land within settlements will also be allocated for
                                     residential purposes. The specific sites for allocation will be identified in future site specific
                                     Development Plan Documents.

                                     Allocations will be phased in order to allow necessary infrastructure to be put in place to support
                                     development.

                                     All potential allocation sites will be assessed on their merits, taking account of the following
                                     factors:

                                     1.  Fit with the Council’s spatial strategy (in terms of distribution and scale)
                                     2.  The need to retain employment land where required to match housing growth
                                     3.  The need to re-use previously developed land
                                     4.  Distance (by foot/bike) to town/village centre and key services and facilities (open space,
                                         Doctors surgery, primary school, and local shops)
                                     5. Availability of and accessibility to public transport services
                                     6. Site suitability in terms of physical constraints (e.g. access, flood risk)
                                     7. Impact on natural assets, including biodiversity, or cultural heritage
                                     8. Impact in terms of urban/landscape character, and setting of settlements
                                     9. Infrastructure capacity
                                     10. Availability and deliverability of sites
                                     11. Site size – sites should be capable of accommodating at least 10 dwellings

                                     It is proposed that allocations outside current development boundaries will be distributed as
                                     follows:

                                          Ely

                                           1.   Approximately 150-250 dwellings to be provided on industrial/vacant land on Lisle
                                                Lane
                                           2.   Approximately 500 dwellings to be provided as a greenfield extension to the east of
                                                the Princess of Wales Hospital.

                                          Soham
                                          Approximately 400 dwellings to be provided, on industrial/vacant land off Station Road and
                                          as a greenfield extension to the north-east of The Causeway/Brook Street
26
                                          Burwell
                                          Approximately 100 dwellings to be provided, as a greenfield extension to the east of Ness
                                          Road

                                          Bottisham
                                          Approximately 50 dwellings to be provided, as a greenfield extension to the east of Bell
                                          Road.
                                                                                                      East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
In addition to the above provision for approximately 1,250 dwellings, sites for the balance of 483
dwellings required up to year 10 of the housing trajectory will be identified in the site-specific
Development Plan Documents. They will be distributed in accordance with the spatial strategy
set out in Policy CS1. This may require allocation of additional housing land outside existing
settlement boundaries.

On non-allocated housing sites in settlements the following scale of development will be
appropriate, providing that there is no adverse effect on the scale and character of the area, and
that all other material planning considerations are satisfied:

Market towns:               Any scale
Key Service Centres:        Any scale
Limited Service Centres:    Up to 9 dwellings
Smaller Villages:           Up to 2 dwellings

Outside settlement boundaries and allocated sites there will be a policy of strict control over
residential development. Exceptions to this policy of control may include:

     Affordable housing (see Policy H4)
     Sites for gypsies and travellers and travelling showpeople (see Policy CS3)
     Dwellings where it is essential for farm, stud or other rural workers to live at or near their
     place of work (see Policy H5)
     Alterations to or replacement of dwellings (see Policy H8)
     Re-use/replacement of existing buildings (see Policy EC4)

At current planned growth levels at least 35% of the new housing provided in the district between
2001 and 2025 will be on previously developed land.

At least 30% of housing provided in the district between 2008 and 2025 will be affordable. The
type of affordable housing provided should meet identified local needs (currently identified in the
Strategic Housing Market Assessment 2008 as a need for 70% rented social housing and 30%
shared ownership).

Accommodation will be provided to meet the specific needs of particular groups of people,
including the elderly, disabled, gypsies and travellers, and travelling showpeople. An appropriate
mix of different size houses will be built to meet identified needs in the district.




                                                                                                                                   27
                                     2.4.3 CS3 - Gypsy and traveller sites and sites for travelling showpeople
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     2.4.3.1    Circular 01/06 ‘Planning for Gypsy and Traveller Caravan Sites’ and the Housing Act 2004
                                                                                                                                          (ii)
                                                require local authorities to take account of the housing needs of gypsies and travellers ,
                                                and to ensure that there are sufficient caravan pitches available in the right locations to
                                                meet identified needs. The Government’s aim is to reduce unauthorised encampments in
                                                unsuitable areas, reduce conflicts over the use of land, and increase gypsy/traveller access
                                                to healthcare and education. The Circular recognises that the likelihood of land being
                                                available and affordable within settlement boundaries is limited, and, given the working
                                                patterns of gypsies and travellers, it is likely that countryside locations will need to be
                                                considered.

                                     2.4.3.2    The Core Strategy needs to set out a strategic vision for the provision of gypsy and traveller
                                                sites in the district over the Plan period. As part of this it needs to identify the broad
                                                distribution of growth across the district, and identify criteria to guide the allocation of sites
                                                which will be identified in a future site specific Development Plan Document. The criteria
                                                identified for determining allocation sites, in Policy CS3 below, follows national planning
                                                policy guidance.

                                     2.4.3.3    The RSS Revision: Accommodation for Gypsies and Travellers and Travelling Showpeople
                                                in the East of England (2009) sets out policies for the provision of pitches and plots in the
                                                districts. For East Cambridgeshire Policy H3 requires at least 35 pitches for gypsies and
                                                travellers to be provided in order to meet urgent needs to 2011. Beyond this period local
                                                authorities should plan for an annual increase of 3% in the overall level of pitch provision
                                                in accordance with the spatial distribution in Policy H3. For East Cambridgeshire this would
                                                mean the provision of a further 46 pitches between 2011 and 2025, a total of 81 additional
                                                pitches between 2006 and 2025. Policy H3 also requires the provision of an additional 40
                                                transit pitches in Cambridgeshire/Peterborough up to 2011. However the policy indicates
                                                that this provision should be made in the Cambridge area, Fenland, Huntingdonshire and
                                                Peterborough - and not East Cambridgeshire. These locations reflect particular needs or
                                                travel patterns (RSS Revision 2009 paragraph 5.11)

                                     2.4.3.4    In 2007 there were about 90 traveller families living in the district on a mix of private sites
                                                and Council sites, and between 35 and 40 traveller families housed in social housing. In
                                                addition unauthorised encampments occur. For example, between 2004 and 2007 there
                                                were an average of 13 unauthorised caravans recorded in January and July in the district,
                                                with the numbers being higher in Summer as gypsies come to the district, or pass through
                                                for seasonal work.

                                     2.4.3.5    The Council’s Sub-District Gypsy Needs Assessment (2007) included an analysis of the
                                                gypsy population and site locations and sought to determine future locational preferences,
                                                the type of accommodation needed (Council run or private), plot size and facility
                                                requirements. Taking account of current distribution, need arising from family growth, and
                                                unauthorised encampments, the Sub-District Assessment concluded that 56% of growth
28                                              was needed in the north of the district, 18% in the central area and 26% in the south. A
                                                variety of site sizes will be required, taking account of accommodation needs and the context
                                                of the site. Privately owned and sites for rent will be needed, due to the financial constraints



                                     ii   Circular 01/2006 defines Gypsies and Travellers as "Persons of nomadic habit of life whatever their race or origin, including such
                                          persons who on grounds only of their own or their family's or dependents' educational or social needs or old age, have ceased to
                                          travel temporarily or permanently, but excluding members of an organised group of travelling show people or circus people travelling
                                          together as such"
                                                                                                                                                East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
            of many of the local gypsy population. The mix of sites and the potential involvement of
            Registered Social Landlords to provide rented sites (possibly in partnership with the Council)
            will be fully investigated in a future Site Specific Development Plan Document.
                                                                          (iii)
2.4.3.6     Organised groups of travelling showpeople          are excluded from the planning definition of
            Gypsies and Travellers, but their accommodation requirements are similar. Government
            advice in Circular 04/2007 is that the scale of site provision for travelling showpeople should
            be set in the RSS. Circular 04/2007 requires local authorities to take account of the needs
            of travelling showpeople. Policy H4 of the RSS Revision states that 18 new plots should be
            provided in Cambridgeshire/Peterborough between 2006 and 2011, with an annual increase
            of 1.5% beyond this period. To meet these local needs local authorities are to work together
            in county and former county groupings with local travelling showpeople and the Showmens
            Guild. Paragraph 5.16 notes that the Policy H4 targets are interim in nature. This is to allow
            the outcome of partnership work to be taken into account.




                                                                                                                                                                             29


iii   Circular 04/2007 defines Travelling Showpeople as "Members of a group organised for the purposes of holding fairs, circuses or
      shows (whether or not travelling together as such). This includes such persons who on the grounds of their own or their family's
      dependents' more localised pattern of trading, educational or health needs or old age have ceased to travel temporarily or permanently,
      but excludes Gypsies and Travellers as defined in ODPM Circular 1/2006"
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Policy CS 3
                                     Gypsy and Traveller Sites and Sites for Travelling Showpeople

                                     At least 35 pitches for Gypsies and Travellers will be provided in the district between 2006 and
                                     2011. Beyond 2011 the Council will plan for an annual increase of 3% in the overall level of pitch
                                     provision. Transit pitches will also be provided if need is identified as a result of joint working.

                                     New caravan pitch allocations will be distributed across the district broadly in the following ratios:

                                     Broad Location                                                                         Proportion
                                                                                                                                of
                                                                                                                            provision

                                     Northern Area: including the parishes of Ely, Littleport, Coveney, Haddenham, Mepal,     56%
                                     Little Downham, Little Thetford, Wentworth, Witcham, Wilburton, Witchford, Stretham
                                     and Sutton

                                     Central Area: including the parishes of Soham, Chippenham, Wicken, Isleham,              18%
                                     Fordham, Snailwell and Kennett

                                     Southern Area: including the parishes of Ashley, Bottisham, Brinkley, Borrough           26%
                                     Green, Burwell, Cheveley, Dullingham, Kirtling, Reach, Swaffham Bulbeck, Swaffham
                                     Prior, Westley Waterless and Woodditton

                                     Sites will be identified in a future site specific Development Plan Document taking account of
                                     the following factors:

                                     a.   Proximity to a settlement which offers local services and community facilities
                                     b.   Impact on the character and appearance of the countryside and setting of settlements
                                     c.   Impact on the amenity of nearby residents or adjoining land users
                                     d.   Impact on natural assets or cultural heritage
                                     e.   Site suitability in terms of physical constraints (e.g. access, flood risk, contamination)
                                     f.   Availability and deliverability of sites
                                     g.   The size of the site should have regard to the accommodation needs and functional
                                          requirements and other factors set out above and should be broadly in scale with the size
                                          of the nearest local community

                                     Sites will come forward as windfalls and these will be assessed against the factors above, the
                                     existing level of provision and need for sites in the area, the availability (or lack) of alternative
                                     accommodation for the applicants and other personal circumstances.

                                     Accommodation will also be provided to meet the identified needs of travelling showpeople as
                                     determined through joint partnership working as set out in Policy H4 of the RSS Revision.
30
                                                                                                                                          East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
2.4.4 CS4 - Employment
2.4.4.1    A key strategic objective of this Plan is to support and encourage economic growth and job
           creation which meets local employment needs and limits out-commuting. It is also an
           aspiration of the Council to broaden the economy so as to offer a wider choice of employment
           opportunities and achieve a more balanced economy and population in the future. In order
           to meet these objectives, it is essential that planning policies provide a positive and supportive
           framework for employment related development. There are currently about 27,000 jobs in
           the district with a third being provided in the professional, other business, and miscellaneous
           services sectors. Manufacturing, construction, land transport and distribution, education
           and retailing also provide significant employment in the district, and the tourist industry is a
           growing sector in the local economy. This policy seeks to encourage jobs growth in all
           sectors, but focuses on the provision of appropriate amounts of land and premises for
                                                                                 (iv)
           industrial, office and warehousing uses (B1, B2 and B8 use)                in sustainable locations
           which meet the needs of businesses. Strategic retail and leisure employment opportunities
           are addressed in Policy CS5.

2.4.4.2    It is proposed to plan for employment growth to 2025 to mirror the timescale proposed for
           housing growth. Matching employment opportunities with housing growth will help to tackle
           the current imbalance between employment and housing, and reduce out-commuting.
           Commuting is a significant issue, as it causes congestion, is detrimental in environmental
           terms, and impacts on the quality of people’s lives. The provision of additional employment
           opportunities in the district will also help to boost the local economy and increase local
           spend.

2.4.4.3    The Council’s Economic Development Strategy highlights the importance of meeting the
           expansion and relocation needs of local B1/B2/B8 businesses and providing support for
           small business start-ups to ensure more jobs for more local people. Business employment
           in the district is dominated by small-scale firms, many of whom have benefited from the
           facilities of the Council’s ‘incubator units’ at E Space north and south. As there are relatively
           few large-scale employers, growth is likely to be spread across large numbers of small
           businesses rather than expansion of very large concerns. Consequently demand for
           accommodation is likely to be met on multi-occupancy business parks and smaller individual
           sites. In relation to this, it will be important to continue to support the rural economy, by
           encouraging a diverse range of small-scale enterprises and farm diversification schemes
           in rural areas. However, as well as providing new land and premises, a key part of the
           strategy will also involve retaining current B1/B2/B8 land and premises. The Council is
           aware that the demand for housing on sites within settlements will continue, as approximately
           11 hectares of employment land has been lost to housing since 1999. Policy EC1 therefore
           seeks to protect existing employment sites from loss, where appropriate.

2.4.4.4    Tourism also makes a vital contribution to the economy of East Cambridgeshire. The
           Council’s Tourist Accommodation Assessment (2005) identified a strategic future need for
           additional hotel accommodation in the district, and other gaps in the provision of unserviced
           accommodation. Proposals for tourist accommodation, and for tourist facilities and attractions                                                              31
           will be considered in accordance with Policies EC8, EC9 and EC10.




iv   The B Use Classes are as follows: office development (B1a), research and development (B1b), light industry (B1c), general industry
     (B2) and storage and distribution (B8). )
                                     Scale of jobs growth
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     2.4.4.5   The East of England Plan has a target for net growth of jobs of 75,000 for Cambridgeshire
                                               to 2021, but does not set a target for the number of jobs to be provided in each district.
                                                                                                                              (v)
                                               However, the East of England Development Agency forecast jobs growth of 5,000 between
                                               2001 and 2021, and the Council’s revised Employment Land and Labour Market Study
                                               (2008) estimates we should plan to cater for 6,200 extra jobs between 2006 and 2025. It is
                                               anticipated that much of this employment growth will be in retail, personal services and
                                               social care sectors, and other policies in this Plan provide for growth in these sectors.
                                               However, the Council’s Study predicts that jobs growth in office, light industrial and
                                               warehousing/distribution sectors will require 46 hectares of employment land up to the year
                                               2025. The Study concludes that there is sufficient land already available to cater for this
                                               level of growth – in the form of outstanding planning permissions and large unused
                                               non-allocated sites, plus current unused employment allocations. The Study can be viewed
                                               on the Council’s website.

                                     2.4.4.6   Nevertheless, the Council intends to make provision for a greater amount of B1/B2/B8
                                               employment land than the Study estimates may be required in East Cambridgeshire over
                                               the Plan period – and proposes that about 61 hectares of land will be allocated which, when
                                               combined with planning commitments and unused large sites, amounts to approximately
                                               116 hectares of land for employment use (compared to the Study’s estimated requirement
                                               for 46 ha of land). This amount is considered necessary for the following reasons:

                                                     The need to provide choice and quality and cater for specific known demands - The
                                                     Council’s Study raised concerns about the quality of employment land available, but
                                                     recommended that most un-used allocated land was suitable, and should be
                                                     re-allocated. The Council wishes to provide a diverse stock of employment land and
                                                     premises to support a broad based economy and sustainable economic growth, which
                                                     maximises opportunities for local people. This requires a good supply of land in a
                                                     choice of locations to make the district is as attractive as possible to a wide range of
                                                     potential employers. Additionally the Council’s Study predicted considerable office
                                                     growth and that current provision, particularly in the south, would be tight.


                                                     The need to reduce out-commuting - As detailed above, over half of East
                                                     Cambridgeshire workers leave the district to work, and most travel by car. Increased
                                                     local employment opportunities will help to reduce out-commuting. However, securing
                                                     a reduction in commuting flows may mean more local jobs are required than forecast
                                                     if the proportion of out-commuting of existing and future residents is to be decreased.


                                                     The need for flexibility in employment land provision – Predicting the amount of
                                                     floorspace required by different businesses in the future is difficult. The amount of land
                                                     predicted in the Council’s Study is derived from jobs forecasts which are policy neutral.
32                                                   However, the Council is aiming to increase employment growth, thus the jobs forecast
                                                     should not be relied upon in isolation. Additionally the jobs growth figures are net jobs,
                                                     and this may understate land requirements, as sites released by company closures
                                                     are not always attractive to other employment uses.



                                     v   The Development of Policy E2. ‘A Report Commenting on the development, Format and Content of Policy E2’ (now policy E1 in
                                         the emerging RSS) (September 2005) Annex 4. Based on Experian Business Strategies
                                                                                                                  East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
               Recent employment land take - Between 1999 and 2008 almost 34 hectares (net) have
               been taken up for employment use in the district, an average of 3.75 ha per annum,
               and growth has been particularly strong in the land-hungry sector of warehousing and
               distribution. If growth continues at this rate to 2025 then approximately 64 hectares
               would be needed.


               Taking account of existing vacant employment land – A large parcel of 20 hectares of
               land at Sutton has been vacant for some time, but 17 hectares has recently (2008)
               been approved for development. Implementation of the permission will reduce land
               stock considerably.



2.4.4.7   It is proposed that approximately 61 hectares of employment land will be identified and
          allocated in future site specific Development Plan Documents. Current unused employment
          allocations will be re-assessed in terms of their suitability, and other new sites will be identified
          for employment uses. At present there is an estimated 16.8 hectares of land on current
          employment sites which is unused and identified by the Council’s Employment Land and
          Labour Market Study as suitable for employment purposes – and could therefore potentially
          be re-allocated. It is therefore estimated that approximately 45 hectares will additionally be
          required on new allocation sites. All sites (old and new) will be assessed against the criteria
          in Policy CS4.

Distribution

2.4.4.8   Policy CS4 indicates how the estimated 45 hectares of new B1/B2/B8 employment allocations
          should be broadly distributed between settlements.The distribution reflects the LDF locational
          strategy set out in Policy CS1, and seeks to provide new employment opportunities in places
          that are sustainable and economically competitive. The majority of land allocations are
          proposed on the edge of Ely, as it is the largest and most sustainable settlement. New
          allocations are also proposed in Soham, Burwell, Bottisham. New allocations are not
          proposed in Littleport, or in the Key Service Centres of Sutton, Haddenham and Newmarket
          Fringe. In the case of Littleport and Sutton, there is considered to be sufficient outstanding
          employment land in these settlements, and there are limited requirements for new large-scale
          employment sites in Haddenham. Newmarket is physically constrained by stud land and
          no allocations are proposed due to a lack of available sites.

Phasing

2.4.4.9   In some cases the level of growth proposed may not be possible without improvements in
          supporting infrastructure, particularly utility provision. It may therefore be necessary to phase
          the delivery of B1/B2/B8 allocation sites, until improvements can be made. Details of
          infrastructure requirements and suggested phasing which may be needed in different
          settlements is set out in Chapter 4 of the Core Strategy. The schedule is based on current
          estimates of funding and programme of works. If infrastructure can be delivered earlier than
                                                                                                                                               33
          anticipated, it may be possible to bring forward development earlier. This matter will be the
          subject of on-going monitoring, and will also be re-examined as part of the preparation of
          future site specific Development Plan Documents.
                                     Delivery
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     2.4.4.10 The LDF needs to consider how employment opportunities can be delivered. This will very
                                              much depend on economic factors outside the remit of the planning system, but ensuring
                                              that allocated land is available and appropriate for various types of employment use gives
                                              some certainty to land owners and developers. Provision of employment land will be
                                              monitored in the Annual Monitoring Report with the aim of meeting identified needs and
                                              demand and maintaining sufficient supply of deliverable sites.

                                     2.4.4.11 The table below summarises how and where B1/B2/B8 employment land is likely to be
                                              delivered in East Cambridgeshire over the Plan period between 2006 and 2025. It includes
                                              details relating to potential new allocations, plus estimates of capacity on current unused
                                              employment allocations which could potentially be suitable for re-allocation. It also includes
                                              details of outstanding commitments, and large employment sites which have vacant areas
                                              of more than 0.5 hectares.

                                     Table 2.2 Summary of estimated B1/B2/B8 employment land supply 2006 to 2025 (in hectares)

                                     Settlement        Completions    Outstanding      Large         Current         Potential    Total
                                                       2006-2008      commitments at   unallocated   unused          new areas
                                                       (net)          31.03.08         sites with    employment      for
                                                                      (excluding       capacity of   allocations –   allocation
                                                                      development      0.5 ha+       estimated
                                                                      under                          suitable
                                                                      construction)                  capacity

                                     Market Towns

                                     Ely                   2.49            13.61            2                            30          48.10

                                     Soham                 -5.39           -0.51                                       11.00         5.10

                                     Littleport            7.39            0.44                           8.90                       16.73

                                     Key Service Centres

                                     Bottisham             0.03                                                          1           1.03

                                     Burwell               -0.17           1.59                           1.50          2.50         5.42

                                     Haddenham                             2.22                                                      2.22

                                     Newmarket             -0.08           4.23                                                      4.15
                                     Fringe

                                     Sutton                0.52            0.63            20                                        21.15

                                     Limited Service Centres (LSCs)

                                     Fordham               0.60            0.22                           6.4                        7.22

34                                   Other LSCs            1.06            0.56                                                      1.62

                                     Other areas           0.38            3.06                                                      3.45

                                     TOTAL                 6.83            26.05           22            16.80         44.50        116.20
                                                                                                            East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
2.4.4.12 Policy CS4 provides further spatial direction for approximately 45 hectares of new B1/B2/B8
         allocations which may be required, indicating broad locations around each settlement where
         new allocations should take place. These broad areas are identified by arrows in the
         Proposals Map, and their selection has been informed by an assessment of their suitability,
         deliverability and availability for employment development. Further details of this assessment
         can be viewed in the accompanying background paper ‘Broad Areas of Search for New
         Development’. The specific boundaries of these broad areas of search will be identified
         and allocated in future site specific Development Plan Documents. Allocations will be at
         least 0.5 hectares in area, which is classified as a major development, as such sites are
         likely to need local infrastructure requirements, which must be planned for.

2.4.4.13 Site allocations should be made for B1, B2 and B8 uses in the main to provide as much
         flexibility as possible. However, whilst light and general industrial uses (B1c and B2) will
         generally be appropriate throughout the district (depending on scale and amenity
         implications), the location of office development and warehousing development may be best
         in certain locations. Office development (B1a) is considered by Government guidance to
         be a ‘town centre use’, and should therefore be encouraged to locate in the centre of Market
         Towns and Key Service Centres, provided it is in scale with the settlement. If no suitable
         central sites are available then edge of centre and then out of centre locations will need to
         be considered, in accordance with Government policy in PPS6 ‘Planning for Town Centres’.
         Account also needs to be taken of the recommendations in the Council’s Employment Study,
         which indicates that there is a particular need for office development in Ely and in the south
         of the district (where it is close to Cambridge and can cater for the skills of the population),
         and that warehousing, storage and distribution uses (B8) need to be located close to the
         A14 to ensure easier access to the national road network and meet the needs of businesses.
         Policy CS4 seeks to reflect these issues, and proposes a mix of B1, B2 and B8 use on most
         sites – but indicates that land at Lancaster Way in Ely should mainly be used for general
         industrial purposes (B2).


  Policy CS 4
  Employment

  Opportunities for jobs growth in the district will be maximised with the aim of achieving 6,200
  additional jobs (as forecast in the Council’s Employment Land and Labour Market Study Update
  2008). Job growth will be achieved via policies for tourism, retail and the rural economy, as well
  as provision of employment land.

  The Council will seek to retain land and premises currently or last in use for B1/B2/B8 employment
  purposes, and proposals for change of use will be assessed against criteria in Policy EC1.

  A range of sites and premises will be made available for B1/B2/B8 employment development
  through the allocation of approximately 61 hectares of employment land on the edge of Market
  Towns and Key Service Centres, in order to increase the choice of sites available and to address                                       35
  the self-containment of settlements in terms of homes/jobs balance. Current unused B1/B2/B8
  employment allocation sites will be re-assessed in terms of their suitability, and other new
  allocations will be made. Sites will be identified in future site specific Development Plan
  Documents, and will be assessed against the following selection criteria:

  1.   Fit with the Council’s spatial strategy (in terms of distribution and scale)
  2.   The size of the settlement and scale of housing growth proposed
                                     3.    Distance (by foot/cycle) to town/village centre and key services and facilities (open space,
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                           Doctors surgery, primary school, and local shops)
                                     4.    Availability of and accessibility to public transport services
                                     5.    Site suitability in terms of physical constraints (e.g. access, flood risk)
                                     6.    Impact on natural assets or cultural heritage
                                     7.    Impact in terms of urban/landscape character, and setting of settlements
                                     8.    Infrastructure capacity
                                     9.    Availability and deliverability of sites
                                     10.   Market activity/demand
                                     11.   Size of site – at least half a hectare or 500m2 floorspace
                                     12.   New office allocations only - priority should be given to locations in the centre of Market
                                           Towns and Key Service Centres (of an appropriate scale to the settlement), then edge of
                                           centre, then out of centre sites
                                     13.   For warehousing/distribution allocations only – priority will be given to locations close to the
                                           A14 and main trunk road network

                                     Allocations will be phased in order to allow necessary infrastructure to be put in place to support
                                     development.

                                     New B1/B2/B8 allocations will be required in addition to the re-allocation of current unused
                                     employment allocations, and it is proposed that these new areas should be broadly distributed
                                     as follows:

                                     Ely
                                     Approximately 30 hectares for B1/B2/B8 use, on land south-east of Lancaster Way, with the
                                     majority to be provided for B2 use.

                                     Soham
                                     Approximately 11 hectares for B1/B2/B8 use, on land east of the bypass.

                                     Bottisham
                                     Approximately 1 hectare for B1 use, on land adjacent to Tunbridge Lane Business Park.

                                     Burwell
                                     Approximately 2.5 hectares for B1/B2/B8 use, on land south of Reach Road.

                                     Employment development should be focused within settlements and on allocation sites. However,
                                     the rural economy will be supported by allowing appropriate windfall proposals in the countryside
                                     relating to:

                                           Extensions to existing businesses in the countryside (see Policy EC2)
                                           Re-use or replacement of buildings in the countryside (see Policy EC3)
                                           Farm diversification schemes (see Policy EC5)
                                           Small-scale new buildings on the edge of settlements (see Policy EC6)
36
                                     Offices are defined as a ‘town centre use’ in Government guidance. Windfall proposals will
                                     therefore also need to be assessed against the terms of Policy S1.

                                     The tourist industry will be supported by encouraging new accommodation and attractions, and
                                     retaining hotels. Proposals should demonstrate that they will not have a significant detrimental
                                     effect on the environment.
                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
2.4.5 CS5 - Retail and town centre uses
2.4.5.1   Town and village centres are at the heart of our communities, and provide a focus where
          people shop, work, live and visit. It is important that these centres are vibrant and attractive
          environments, and offer a range of retail, leisure and other ‘town centre uses’ which meet
          the needs of the community and visitors. Successful centres can help to improve the quality
          of people’s lives, boost the local economy, and reduce the need to travel by concentrating
          development in accessible locations. Promoting the health of the district’s town and village
          centres is also one of the aims of the Council’s Sustainable Community Strategy, and one
          of the key strategic objectives underpinning the Core Strategy (as set out in section 2.3.10
          above).

2.4.5.2   Government guidance in PPS6 recognises the importance of increasing the vitality and
          viability of town centres, by making them a focus for development, and encouraging a wide
          range of services in an attractive environment. The guidance defines the type of uses which
          should be focused in town centres (‘town centre uses’), and this includes shops, leisure and
          entertainment facilities and intensive sport and recreation uses (including cinemas, bars
          and pubs, restaurants, nightclubs, sports centres, swimming pools, and indoor bowling
          centres), offices, and development related to the arts, culture and tourism (including theatres,
          museums, art galleries and hotels).

2.4.5.3   It is apparent that the provision of these services and facilities varies considerably between
          different settlements in the district. Whilst many uses are concentrated in the district’s town
          centres, there are also ‘town centre’ services and facilities in village centres and elsewhere
          – although these tend to be smaller scale and focused on meeting local and daily community
          needs. Government guidance encourages authorities to identify a hierarchy of centres, in
          order to provide an appropriate distribution of functions and ensure that people’s everyday
          needs are met at the local level. The hierarchy in Policy CS5 has been developed with
          regard to the services and facilities in each of the centres, and the Settlement Hierarchy
          identified in Policy CS1.

2.4.5.4   Ely is identified in Policy CS5 as the main town centre in the district, as it acts as a service
          centre for a wide catchment area, whilst Soham and Littleport are identified as secondary
          town centres, as they offer a more limited range of shops and services serving a more
          localised rural catchment. The policy seeks to make Ely a focus for major new retail and
          leisure development in the district, whilst promoting more limited retail and leisure
          development in Soham and Littleport which is focused on local needs and aids regeneration.
          Village centres in the district play an important role in providing for day to day convenience
          and local needs, and the LDF will look to protect and support this role. In the countryside,
          development will be strictly controlled in accordance with Government guidance in PPS7
          and other policies in this Plan. Retail and other ‘town centre uses’ will only be permitted in
          exceptional circumstances in the countryside – for example, on out of town sites which meet
          the terms of Policy S1 (e.g. where it can be demonstrated that need is proven and there
          are no more central suitable and available sites); or for example small-scale farm shops
          linked to farm diversification schemes which meet the terms of Policy EC5.                                                      37
2.4.5.5   Within the market towns, new ‘town centre uses’ should be focused in the town centre itself
          wherever possible. The town centre boundaries for Ely, Soham and Littleport are shown in
          the Proposals Map, along with a defined ‘Primary Retail Frontage’ in Ely where there is a
          greater concentration of retail units (Use Class A1). The strategic approach to town centre
          uses in Policy CS5 should be read in conjunction with Policies S1, S2, S3 and EC9 in
          Chapter 3, which set out the Council’s approach to dealing with windfall applications for
                                               new retail and town centre uses in the district, change of use to non-retail in the defined
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                               town centres, the retention of community services and facilities, and the location of hotel
                                               accommodation.

                                     2.4.5.6   The level and type of retail provision in town centres is particularly key to their health and
                                               viability. As part of LDF production, Government guidance in PPS6 requires local authorities
                                               to assess qualitative issues and quantitative requirements for additional retail floorspace to
                                               meet future needs. The Council’s Retail Study (produced in 2005 and partially updated in
                                                                                                                                              2
                                               March 2008 and again in April 2009) concluded that there is a need for an additional 1000m
                                                          2
                                               - 2600m of convenience (food and drink) floorspace to support the predicted population
                                               increase over the Plan period – depending on the economic growth rate. The Study
                                                                                                                                    2
                                               recommends that the Council could plan for an average of this (about 1800m ), and that
                                               approximately 50% of this should be provided in Ely, with the remainder split between Soham
                                               (30%) and Littleport (20%). The Study also concluded that there will be a need for
                                                                       2
                                               approximately 8500m of additional comparison (non-food) floorspace in Ely over the Plan
                                               period. Sites to accommodate these levels of convenience and comparison floorspace
                                               provision will be allocated in future site specific Development Plan Documents wherever
                                               possible. In planning for comparison floorspace it is proposed that allocations should be
                                               phased in line with population increase, in order to ensure that growth is linked to expenditure
                                               capacity in the local population. This will be explored in future site specific Development
                                               Plan Documents, and will need to take account of the phasing periods recommended in the
                                               Council’s Retail Study and indicated in Policy CS5 below.The Council’s Retail Study indicates
                                                                                      2
                                               that there is a need for nearly 3000m (net) of additional comparison floorspace up to 2016,
                                                               2                                              2
                                               about 2500m between 2016 and 2021, and about 3000m between 2021 and 2025 (as
                                               summarised in Table 3.2 in the Retail Study).

                                     2.4.5.7   The Council’s Retail Study is based upon the predicted population increase in the District
                                               over the Plan period. Any significant additional housing and population growth above Regional
                                               Spatial Strategy levels will increase the need for additional retail floorspace. It is also
                                               important to note that, whilst Policy CS5 seeks to plan for and allocate additional floorspace,
                                               this would not preclude applications for additional floorspace from coming forward, and
                                               being assessed against the terms of the windfall Policy S1 in Chapter 3. Retail needs and
                                               population increases will need to be carefully monitored, and any necessary updates/review
                                               instigated of this part of the Core Strategy.

                                     2.4.5.8   As stated above, additional retail floorspace will need to be provided within identified town
                                               centres wherever possible. Policy CS5 identifies the Council’s preferred search sequence,
                                               if sites are required outside the town centres of Ely and Soham. In Ely, the area on the
                                               northern edge of the city centre is recognised as the main opportunity area for an extension
                                               of the city centre. In Soham, there is potential for the redevelopment/regeneration of the
                                               area to the east of the town centre, and this area should take priority if there are no suitable
                                               and available sites within the town centre. Littleport town centre is tightly constrained by
                                               residential development, and there are no obvious opportunities for edge of centre
                                               development.
38
                                     2.4.5.9   The Council’s Sports Facilities and Open Spaces Assessment (2005) concludes that there
                                               will be a need for new sports hall and swimming pool provision in the district over the Plan
                                               period, to support predicted population growth. This provision is proposed in Ely, reflecting
                                               its role as the main service centre in the district. The Council’s Leisure Needs Assessment
                                               (2007) sought to assess the most appropriate location in Ely for this provision, taking account
                                               of facility requirements, site suitability, and deliverability issues. The Study concluded that
                                                                                                         East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
       provision would be best achieved on land to the north of the A10 and to the west of Downham
       Road. A specific site for the facility will be identified in a future site specific Development
       Plan Document, and will take account of this evidence base and advice in PPS6.


Policy CS 5
Retail and town centre uses

The town centres of Ely, Soham and Littleport will be strengthened and regenerated as the focus
of sustainable communities in East Cambridgeshire. Support will be given to uses and activities
which sustain and improve their vitality and viability, character and attractiveness – and lead to
centres becoming more vibrant and economically successful.

Ely is identified as the ‘Major Town Centre’ in the district, and will act as the main focus for
shopping, leisure, and cultural development in East Cambridgeshire. Large-scale retail and
leisure development, or other uses that attract large numbers of people should be located in Ely.

Soham and Littleport are identified as ‘Secondary Town Centres’, which act as service centres
for smaller rural catchment areas. In these centres, support will be given to development which
is focused on meeting local needs and supporting town centre regeneration.

Support will be given to the continued role of ‘Local Centres’ (existing village centres) in providing
for local and daily service needs of their community. In the Countryside, retail, leisure and
commercial development will be limited to exceptions permitted under other policies in this Plan.

In order to maintain and promote the vitality of the district’s town centres, provision will be made
to accommodate additional retail floorspace over the Plan period. Retail provision should be
focused in identified town centres wherever possible. The Council will seek to allocate the
following amount of floorspace, according to the broad distribution below. There may be scope
for additional retail floorspace beyond the levels specified below if this can deliver increased
market shares for Ely, Soham or Littleport whilst maintaining or enhancing the vitality and viability
of their town centres. Opportunity sites will be identified in future site specific Development Plan
Documents. Development proposals which are made in addition to these levels will be assessed
against the terms of Policy S1.

     Ely
                                 2
      1.   Approximately 900m (net) of convenience retail floorspace
                                  2
      2.   Approximately 8500m (net) of comparison retail floorspace, to be provided in a mix
           of unit sizes and meeting qualitative needs for a range of goods. Allocations will need
           to be phased as necessary, taking account of deliverability and recommendations in
           the Council’s Retail Study (as set out in paragraph 2.4.5.6 above)

     Soham
                       2
     Approximately 550m (net) of convenience retail floorspace
                                                                                                                                      39
     Littleport
                       2
     Approximately 350m (net) of convenience retail floorspace
                                       In Ely there is a lack of available land within the existing core of the city centre to cater for all
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                       the possible additional floorspace, due to its historic fabric.The main opportunity for the expansion
                                       of the city centre is on the northern edge. This could provide the opportunity for high quality
                                       mixed use development, including significant retail floorspace and other town centre uses, with
                                       good walking links to the existing shopping core.

                                       In Soham there are likely to be opportunities for the redevelopment of land within and immediately
                                       adjoining the town centre. Retail opportunities should be focused in the town centre first, but as
                                       a second choice should be accommodated on land immediately adjoining the eastern boundary
                                       of the town centre.

                                       A requirement has been identified for additional sports hall and swimming pool provision to be
                                       provided in the district over the Plan period. This provision will be made in Ely, reflecting its role
                                       as the ‘Major Town Centre’ in the district. A specific site will be identified in a future site specific
                                       Development Plan Document. Regard will be had to the Council's Leisure Study and PPS6.



                                     2.4.6 CS6 - Environment
                                     2.4.6.1   One of the principle aims of the planning system is to ensure that development is as
                                               ‘sustainable’ as possible. As part of this approach, new development must seek to limit
                                               impact on the global environment, and protect and enhance the local built and natural
                                               environment – whilst providing suitable living/working environments for people. These issues
                                               are reflected in a number of the key LDF strategic objectives identified in section 2.3 above.

                                     2.4.6.2   New development can limit the impact on the global environment by minimising resource
                                               use (particularly non-renewable sources including fossil fuels, land, water and minerals),
                                               increasing energy efficiency, and reducing carbon emissions. The spatial strategy in Policy
                                               CS1 plays a key role by seeking to locate development in settlements with a range of services
                                               and facilities, therefore reducing the need to travel (and therefore carbon emissions). Other
                                               policies in the Development Control Chapter seek to minimise environmental impact by
                                               promoting sustainable methods of construction, greater energy efficiency, the use of
                                               renewable energy, and by requiring development proposals to make the best use of land.

                                     2.4.6.3   The district contains significant areas of land which are below or just above current sea
                                               level, and are at risk of flooding. The Development Control chapter contains a policy which
                                               seeks to restrict inappropriate development in these areas, in order to reduce risks to property
                                               and people.

                                     2.4.6.4   East Cambridgeshire has an attractive natural and built environment which adds to the
                                               quality of people's lives, and supports a thriving tourism industry. Particular features which
                                               contribute to the quality of East Cambridgeshire includes a number of internationally important
                                               sites for wildlife, an extensive network of rivers and wetlands, part of the Cambridge Green
40                                             Belt, Conservation Areas, and a large number of Listed Buildings including Ely Cathedral
                                               and the monastic enclosure. Natural and built environmental designations are shown in the
                                               Proposals Map as listed in Appendix 5 of the Core Strategy. Policy CS6 highlights the
                                               strategic need to protect and enhance the natural and built environment, and the local
                                               distinctiveness of the district. The policy also highlights the need to improve the biodiversity
                                               and landscape value of the district, and encourage greater public access. In relation to this
                                               the policy refers to Strategic Areas of Greenspace Enhancement (identified in the Proposals
                                               Map), where it will be particularly important to take co-ordinated action with statutory and
                                                                                                         East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
       other agencies.These areas reflect the target areas for habitat creation in the Cambridgeshire
       Structure Plan (2003) and the priority areas for strategic green infrastructure creation (which
       includes Wicken Fen and a potential Ely Country Park) identified in the Cambridge
       Sub-Region Green Infrastructure Strategy (2006).The Development Control Chapter contains
       related environmental policies which seek to ensure that new development schemes:

            Protect existing open space, and provide for new open space and/or an enhanced
            network of greenspaces
            Protect biodiversity and geological assets, and provide for enhancements and/or any
            necessary mitigation
            Protect and enhance the character of the countryside, landscapes, townscapes and
            the district’s built heritage
            Incorporate high standards of sustainable design and construction


Policy CS 6
Environment

All new development should contribute to the delivery of sustainable development, by being
designed and located to minimise carbon emissions and the use of non-renewable resources,
mitigate/adapt to future climate change, provide attractive and safe places for people, and protect
and enhance the quality of the natural and built environment.

Opportunities to minimise air, land and water pollution and improve water quality should be taken
wherever possible, and development will be encouraged to make maximum use of renewable
energy sources. New development will also be expected to minimise the exposure of people
and property to flooding.

Open spaces and amenity areas will be protected against loss or harm, and opportunities will
be taken to enhance quality, promote access (particularly by non-car modes), and expand to
contribute to green networks. New development proposals will be expected to incorporate open
space and high quality landscaping to provide attractive environments for people and wildlife.

Support will be given to the protection and enhancement of biodiversity in the district, including
designated sites of nature conservation importance. Priority habitats and species will be protected,
and development proposals will be expected to maximise the retention of biodiversity and
landscape features, and incorporate measures to enhance biodiversity and mitigate against
losses.

In the identified Strategic Areas of Greenspace Enhancement, co-ordinated action will be taken
with statutory and other agencies to improve their biodiversity and landscape value, and to
promote schemes supporting quiet recreational activity. Development proposals in these areas
will need to contribute to these objectives, and enhance the biodiversity, landscape and
recreational values of these areas.                                                                                                   41
The quality and distinctiveness of East Cambridgeshire’s towns and villages and landscapes
will be conserved and enhanced. Historically or architecturally important buildings, areas and
landscapes will be protected from loss or harm, and enhanced wherever possible. All development
proposals will be encouraged to incorporate innovative and locally distinctive design, and will be
expected to provide attractive and safe environments which are accessible to all.
                                     2.4.7 CS7 - Infrastructure
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                                                                                                                                              (vi)
                                     2.4.7.1     It is important that local communities are served by appropriate levels of infrastructure
                                                                                         (vii)
                                                 and community services and facilities         in order to ensure the quality of people’s lives,
                                                 and minimise harm to the environment. Policy CS7 seeks to list some of the key requirements
                                                 which will be needed to support growth and meet the objectives of the Core Strategy. This
                                                 list is not exhaustive.

                                     2.4.7.2     New development proposals can create additional demand for infrastructure and community
                                                 services/facilities. The planning system can be used to help secure contributions from
                                                 developers towards the provision of infrastructure and services/facilities, or to secure
                                                 compensatory provision for any loss or damage created. This is currently secured through
                                                 legal agreements known as planning obligations. Details of the Council’s approach to
                                                 developer contributions is set out in Policy S4 in the Development Control Chapter, and an
                                                 accompanying Supplementary Planning Document. The Council is currently in the process
                                                 of preparing an Infrastructure Investment Strategy which will help to inform the SPD and
                                                 future negotiations with developers.

                                     2.4.7.3     Infrastructure and community services/facilities in East Cambridgeshire are mainly provided
                                                 by other agencies and service providers, rather than the District Council. For example, water
                                                 and energy provision by utility companies, education and social services by the County
                                                 Council, health provision by the Primary Care Trust, affordable housing by Registered Social
                                                 Landlords, and Village Halls and sports provision by Parish Councils and community trusts.
                                                 However, the District Council has an important role to play in helping to co-ordinate with
                                                 these providers to ensure that the requirements of growth are recognised in their development
                                                 plans, and ensuring that provision is made in step with new development.The District Council
                                                 is also likely to be involved in particular initiatives and projects of its own, or in association
                                                 with other providers, to improve or increase community services/facilities. In the past this
                                                 has included schemes relating to the provision and upgrade of new sports facilities, the
                                                 provision of new community transport schemes, new carparks and improvements to the
                                                 walking/cycling network, and the provision of arts services to the local community.

                                     2.4.7.4     The planning system can also be used to help secure the retention of existing infrastructure
                                                 and services/facilities, either by preventing change of use, or by requiring on-site retention
                                                 as part of new development schemes. This approach is supported by several policies in the
                                                 Development Control chapter, including Policy S3 which seeks the retention of important
                                                 community services and facilities, and Policy S2 which seeks the retention of the retail
                                                 function in town centres. The planning system can also help to facilitate the provision of
                                                 new strategic infrastructure or services/facilities, by identifying and safeguarding sites for
                                                 development.

                                     2.4.7.5     It is considered essential that new development does not take place without adequate
                                                 provision of infrastructure. The lack of essential infrastructure to support a scheme, such
                                                 as water, energy supply or drainage could have significant effects on the quality of people’s
42                                               lives and on the environment. Particular infrastructure constraints have been taken into
                                                 account in the formulation of the strategic policies in this Plan, and are outlined in more
                                                 detail in Chapter 4 on ‘Infrastructure, Implementation and Monitoring’. New development
                                                 schemes will only be appropriate if there is adequate existing infrastructure in place, or


                                     vi    Infrastructure is defined as utility services (water supply, foul sewerage treatment works, and energy provision) drainage/flood
                                           protection, and the transport network
                                     vii   Community services and facilities includes open space, sport and recreational facilities, affordable housing, education, health, public
                                           transport services and cultural services. See Policy S4 for further details.
                                                                                                      East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
       where arrangements can be put in place for the required improvements. This latter route
       may involve developers making provision or contributions towards infrastructure, or working
       with infrastructure providers to ensure that improvements are provided in step with
       development.


Policy CS 7
Infrastructure

There should be appropriate infrastructure and community services and facilities in place to
serve the needs of new development schemes and to deliver the objectives of the Core Strategy.
Key requirements include the following (this list is not exhaustive):

     Provision of two new primary schools in Ely, a new primary school in Soham, a new primary
     school in Littleport, a new secondary school in either Ely or Littleport, and other
     enhancements to education provision across the district
     Improvements, extensions and relocations of sewage treatment facilities across the district
     as required
     Transport improvements, including major improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove
     and the Stuntney Causeway in Ely, enhanced rail capacity, and enhanced public transport
     and walking and cycling links within and between settlements
     The provision of a Country Park in Ely, and other improvements in open space provision
     across the district
     A new leisure centre in Ely, and other improvements to leisure and recreational provision
     across the district
     Improvements to existing and, where required, provision of new health care facilities across
     the district
     Public realm enhancements in the Market Towns

Adequate provision of infrastructure and community services and facilities will be provided
through:
     Developer contributions and planning obligations (supported by Policy S4 and a
     Supplementary Planning Document). Where enhanced infrastructure, and/or community
     services and facilities are needed to service a new development, either individually or
     cumulatively, that development should contribute to the enhancements required
     The programmes of relevant agencies or service providers, such as the Local Highways
     Authority, Network Rail and the train operating companies, the Local Education Authority,
     Anglian Water, other utility companies, and the Primary Care Trust – or through District
     Council initiatives or partnership working
     Protection and enhancement of existing provision/facilities where possible
     Identification of land in future site specific Development Plan Documents for the provision
     of new strategic infrastructure.
                                                                                                                                   43
In the case of infrastructure, permission for development will not be granted unless there is
sufficient capacity in existing infrastructure to meet the additional requirements arising from the
new development, or suitable arrangements having been put in place for necessary improvements.
                                     2.4.8 CS8 - Access
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     2.4.8.1   An integrated approach to transport and land use planning will be taken in order to achieve
                                               the aspirations of sustainable development, as set out in the vision and strategy. Regard
                                               will also be had to the strategies set out in the Local Transport Plan. The main objective is
                                               to reduce the need to travel, particularly by car, by providing new development in accessible
                                               locations, integrated with public transport and walking and cycling networks to enhance
                                               accessibility. The spatial strategy in CS1 is designed to achieve this, by locating development
                                               in the larger and more sustainable settlements. Other development control policies will help
                                               to ensure that opportunities for walking and cycling are maximised, and that appropriate
                                               links are provided. This can also help to bring health benefits for people, and reduce traffic
                                               impacts. As East Cambridgeshire is a rural area it is not possible to totally eliminate car
                                               dependency but more sustainable patterns of development should help to support more
                                               sustainable travel patterns in the future. The Council will also work in partnership with public
                                               transport providers to support public transport initiatives, particularly for communities in rural
                                               areas, or along the main commuting routes.

                                     2.4.8.2   New development can impact on road safety, contribute to congestion, and create new
                                               transport demands. Policies in the development control chapter will seek to ensure that the
                                               full impact of development schemes are assessed, and require that schemes are designed
                                               and located to provide safe access, avoid overloading the existing transport network, and
                                               include the provision of infrastructure improvements where necessary (for example, developer
                                               contributions to bus services, or local highway infrastructure).

                                     2.4.8.3   New growth in East Cambridgeshire is likely to create demand for strategic and local transport
                                               infrastructure improvements in the district. Responsibility for transport strategy lies primarily
                                               with Cambridgeshire County Council as the Highways Authority. However, the Core Strategy
                                               is required to identify the broad range of infrastructure improvements needed to support the
                                               delivery of growth. This information is set out in Chapter 4, and has been provided by the
                                               County Council. The District Council will seek to work in partnership with the County Council
                                               to support initiatives for improvements to the strategic and local transport infrastructure,
                                               where this would improve the environment and the quality of people’s lives, improve
                                               connectivity, and help deliver a sustainable transport network.




44
                                                                                                  East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Policy CS 8
Access

Development and transport planning will be co-ordinated to improve accessibility for the whole
community, reduce the need to travel by car, and increase public transport use, cycling and
walking. This will involve:

    Ensuring development is located where it is most accessible and can help to increase the
    use of non-car modes
    Managing travel demand, reducing air pollution and enhancing road safety through the
    control of development
    Creating attractive environments which are accessible, and provide links to the wider
    transport network
    Assessing the transport impact of development and seeking the provision of necessary
    infrastructure from developers where required
    Supporting strategic and local transport infrastructure proposals which provide an improved
    environment and enhanced quality of life, improve connectivity within the district and to
    other areas, and help to deliver a sustainable transport network that supports East
    Cambridgeshire’s long-term growth.




                                                                                                                               45
2.4.9 Key diagram
     East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                         46
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
2.5 Town strategies
2.5.1     The market towns of Ely, Soham and Littleport are the main service and commercial centres
          in the district, and contain the majority of the district’s population. The spatial vision for the
          district, outlined in section 2.3, indicates that these towns will continue to provide a focus
          for future development and the creation of sustainable communities in East Cambridgeshire.

2.5.2     In addition to an overall vision for the district, section 2.3 outlines a vision for each of the
          market towns, reflecting their different roles, needs, character, and capacity to accommodate
          additional development. This section seeks to draw together the key developments that will
          be needed to ensure that the individual vision for each of the towns is fulfilled. They are
          based on the contents of strategic Policies CS1 to CS8, and are intended to provide clear
          direction on the spatial growth of each of the district’s towns.

2.5.1 CS9 - Ely
2.5.1.1   Ely is the largest settlement in East Cambridgeshire, and the main service and employment
          centre in the district. It is the focus of a reasonable level of public transport provision. Its
          characteristics lead to it being proposed as the main location for new housing and
          employment development within the district. It will continue to thrive as a historic cathedral
          city of distinctive quality and will be the main focus for housing, employment and retail growth
          in East Cambridgeshire.

2.5.1.2   Ely has the highest level of self-containment in the district, with 45.3% of its residents working
          within the City (from the Council's Land and Labour Market Study). However, this proportion
          is far lower than most of the other Market Towns in the Cambridge Sub-Region, and the
          City appears to partly function as a dormitory town for commuters to Cambridge and other
          places. Evidence from the 2001 Census and the Ely Estates Survey (2002 and 2007)
          indicates that most new residents commute long distances to work, with the vast majority
          travelling by car. There is a need to increase employment opportunities in the town and to
          provide a better range of jobs, in order to increase the level of self-containment, and reduce
          out-commuting. Accordingly a significant level of new employment floorspace is proposed
          in the Ely area.

2.5.1.3   Ely is the most sustainable settlement in the district, offering access to a range of shops
          and services, and therefore a significant element of new housing provision is proposed.
          There are some opportunities for the redevelopment of brownfield sites within the City, and
          on land adjacent to the riverside where mixed use redevelopment can aid the regeneration
          of these areas. But this supply is limited and therefore some housing is proposed on new
          greenfield land to the north of the City. If any additional land outside the settlement boundary
          is needed to meet the housing requirement, this will be identified in the site specific
          Development Plan Document.

2.5.1.4   Ely has the largest town centre in the district, and with a good mix of retail, leisure and
          commercial uses it is relatively healthy. However, the Council’s Retail Study (2009) identifies
          a need for additional comparison and convenience floorspace in the City, to meet the needs
                                                                                                                                            47
          of its future shopping catchment and increases in population. The town centre is constrained
          by its historic character (being in a Conservation Area and containing a significant number
          of Listed Buildings), and most of the additional floorspace is unlikely to be accommodated
          here. The Council has identified that the main opportunity for expansion of the town centre
          is on the northern edge, providing mixed use development incorporating retail, leisure and
          housing provision in an accessible location. There are also areas where the townscape of
                                               the town centre could be improved and regenerated, and pedestrian and cycling links could
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                               be enhanced. Environmental improvements to the town centre and other parts of the City
                                               should also help to boost the tourist economy.

                                     2.5.1.5   The growth proposed for Ely will need to be supported by improvements to strategic and
                                               local infrastructure – including two new primary schools, a new leisure centre, enhancements
                                               to the Sewage Treatment Works, upgrading of health care facilities, and major improvements
                                               to the A142 between Angel Drove and Stuntney Causeway (see paragraph 2.5.1.6 below)
                                               as well as other improvements to highway/walking/cycling/public transport networks. The
                                               County Council has also identified that a new secondary school will be required to serve
                                               Ely and Littleport, and that a site will need to be identified in either Ely or Littleport. The
                                               County Council is in the process of consulting on the matter and is likely to take a decision
                                               on the strategic location of the school by early 2010. Another key priority is the provision of
                                               a new Country Park on the eastern side of the City, to provide much needed strategic open
                                               space for people in Ely and the north-east part of the district. The Country Park should also
                                               help to protect the unique landscape and biodiversity of this area, and provide an attractive
                                               setting to the City.

                                     2.5.1.6   Projected increase in rail traffic through Ely is likely to lead to increasing congestion around
                                               the A142 level crossing to the north of Ely station. This will have environmental and road
                                               safety impacts on the local road network and will cause increased severance between the
                                               station area and the city centre. Significant numbers of bridge strikes and level crossing
                                               barrier strikes currently impact on the delivery and cost of both passenger and freight
                                               services. Major improvements to the road are needed, and any project will need to deliver
                                               the following:

                                                    To support the delivery of increased levels of freight and passenger rail services.
                                                    To relieve increased congestion on the A142 Station Road/Stuntney Causeway in the
                                                    vicinity of the railway as a result of the above and of increased development traffic.
                                                    To support Network Rail in improving the reliability of rail services by reducing or
                                                    removing the possibility of bridge and level crossing strikes.
                                                    To maintain the ability of the A142 as part of the Primary Road Network to facilitate
                                                    the movement of all traffic, and avoid the need for HGV traffic to utilise other less
                                                    suitable routes.
                                                    To minimise the impact on the natural environment
                                                    To minimise the impact on the landscape and setting of Ely and its cathedral, including
                                                    quintessential views as identified in the Ely Environmental Capacity Study (2001)

                                     2.5.1.7   The following further aims will be incorporated in any design scheme:

                                                    To improve walking and cycling routes between the city centre and the rail station
                                                    To help facilitate the provision of high quality public transport links to the rail station
                                                    To make the station area an attractive gateway for Ely by removing the negative
                                                    environmental and visual aspects of the current situation.
48
                                                                                                           East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Policy CS 9
Ely

The City of Ely is designated as a ‘Market Town’ and the ‘Major Town Centre’ in the district. Ely
will continue to be a thriving historic cathedral city of distinctive quality and will be the main focus
for housing, employment and retail growth in East Cambridgeshire.

      Between 2001 and 2025 approximately 3,400 dwellings will be built as set out in Table 2.1.
      This will include about 500 dwellings on a new greenfield allocation to the north of the City
      (to the east of the Princess of Wales Hospital). In addition to the provision for approximately
      3,400 dwellings, potential allocations that could help address the shortfall of 483 dwellings
      identified in CS2 and Table 2.1 will be explored and sites will be identified in the site-specific
      Development Plan Document as appropriate. This may require allocation of additional land
      outside the settlement boundary.

      Opportunities will be explored for the re-location of the Cresswell's Lane Sewage Treatment
      Works and the re-development of the area to the south-east of Lisle Lane to provide
      approximately 150-250 dwellings and a small element of high quality B1 employment
      development. Land for this housing/mixed use scheme will be identified in a future site
      specific Development Plan Document. A site for a new sewage treatment works will need
      to be identified as part of the production of the County Council's Minerals and Waste Local
      Development Framework.

      Opportunities to redevelop other sites for residential development within the settlement
      boundary will be explored, and sites will be allocated in a future site specific Development
      Plan Document.

      Ely's cultural heritage will be preserved and enhanced as part of the strategy and
      opportunities to raise the quality of the riverside area, the station gateway area, the town
      centre and the cathedral area will also be explored. These are areas where appearance,
      informal recreation and pedestrian access is crucial to the town’s attractiveness to residents
      and visitors. Where this involves the redevelopment of sites, these will be identified in a
      future site specific Development Plan Document.

      Approximately 30 hectares of new employment land will be identified for B1/B2/B8
      employment uses, on land to the south-east of Lancaster Way Business Park

      Suitable sites for development of new retail floorspace will be allocated in a future site
      specific Development Plan Document, of sufficient size to accommodate approximately
              2                                             2
      8,500m of comparison net retail floorspace and 900m of convenience net retail floorspace.
      An expansion to the city centre on the northern edge provides the main opportunity.

      Land to accommodate two new primary schools will be identified in a future site specific                                          49
      Development Plan Document. There will also be a need to identify a site for a new secondary
      school in either Ely or Littleport.

      A site for a new leisure centre (sports hall and swimming pool) will be identified in a future
      site specific Development Plan Document. Regard will be had to the Council's Lesiure Study
      and PPS6.
                                               Improvements to the sewage treatment facilities in the City will be required in order to
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                               facilitate development on new greenfield sites. Improvements may also be required to
                                               facilitate change of use on large brownfield sites, if a scheme would result in a significant
                                               increase in discharge to the sewer. Anglian Water will seek to ensure that the required
                                               improvements to sewage treatment facilities in Ely are completed by 2015.

                                               Enhanced local health care facilities will be provided in the town. This is likely to involve
                                               the extension of the GP surgery at the Princess of Wales Hospital or its relocation to an
                                               alternative site, and upgrading of other facilities at POW Hospital. Detailed assessment
                                               may also indicate that an additional new GP facility is required to serve Ely.

                                               A Country Park will be created in the vicinity of Roswell Pits and the river area, to co-ordinate
                                               the provision and management of public paths, open spaces and wildlife areas. The Country
                                               Park will provide a high quality wildlife, recreational and landscape resource for East Cambs
                                               residents and visitors, and will form part of a larger strategic network of green infrastructure.
                                               The site will be identified in a future site specific Development Plan Document.

                                               Major improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove and Stuntney Causeway to relieve
                                               congestion, improve road safety and to provide improved walking, cycling and public transport
                                               links between Ely rail station and town centre, while at the same time protecting the setting
                                               of Ely and its cathedral.


                                     2.5.2 CS10 - Soham
                                     2.5.2.1     Soham is the second largest settlement in the district, and acts as a local service centre to
                                                 a small rural catchment area. The town has some employment opportunities, but has a low
                                                 level of self-containment, with most people commuting to work in Cambridge and elsewhere.
                                                 There has been little recent economic development in Soham, and allocated employment
                                                 areas have failed to come forward for development due to deliverability issues. The Core
                                                 Strategy proposes to identify a new employment area to the east of Soham which is
                                                 deliverable, and which can help to provide a greater range of employment opportunities in
                                                 the town.

                                     2.5.2.2     The town centre provides only a limited range of shops and services, and there are a number
                                                 of vacant retail units. The Council’s Retail Study (2009) indicates there is likely to be need
                                                 for a small amount of additional convenience retail floorspace to meet future local needs,
                                                 but that growth in comparison shopping could be more limited. However, in light of the
                                                 vulnerable nature of the town centre, it is important that new retail floorspace is located
                                                 within the town centre wherever possible. If land cannot be found within the town centre,
                                                 then land to the east of and adjacent to the town centre could offer an opportunity for the
                                                 future expansion of the town centre. New retail schemes in out of centre locations are likely
                                                 to adversely affect the long-term health and vitality of the town centre. The town centre
50                                               could also benefit from townscape and other regeneration measures, in order to raise its
                                                 attractiveness to investors and to local people and visitors. The Council will seek to work in
                                                 partnership with local businesses, community groups and other organisations to raise the
                                                 quality of the town centre, and promote opportunities which add to its vitality and viability.

                                     2.5.2.3     Soham is a relatively sustainable Market Town, and therefore an element of new housing
                                                 provision is proposed. There are some opportunities for development on both brownfield
                                                 and greenfield land within the current settlement boundary, and these will be explored.
                                                 However, this supply is limited, and an element of new housing provision is proposed outside
                                                                                                                East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
            the settlement. The area proposed off Station Road will provide an opportunity to re-use
            vacant railway and scrubland and regenerate this area of Soham. The proposed greenfield
            extension to the east should ensure good accessibility to the town centre, and help to guard
            against further elongation of the settlement. If any additional land outside the settlement
            boundary is needed to meet the housing requirement, this will be identified in the site specific
            Development Plan Document.

2.5.2.4     The growth likely to take place in Soham will need to be supported by improvements to
            strategic and local infrastructure – including a new primary school, enhancements to the
            Sewage Treatment Works, upgrading of health care facilities, and improvements to
            highway/walking/cycling/public transport networks. Another key priority is the protection and
            enhancement of The Commons areas. These provide an attractive setting to the town, and
            a unique recreational asset for local people. It is also a long held aspiration for the provision
            of a railway station in Soham, as the railway line runs through the town, and there was
            previously a station. The Council will seek to work in partnership to achieve this vision, and
            will identify an area which should be protected for future potential railway uses.


  Policy CS 10
  Soham

  Soham is designated as a ‘Market Town’ and a ‘Secondary Town Centre.’ The following
  development is proposed:

          Between 2001 and 2025 approximately 1,730 dwellings will be built as set out in Table 2.1.
          This will include approximately 400 dwellings as a greenfield extension to the north-east of
          The Causeway/Brook Street and on industrial/vacant land off Station Road. In addition to
          the provision for approximately 1,730 dwellings, potential allocations that could help address
          the shortfall of 483 dwellings identified in Policy CS2 and Table 2.1 will be explored and
          sites will be identified in the site specific Development Plan Document as appropriate. This
          may require allocation of additional land outside the settlement boundary.

          Opportunities to redevelop other sites for residential development within the settlement
          boundary will be explored, and sites will be allocated in a future site specific Development
          Plan Document.

          The provision of new employment land in Soham will be focused on land to the east of the
          bypass. Approximately 11 hectares of new employment land will be identified for B1/B2/B8
          employment uses in this area.

          Suitable sites for development of new retail floorspace will be allocated in a future site
          specific Development Plan Document, of sufficient size to accommodate approximately
                 2
          550 m of convenience net retail floorspace. These sites will be within the town centre, or
          as close to the town centre as possible. Outside the town centre, the priority location will                                       51
          be an extension to the east of the town centre.
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                               Improvements to the sewage treatment facilities in Soham will be required in order to
                                               facilitate development on new greenfield sites. Improvements may also be required to
                                               facilitate change of use on large brownfield sites, if a scheme would result in a significant
                                               increase in discharge to the sewer. Anglian Water will seek to ensure that the required
                                               improvements to sewage treatment facilities in Soham are completed by 2015.

                                               Opportunities to improve the quality of the environment and the retail offer of the town centre
                                               will be explored. Where this involves the redevelopment of sites, these will be identified in
                                               a future site specific Development Plan Document.

                                               The wildlife, landscape and recreational quality of the Commons areas should be protected
                                               and enhanced, and improved pedestrian and cycle links provided. Development schemes
                                               should be required to demonstrate no adverse impact on the quality, character and
                                               accessibility of the Commons.

                                               Future health infrastructure requirements for the town will be fully assessed by the PCT
                                               and the potential for the existing health centre and GP surgery to meet those requirements
                                               explored. Options could include expanding or replacing existing facilities on the existing
                                               sites or redeveloping replacing facilities on alternative sites.

                                               A site for a new primary school will be identified in a future site specific Development Plan
                                               Document.

                                               Safeguarded land for the provision of a station and/or station facilities will be identified in
                                               a future site specific Development Plan Document.


                                     2.5.3 CS11 - Littleport
                                     2.5.3.1     Littleport is a small market town, serving the needs of a very localised rural catchment area.
                                                 However, the town has a good level of employment opportunities, with a range of industrial
                                                 and commercial firms mainly residing on industrial parks and allocated employment sites
                                                 on the edge of the settlement. It is proposed to build on this economic growth, and allocate
                                                 some additional land for employment purposes on the edge of the settlement, in order to
                                                 provide an even wider range of jobs for local people.

                                     2.5.3.2     The town centre is small and compact, and has a limited range of shops. The Council’s
                                                 Retail Study indicates that potential for new comparison floorspace development may be
                                                 limited, but that there is a need for a small amount of additional convenience retail floorspace
                                                 to serve the needs of the local population, and enhance self-containment for the town. Due
                                                 to the vulnerable nature of the town centre, this provision should be made either within, or
                                                 as close to the town centre as possible on an accessible site. The town centre could also
                                                 benefit from townscape and other regeneration measures, in order to raise its attractiveness
52                                               to investors and to local people and visitors. The Council will seek to work in partnership
                                                 with local businesses, community groups and other organisations to raise the quality of the
                                                 town centre environment, and promote opportunities which add to its vitality and viability.
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
2.5.3.3   There is a significant supply of housing in the pipeline for Littleport, on sites with outstanding
          planning permission where work it yet to start or is partly completed. There are also a
          significant number of potential opportunities for housing development on both brownfield
          and greenfield sites within the settlement boundary. It is proposed that opportunities within
          the settlement boundary for additional housing development will be explored, but that
          additional growth on greenfield sites outside the town is not appropriate, given the
          settlement’s relatively small size and lower sustainability levels. Even without additional
          greenfield allocations outside the settlement, the amount of housing growth in Littleport is
          predicted to be similar to Soham over the Plan period – and Soham is a larger and more
          sustainable settlement.

2.5.3.4   The growth likely to take place in Littleport will need to be supported by improvements to
          strategic and local infrastructure – including a new primary school, potential enhancements
          to the Sewage Treatment Works, upgrading of health care facilities, and improvements to
          highway/walking/cycling/public transport networks. The County Council has also identified
          that a new secondary school will be required to serve Littleport and Ely, and that a site will
          need to be identified in either Littleport or Ely. The County Council is in the process of
          consulting on the matter, and is likely to take a decision on the strategic nature of the school
          by early 2010.




                                                                                                                                            53
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Policy CS 11
                                     Littleport

                                     Littleport is designated as a ‘Market Town’ and a ‘Secondary Town Centre’. Development will
                                     be limited in scale to meet locally identified needs. The following development is proposed:

                                          Between 2001 and 2025 approximately 1,670 dwellings will be built as set in Table 2.1. The
                                          majority of this development will take place on sites allocated for residential development
                                          in the current Local Plan and/or with outstanding planning permission. New opportunities
                                          to redevelop sites for residential development within the settlement boundary will be explored,
                                          and sites will be allocated in a future site specific Development Plan Document. This may
                                          enable Littleport to make an additional contribution to meeting the shortfall identified in
                                          Policy CS2.

                                          Improvements to the sewage treatment facilities in Littleport will be required in order to
                                          facilitate development on new greenfield sites. Improvements may also be required to
                                          facilitate change of use on large brownfield sites, if a scheme would result in a significant
                                          discharge to the sewer. Anglian Water will seek to ensure that improvements to sewage
                                          treatment facilities in the town are completed by 2015.

                                          Approximately 9 hectares of land will be allocated for B1/B2/B8 employment uses. The
                                          current unused employment allocations to the west of Littleport on Wisbech Road and
                                          Woodfen Road will be re-assessed in terms of its suitability and deliverability for employment
                                          use, and may provide an opportunity for the provision of this land.

                                          Suitable sites for development of new retail floorspace will be allocated in a future site
                                                                                                                             2
                                          specific Development Plan Document, of sufficient size to accommodate 350 m of
                                          convenience net retail floorspace. These sites will be within the town centre, or as close to
                                          the town centre as possible.

                                          Opportunities to improve the quality of the environment and the retail offer of the town centre
                                          will be explored. Where this involves the redevelopment of sites, these will be identified in
                                          a future site specific Development Plan Document.

                                          Land to accommodate a new primary school will be identified in a future site specific
                                          Development Plan Document. There will be also be a need to identify a site for a new
                                          secondary school in either Ely or Littleport.




54
                                                                                                          East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3 Development Control Policies
3.1 Introduction
3.1.1   This chapter sets out a series of ‘development control’ policies on a range of issues. The
        policies are intended to provide further details and explanation to assist the delivery of the
        Core Strategy policies outlined in Chapter 2 above. The policies are mainly criteria-based,
        and can therefore be used to help assess the suitability/acceptability of planning applications
        for the development of land and buildings.

3.1.2   As required by Government, the policies explain how national planning guidance applies to
        the local area, but seek to avoid the repetition of national Planning Policy Statements. There
        are a couple of exceptions to this, where the Council considers it appropriate to draw together
        various strands of Government guidance in one place, in order to assist applicants and
        developers in understanding the objectives and aims of the policy. The number of
        Development Control policies is a lot shorter than in the East Cambridgeshire District Local
        Plan (2000), as it is a key requirement of the new LDF system that policies are succinct,
        and are focused on delivering the aims and objectives of the Core Strategy. The relationship
        between the Core Strategy policies and the Development Control policies is shown
        throughout, via cross-referencing.




                                                                                                                                       55
                                     3.2 Housing
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     3.2.1 H1 - Housing mix and type
                                     3.2.1.1   In order to ensure that housing provision meets the needs of all sectors of the community,
                                               it is important that a range of house types and sizes are provided as part of new development
                                               schemes (as emphasised by PPS3). This policy seeks to ensure that an appropriate mix
                                               of sizes and types of general market dwellings is secured, and builds on the strategic
                                               approach in Policy CS2. The policy also refers to sheltered housing and supported housing
                                               schemes. However, the size and type mix of affordable homes is covered in Policy H3.

                                     3.2.1.2   Evidence in the Cambridge Sub-Region Strategic Housing Market Assessment (2008)
                                               (SHMA) and the Ely Estates Surveys (2002 and 2007) has been used to inform the policy.
                                               This includes data on the age profile of the current and future population, housing stock
                                               information, and recent occupancy densities.

                                     3.2.1.3   In terms of size mix, the profile of the current population in East Cambridgeshire reveals
                                               that a significant proportion of the households in the district are single person households
                                               (30% in the 2001 Census). This proportion is predicted by the County Council Research
                                               Group to be likely to increase even further over the next 13 years, as a result of a rise in
                                               single person households, smaller family units, and older people. The Research Group
                                               predicts that the number of households in the district will rise by 55% to 2021, and that 35%
                                               of these will be single occupancy. During the same period the population is forecast to rise
                                               by 13.8%, with almost all of the growth coming from the 60+ age group. At the same time
                                               the district has a considerable stock of larger properties. The 2001 Census reveals that
                                               only 7.4% of housing stock have 1-3 rooms (not including bathrooms and hallways), and
                                               that the overwhelming majority of dwellings (73.6%) have more than 5 rooms. These
                                               proportions are likely to have changed only slightly since 2001, as housing completions
                                               data between 2001 and 2008 reveals that only 38.5% of dwellings built in this period were
                                               1 or 2 bedroom properties.

                                     3.2.1.4   It is clear that there has been a significant gap between the size mix of general market
                                               properties built in the district, and identified needs for smaller dwellings. Policy H1 seeks to
                                               restore this balance to reflect local need, and address the current low supply of smaller
                                               market properties – so that more people can have access to a suitable home. However, the
                                               policy also takes account of the fact that housing need is not an indication of housing
                                               occupancy, as people aspire to take properties they can afford rather than their actual
                                               'needs'. Therefore although single people only 'need' one bedroom accommodation, in
                                               practice the active demand is for at least 2 bedrooms – whilst evidence in the Ely Estates
                                               Survey (2007) indicates that 78% of 3 bedroom and 42.5% of 4 bedroom new properties in
                                               the city are occupied by 2 or less persons. A mix of housing will therefore be required on
                                               development sites to ensure a balanced community, and enable those who wish to live in
                                               larger properties to do so.

56                                   3.2.1.5   It is proposed that an appropriate mix of unit sizes will be secured on schemes of 10+ general
                                               market dwellings. This threshold is considered to be a reasonable level, above which
                                               schemes should make a contribution to mixed communities.

                                     3.2.1.6   The district also faces a major challenge in increasing the provision of housing for potentially
                                               vulnerable elderly and single person households. Increasing provision for the elderly can
                                               bring wider community benefits from releasing under-occupied housing back into both the
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
          public sector and general housing market. The Council will therefore aim to ensure that a
          proportion of all new general market housing is suitable, or easily adaptable for occupation
          by the elderly or people with disabilities (Lifetime Homes Standard or equivalent).

3.2.1.7   Where viability and deliverability issues arise, the applicant will be required to submit evidence
          in order to justify an alternative mix of sizes/types of dwellings. Where this policy would
          result in the requirement relating to part of a dwelling the calculation will be rounded upwards
          to ensure that at least the minimum requirement is met.

3.2.1.8   Some types of housing are designed to meet the particular needs of groups whose needs
          cannot be met in general purpose schemes. These include sheltered schemes for the
          elderly or disabled and other groups who require communal facilities/wardens or on site
          management and/or medical support. It is considered that the type and mix on such schemes
          will be determined on a site by site basis according to need.


  Policy H 1
  Housing mix and type

  On schemes of 10 or more dwellings there should be a housing mix that contributes to local
  needs and helps deliver a balanced community.

  In order to meet identified local needs, a proportion of dwellings that are suitable or easily
  adaptable for occupation by the elderly or people with disabilities will be sought on schemes of
  five or more dwellings.

  On sheltered/supported housing schemes, the type and mix of housing will be determined on a
  site by site basis according to identified needs.



3.2.2 H2 - Density
3.2.2.1   Land resources in England are scarce, and it is therefore important that development land
          is used as efficiently as possible to minimise the amount of building that needs to take place
          on greenfield sites in the countryside. Accordingly, Government guidance in PPS3 indicates
          that 30 dwellings per hectare is the national indicative minimum to guide development.

3.2.2.2   The precise density of a scheme will need to be determined having regard to a site’s
          immediate context, on-site constraints, the type of development proposed and the level of
          transport accessibility. Whilst higher densities may be appropriate in town centre locations
          where public transport is good and urban form is dense, lower densities may be appropriate
          in established suburban areas, in villages, in areas with an open character or on the edge
          of settlements. In assessing what density is appropriate, priority will be given to ensuring
          that making efficient use of land does not result in development that detracts from the                                           57
          character of the area.
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                         Policy H 2
                                         Density

                                         New residential schemes will need to make efficient use of land and help to ensure that overall
                                         the district achieves at least an average density of 30 dwellings per hectare on new developments.
                                         The appropriate density will be judged on a site by site basis taking account of:

                                         a.      The character of the site and its surroundings;
                                         b.      The need to accommodate other uses and residential amenities such as open space and
                                                 parking areas; and
                                         c.      Levels of accessibility, particularly by public transport, walking and cycling



                                     3.2.3 H3 - Affordable housing
                                     3.2.3.1        The Government has confirmed that a community's need for a mix of housing types, including
                                                                      (i)
                                                    affordable housing is a material planning consideration which should be taken into account
                                                    when formulating development plan policies and in determining planning applications.
                                                    Consequently, where a lack of affordable housing to meet local needs can be demonstrated,
                                                    LDFs should include a policy for seeking affordable housing in suitable housing
                                                    developments.

                                     3.2.3.2        The planning system has a key role in making affordable housing available through securing
                                                    developer contributions from market housing schemes. Providing affordable housing is of
                                                    great concern to the local population, and is identified in the East Cambridgeshire Sustainable
                                                    Community Strategy as a key issue to be addressed. The planning system can also help
                                                    to increase the supply of affordable housing by enabling provision in rural locations where
                                                    other housing is not normally permitted, under rural 'exceptions' schemes – see Policy H4
                                                    for details.

                                     3.2.3.3        Access to suitable housing has become increasingly difficult in the district for local people
                                                    on low to modest incomes, as there is a significant gap between average incomes and
                                                    house prices. The Cambridge Sub-Region Housing Market Assessment (SHMA) reveals
                                                    that average house prices are between 6 and 7.5 times higher than average earnings in
                                                    East Cambridgeshire.

                                     3.2.3.4        The SHMA also sets out the scale of need for additional affordable dwellings in East
                                                    Cambridgeshire over the next 5 years. The Assessment estimates that there is a need to
                                                    provide an additional 597 affordable dwellings per year, between 2008 and 2013. These
                                                    figures are based on evidence from the Housing Register, concealed household rates and
                                                    estimates of newly arising need – whilst taking account of affordable schemes in the pipeline
58                                                  and re-lets of existing affordable properties. This rate of housing development represents
                                                    139% of overall housing requirements in the district over this period.


                                     i        PPS3 defines affordable housing by stating that it 'includes social rented and intermediate housing, provided to specified eligible
                                              households whose needs are not met by the market'. Social rented housing is defined as: 'Rented housing owned and managed
                                              by local authorities and registered social landlords for which guideline target rents are determined through the national rent regime.'
                                              Intermediate affordable housing is defined as: 'Housing at prices and rents above those of social rent, but below market price rents,
                                              and which meet the criteria set out above. These can include shared equity products (e.g. HomeBuy), other low cost homes for
                                              sale and intermediate rent.'
                                                                                                            East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.2.3.5   Therefore the minimum percentage of affordable housing proposed in Policy H3 takes
          account of this high level of need, but is based on a realistic proportion and has been
          developed with close regard to the overall viability and deliverability of housing schemes
          (as set out in the Council’s ‘Affordable Housing Viability Testing’ document, which can be
          viewed on the Council’s website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk). Applicants seeking to justify
          a lower proportion of affordable housing will be required to demonstrate why it is not
          economically viable to make the minimum level of provision in Policy H3. The Council
          recognises that in some cases there may be exceptional costs of development which need
          to be recognised, and that the policy may represent a starting point for negotiation. Where
          this policy would result in the requirement relating to part of a dwelling the calculation will
          be rounded upwards to ensure that at least the minimum requirement is met.

3.2.3.6   Policy H3 indicates that affordable housing contributions will be sought on developments
          of 3 or more dwellings. Government guidance in PPS3 sets an indicative national minimum
          of 15 dwellings as a trigger for affordable housing provision, but states that the site size
          threshold may be reduced where it can be justified by local circumstances, and in rural
          areas, where it contributes to the creation of mixed and sustainable rural communities. The
          Council considers that in view of the findings of the SHMA, and recent levels of
          under-provision of affordable housing in proportion to general market housing, there is sound
          justification for adopting a lower threshold in East Cambridgeshire. In addition, evidence
          from the County Council’s Annual Housing Completions Survey indicates that a significant
          proportion of residential development has historically occurred on smaller sites where the
          threshold for affordable housing has not been triggered. The lower threshold is also justified
          in light of the policy in RSS which states that 35% of all housing in the region should be
          affordable. Some developments will not provide affordable housing, or to this percentage
          – therefore a lower threshold is key in delivering affordable housing in East Cambridgeshire.

3.2.3.7   Policy H3 indicates that the size mix and tenure of affordable dwellings should reflect
          identified needs at the time of the proposal and in the locality. The current SHMA forecasts
          that there will be need for 84% of affordable dwellings in the district to be 1 or 2 bedroom
          properties, and for 16% to be 3 or 4 bed – and that 70% of affordable properties will need
          to be social rented and 30% intermediate affordable housing that can include shared
          ownership. The Council will also seek to ensure that the proportion of new affordable housing
          on schemes of 5 or more dwellings is suitable or easily adaptable for occupation by the
          elderly or people with disabilities (Lifetime Homes Standard or equivalent). For further
          justification, see Policy H1 above.

3.2.3.8   Affordable housing should be provided on the application site wherever possible as part of
          well designed, mixed tenure schemes, as this ensure the best prospect of securing mixed,
          inclusive communities. In exceptional circumstances, such as where very small schemes
          are proposed, off-site provision or financial contributions in lieu may be acceptable.
          Applicants will be expected to justify any exception to the Council as part of an application.

3.2.3.9   The Council will ensure that any planning permission granted is subject to appropriate
          conditions and/or planning obligations to secure affordability in perpetuity. Further details                                  59
          of the Council’s approach to affordable housing will be set out in the Planning Obligations
          Supplementary Planning Document.
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                           Policy H 3
                                           Affordable Housing

                                           Affordable housing is defined as 'housing which is affordable for those who cannot meet their
                                           housing needs on the open market'

                                           Housing schemes of 3 or more dwellings will be required to make appropriate provision for an
                                           element of affordable housing, in accordance with the following:

                                                The proportion and type of affordable housing will be the subject of negotiation with applicants
                                                                                          (ii)
                                                On schemes in the south of the district , a minimum of 40% of the total number of dwellings
                                                to be provided will be sought
                                                                                         (iii)
                                                On schemes in the north of the district , a minimum of 30% of the total number of dwellings
                                                to be provided will be sought
                                                Account will be taken of any exceptional costs associated with the development (e.g. site
                                                remediation and infrastructure provision) and other viability considerations
                                                The precise mix in terms of tenure and house sizes of affordable housing within a scheme
                                                will be determined by local circumstances at the time of planning permission, including
                                                housing need, development costs and the availability of subsidy
                                                Affordable housing should normally be provided on-site, apart from in exceptional
                                                circumstances where the applicant can demonstrate exceptional reasons for off-site provision
                                                or financial contributions in lieu
                                                The affordable properties will be made available solely to people in housing need at an
                                                affordable cost for the life of the property
                                                The allocation of affordable housing should give priority to people in local housing need
                                                On larger schemes the affordable housing will be provided in phases as the development
                                                progresses in a planned and designed manner as detailed by the Council at the time of the
                                                development. Affordable housing intended specifically for elderly occupants should be
                                                focused on public transport routes
                                                In order to meet identified local needs, a proportion of dwellings that are suitable or easily
                                                adaptable for occupation by the elderly or people with disabilities will be sought on schemes
                                                of five or more dwellings.




60


                                     ii      The south of the district comprises the parishes of Ashley, Bottisham, Brinkley, Burrough Green, Burwell, Chippenham, Cheveley,
                                             Dullingham, Fordham, Kennett, Kirtling, Reach, Snailwell, Swaffham Bulbeck, Swaffham Prior, Westley Waterless and Woodditton
                                     iii     The north of the district comprises the parishes of Coveney, Haddenham, Isleham, Mepal, Little Downham, Littleport, Little
                                             Thetford, Soham, Stretham, Sutton, Wentworth, Wicken, Witcham, Wilburton, Witchford, and Ely City.
                                                                                                                East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.2.4 H4 - Affordable housing exceptions
3.2.4.1     In East Cambridgeshire there is significant need for additional affordable housing, as
            demonstrated in the Strategic Housing Market Assessment. However, land values are high,
            and Registered Social Landlords find it difficult to afford to purchase sites within settlements
            for the development of affordable housing schemes. Government policy recognises these
            issues, and allows affordable housing schemes to be developed as an 'exception' on sites
            where general housing market would not normally be permitted, either within or adjoining
            a settlement.

3.2.4.2     Policy H4 sets out the circumstances in which affordable housing exception schemes may
            be considered appropriate. In assessing such proposals the needs of the local community
            will be carefully considered, and schemes should be designed to include a range of dwelling
            sizes, types and tenures, appropriate to the local need. The occupation of these properties
            will be restricted in accordance with a cascade mechanism, agreed by the Council and
            RSLs, whereby those who have a connection with the village are given first priority for newly
            created housing, followed by those in adjacent villages, and then those in the wider locality.
            The Council will ensure that any planning permission granted is subject to appropriate
            conditions and/or planning obligations to secure its affordability in perpetuity. Applicants will
            also be required to demonstrate that an assessment of other sites has been taken, in terms
            of their suitability, deliverability and availability.


  Policy H 4
  Affordable housing exceptions

  Affordable housing development on exception sites can make an important contribution to meeting
  local housing needs, and schemes may be permitted on sites within or outside settlement
  boundaries where:

          If the proposal is outside the settlement boundary, the site is adjoining or in close proximity
          to the main built-up framework of the settlement; and
          No significant harm would be caused to the character or setting of the settlement and the
          surrounding countryside; and
          The scale of the scheme is broadly related to the settlement hierarchy status of the settlement
          and to the scale of the identified local affordable housing need; and
          The scheme incorporates a range of dwelling sizes, types and tenures appropriate to the
          identified local need; and
          The affordable housing provided is made available to people in local housing need at an
          affordable cost for the life of the property; and
          It can be demonstrated that there is no land in a more suitable location that is available.


                                                                                                                                             61
                                     3.2.5 H5 - Dwellings for rural workers
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     3.2.5.1   It will usually be possible for rural workers such as those employed in agriculture, horticulture,
                                               forestry, stud workers or other rural based occupations, to be able to meet their
                                               accommodation needs in existing houses either on the site or in nearby settlements. Very
                                               occasionally it will be essential for a worker to have accommodation in close proximity to
                                               the business and none will be available. The construction of new dwellings in the countryside
                                               to meet these needs will, in exceptional circumstances, be justified. Government guidance
                                               in PPS7 (Annex A) provides detailed advice in respect of these circumstances. It must be
                                               stressed that genuine essential need, rather than business convenience must be justified,
                                               and that justification on the basis of security will not be sufficient.

                                     3.2.5.2   Applications will be assessed taking account of the history of the enterprise, in order to
                                               establish whether existing dwellings within the site/holding or nearby could fulfil the need,
                                               or whether any dwellings or buildings suitable for conversion have been sold on the open
                                               housing market. Such a sale is likely to constitute lack of evidence of essential need. New
                                               permanent dwellings can only be justified if the enterprise to which they relate is economically
                                               viable. For this reason, details of the financial situation of the business will be required.
                                               This information will also inform the scale of dwelling which the enterprise can sustain. The
                                               scale should be demonstrated to be appropriate to the needs of the business rather than
                                               those of the owner or occupier.

                                     3.2.5.3   Where planning permission is granted for a new dwelling on this basis, suitable occupancy
                                               conditions will be imposed to ensure the dwelling remains available to meet that particular
                                               need. Proposals to remove an occupancy condition will be considered on the basis of
                                               whether a need remains for the accommodation for other rural workers. This will involve
                                               marketing the property for a period of at least 12 months at a realistic price to reflect the
                                               occupancy restriction. Applicants will also need to demonstrate a lack of general need in
                                               an area. As part of this approach, applicants will need to demonstrate that the dwelling has
                                               been offered to Registered Social Landlords operating locally, on terms which would allow
                                               it to be occupied by a rural worker as an affordable dwelling – and that this option has been
                                               rejected.




62
                                                                                                          East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Policy H 5
Dwellings for rural workers

Proposals for permanent dwellings in the countryside for full-time workers in agriculture,
horticulture, forestry, stud and other rural activities will be permitted as an exception to the normal
policies of control where:

     It can be demonstrated that the dwelling is essential to the needs of the business (e.g. there
     is a need for 24 hour on-site presence of workers); and
     It can be demonstrated that the enterprise has been established for at least three years
     and is, and should remain financially viable; and
     There is no other accommodation within the site/holding or nearby which is currently suitable
     and available, or could be made available; and
     A dwelling or building suitable for conversion to a dwelling within the site/holding has not
     been sold on the open housing market without an agricultural or other occupancy conditions
     in the last five years; and
     The proposed dwelling is no larger than that required to meet the functional needs of the
     enterprise, nor would it be unusually expensive to construct in relation to the income that
     the enterprise could sustain; and
     The proposed dwelling is sensitively designed and sited to minimise visual intrusion; and
     Where the proposal involves a new business that cannot yet demonstrate financial
     soundness, a temporary dwelling (in the form of a caravan, mobile home or wooden structure
     that can easily be dismantled and removed from the site) may be acceptable provided all
     the other criteria are met.

Where a new dwelling is permitted, the occupancy will be restricted by condition to ensure that
it is occupied by a person, or persons currently or last employed in local agriculture, horticulture,
forestry, stud and other rural activities, or their surviving partner or dependant(s).

Applications for the removal of an occupancy condition related to rural workers will only be
permitted where it can be demonstrated that:

     There is no longer a need for accommodation on the holding/business or in the local area;
     and
     The property has been marketed for a reasonable period (at least 1 year) and at a price
     which reflects the existence of the occupancy condition; and
     The dwelling has been made available to all Registered Social Landlords operating locally
     on terms which would allow it to be occupied by a rural worker as an affordable dwelling -
     and that option has been rejected.



                                                                                                                                       63
                                     3.2.6 H6 - Residential care homes
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     3.2.6.1     Nursing and care homes meet the needs of various groups of people for rehabilitation and
                                                 out of hospital care, including the elderly, people with disabilities and vulnerable people.
                                                 The forecast change in population by broad age groups for the period 2001-2021 predicts
                                                 that almost all of the estimated growth will be in the over 60 age group. The proportion of
                                                 people aged 75+ years will rise by 72% and those aged 85+ years will grow by 80%. This
                                                 is a dramatic increase in potentially vulnerable elderly couples and single person households
                                                 with a elderly household head.These predictions pose a considerable challenge for supported
                                                 housing, some of which will be in residential care homes.

                                     3.2.6.2     Where new facilities are proposed, these should normally be located within the built-up
                                                 framework of the Market Towns, Key Service Centres and Limited Service Centres. This
                                                 should enable non-car access to basic facilities, and help raise the quality of life for residents.
                                                 It will also be important to consider the adequacy of local health care facilities such as
                                                 doctors’ surgeries.

                                     3.2.6.3     It is recognised that such care homes have to compete on the open market for land which
                                                 is expensive, and that there may be a lack of suitable sites within settlement boundaries.
                                                 Therefore proposals for new residential care homes on the edge of settlements may be
                                                 considered as an exception to the normal policies of control, and proposals involving more
                                                 units than the scale of the settlement would normally permit will also be considered. In these
                                                 circumstances it will be particularly important for applicants to demonstrate need for such
                                                 provision, having regard to the Cambridge Sub-Region Strategic Housing Market Assessment
                                                 and other County strategies.


                                       Policy H 6
                                       Residential care homes

                                       Residential care homes should be located within the settlement boundaries of the Market Towns,
                                       Key Service Centres and Limited Service Centres. In exceptional circumstances, proposals may
                                       be acceptable outside the settlement boundaries where:

                                               There is an identified need for such provision that is unlikely to be met within the built-up
                                               area; and
                                               The site is located adjoining or in close proximity to the main built up framework of one of
                                               these categories of settlement; and
                                               The proposal would not cause harm to the character or setting of a settlement or the
                                               surrounding countryside.



64
                                                                                                           East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.2.7 H7 - Mobile home and residential caravan parks
3.2.7.1   The East Cambridgeshire Mobile Home Assessment (2003) highlighted that caravans and
          mobile homes play an important role in providing low-cost accommodation for local people,
          and are an alternative form of affordable housing provision. These properties are particularly
          popular with people over the age of 50 years.

3.2.7.2   There are a number of mobile home/residential caravan parks in the district, both within
          settlements and in the open countryside close to settlements. Proposals involving the loss
          of all or any part of these existing parks will be resisted, unless applicants can demonstrate
          a lack of viability or business demand (e.g. by marketing the business at an appropriate
          price for at least 12 months). Key sites are listed below and identified on the Proposals Map:

               Bush Pastures, Carter Street, Fordham
               Hardwick Fields, West End, Haddenham
               New Orchard Caravan Park, Victoria Street, Littleport
               Hyde Park Caravan Park, Padnal, Littleport
               Bushel Park, Caravan Park, Townsend, Soham
               Bedwell Park, Bedwell Hey Lane, Witchford
               Cathedral View, Sand Pit Drove, Witchford


3.2.7.3   In the case of the identified sites in the countryside, any increase in numbers of mobile
          homes or residential caravans will be resisted unless the additional provision can be secured
          as genuinely affordable housing which can be secured in perpetuity, and which accords
          with the criteria in Policy H4. This approach will also apply to new mobile homes or caravans
          proposed elsewhere in the countryside. New mobile homes and caravans should be located
          within existing settlements, where permanent dwellings would be acceptable. Where new
          provision is appropriate, particular care must be taken to ensure that impact is minimised
          through the careful use of landscaping and layout of pitches, as the environmental impact
          of mobile homes and caravans can be significant due to their colour, massing and materials.


  Policy H 7
  Mobile home and residential caravan parks

  Proposals involving the loss of all or part of key identified mobile home or residential caravan
  parks will be resisted, unless it can be demonstrated that the operation is no longer viable and
  there is no business demand.

  New mobile homes or caravans will normally only be considered acceptable in locations where
  general market housing would be appropriate. On the identified sites in the countryside, any
  increase in the number of caravans/mobile homes will be resisted, unless the units are to be
  provided as genuine affordable housing in perpetuity, and meet the criteria in Policy H4. This                                        65
  approach will also apply to new mobile homes or residential caravans proposed elsewhere in
  the countryside.
                                     3.2.8 H8 - Alterations or replacement of dwellings in the countryside
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     3.2.8.1     To help protect the character of East Cambridgeshire’s countryside there is a need to control
                                                 the amount of new development that takes place there.The erection of replacement dwellings
                                                 and extensions to existing houses can individually, and cumulatively over a period of years,
                                                 have an adverse impact both on the character of individual properties and their surroundings.

                                     3.2.8.2     It will be important to ensure that extensions or replacements are well designed and do not
                                                 adversely impact on the character of the locality. The Council will also seek to limit the size
                                                 and height of extensions and alterations to dwellings and replacement dwellings in the
                                                 countryside, to ensure that such development does not increase the obtrusiveness of rural
                                                 dwellings into the landscape. Restricting the scale of replacement dwellings should also
                                                 help to ensure that small and comparatively cheaper housing is retained to provide
                                                 opportunities for those on lower incomes to access housing in the local community. The
                                                 conversion of other rural buildings to residential use is covered by Policy EC4 in the
                                                 Employment section.


                                       Policy H 8
                                       Alterations or replacement of dwellings in the countryside

                                       Proposals which seek to alter, extend or replace an existing dwelling in the countryside will only
                                       be supported where:

                                               There would be a positive impact on the character and appearance of the locality; and
                                               As a guide, the size of the dwelling would not generally increase by more than 25% of the
                                               floor area of the original dwelling; and
                                               The height of the original dwelling would not increase significantly; and
                                               The residential use of the dwelling has not been abandoned.




66
                                                                                                                  East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.3 Employment

3.3.1 EC1 - Retention of employment sites
3.3.1.1     High land values for housing in the district mean there is considerable pressure to redevelop
            industrial and commercial sites for housing when they are still in active use. However, the
            health of the local economy can only be assured if there is sufficient quantity and quality of
            industrial/warehousing/office land and sites available to meet needs.

3.3.1.2     As demonstrated in the Council’s Employment Land and Labour Market Study, existing
            employment sites play an important role in this process and retaining existing employment
            sites is key to underpinning future economic growth. The availability of local employment
            that is suited to the skills of the local workforce is particularly important given the high levels
            of out-commuting from the District. The unacceptable loss of business land can harm local
            firms, who may find it difficult to find suitable replacement sites. It can also lead to a loss
            of local employment and increase the need to travel to work. It is therefore important that
            land and premises in employment use are retained, as such sites are serviced and add to
            the variety of stock.

3.3.1.3     The policy seeks to retain employment sites, whilst allowing some flexibility to take account
            of sites that may no longer be suitable or appropriate for employment use. As well as applying
            to established industrial estates, distribution and business parks, it also covers other
            employment sites and buildings. The Council does not propose to set a limit on the size of
            site to be retained, as small sites can make a significant contribution to local employment
            opportunities. Where the continued viability of the site for B1, B2 or B8 use is in question,
            applicants will be required to demonstrate that the site has been actively marketed at a
            realistic price for a continuous period of at least 12 months, or provide other convincing
            evidence of physical/operational constraints or lack of viability that demonstrates that it is
            no longer suitable for any B1, B2 or B8 business uses.


  Policy EC 1
  Retention of employment sites

  The Council will seek to retain land or premises currently or last used for employment purposes
  unless it can be demonstrated that:

  a.      Continued use of the site for employment purposes is no longer viable, taking into account
          the site’s characteristics, quality of buildings, and existing or potential market demand; or
  b.      Use of the site for employment purposes gives rise to unacceptable environmental or traffic
          problems; or
  c.      An alternative use or mix of uses offers greater potential benefits to the community in
          meeting local business and employment needs.
                                                                                                                                               67
                                     3.3.2 EC2 - Extensions to existing businesses in the countryside
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     3.3.2.1     One of the key aims of the Council’s Economic Development Strategy and the LDF is to
                                                 encourage business growth, particularly indigenous businesses. In many cases this will
                                                 involve expansion or intensification within an existing site, rather than relocation and many
                                                 of these sites will be in countryside locations. Wherever possible the Council will aim to
                                                 assist businesses in their proposals to extend on site, providing that schemes are of an
                                                 appropriate scale and do not have an adverse effect in terms of character and residential
                                                 amenity. Justification for the expansion, including the submission of a business case, will
                                                 be required to be submitted with any planning application.


                                       Policy EC 2
                                       Extensions to existing businesses in the countryside

                                       Proposals to expand existing businesses in the countryside will be permitted where:

                                       a.      The proposal does not harm the character and appearance of any existing buildings or the
                                               locality; and
                                       b.      The proposal is in scale with the location, particularly in relation to the amount and nature
                                               of traffic generated; and
                                       c.      Any intensification of use will not detract from residential amenity; and
                                       d.      Full justification for the proposals is submitted with a planning application.



                                     3.3.3 EC3 - Non-residential re-use or replacement of buildings in the countryside
                                     3.3.3.1     The re-use and redevelopment of rural buildings for business purposes can bring benefits
                                                 to the local economy and provide local jobs. Potential uses may include commercial,
                                                 industrial, tourism and recreation uses. The re-use of existing buildings can also reduce the
                                                 need for new buildings in the open countryside whilst bringing under-used buildings back
                                                 into productive use. Where buildings are to be replaced or substantially altered, this may
                                                 also bring improvements to the character and appearance of the building and/or the locality.
                                                 However, it is important to ensure that re-use and redevelopment is appropriate for the
                                                 building, and the surrounding area.

                                     3.3.3.2     There are a number of old farm buildings of visual or historic interest in the district, and the
                                                 loss of these buildings should be avoided – whilst proposals for their conversion should
                                                 conserve their special qualities. Many proposals are also received for the conversion and
                                                 redevelopment of modern farm buildings, and their re-use may not be appropriate. The
                                                 re-use or replacement of a building will only be supported where it is considered to be of
                                                 substantial construction. Buildings which are in a ruinous state, or where only the site
68                                               remains, will not be appropriate for redevelopment. A structural survey may be required to
                                                 demonstrate that the building is soundly built.

                                     3.3.3.3     In all cases close regard should be had to ensuring the scale of development is appropriate
                                                 to its location, in order to minimise the impact on the character of the surrounding area and
                                                 minimise unsustainable development. Proposals resulting in significant numbers of
                                                 employees and visitors may not be appropriate in remote countryside locations due to
                                                 increased traffic and noise. However each case will be assessed on its merits.
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.3.3.4     Redevelopment of buildings in the countryside should not involve substantial extensions
            beyond the original floor area. The replacement or substantial rebuilding of buildings will be
            favoured where this would result in a more sustainable development than a conversion
            might achieve, such as where the replacement building would bring environmental
            improvements in terms of the impact of the development on its surroundings and landscape.
            The Council may consider a condition to withdraw permitted development rights where
            necessary to safeguard the character of the building or the area.

3.3.3.5     Retail use is not normally considered appropriate in the countryside, as it is important to
            focus shopping in the town and village centres where it can be more easily accessed and
            contribute to the vitality and viability of those centres. In the countryside the main exception
            to this is for farm shops which form part of farm diversification schemes, providing these
            are small in scale and accord with Policy EC5.

3.3.3.6     Where proposals for holiday accommodation are proposed, the occupation will be restricted
            to short terms lets, as described in Policy EC10.

3.3.3.7     The reuse of rural buildings for business purposes is the Council’s priority. However, reuse
            for residential purposes may be permitted in certain circumstances, as detailed in Policy
            EC4.


  Policy EC 3
  Non-residential re-use or replacement of buildings in the countryside

  The re-use or replacement of buildings in the countryside for non-residential purposes will be
  permitted where:

  a.      The proposal does not harm the character and appearance of the building or the locality;
          and
  b.      The proposal is in scale with the rural location, particularly in relation to the amount and
          nature of traffic generated; and
  c.      It can be demonstrated that the building is soundly built and suitable for the proposed use;
          and
  d.      Conversion or re-use is complementary to, and does not prejudice any viable agricultural
          operations on a farm; and
  e.      Any proposals for retail use are limited to projects forming part of farm diversification schemes
          (e.g. farm shops), and accord with Policy EC5; and
  f.      The proposal is in accordance with other policies seeking to protect biodiversity, amenity
          and landscape character.

  It will not be appropriate to allow the re-use of, or conversions to a Listed Building or Locally
  Listed Building that would significantly alter its character, unless there is no other reasonable
  means of securing the long term preservation of the building. Any conversion of a Listed Building                                         69
  or Locally Listed Building must preserve the setting and architectural or historic interest of the
  building, and comply with the criteria contained in Policy EN5.
                                     3.3.4 EC4 - Residential re-use of buildings in the countryside
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     3.3.4.1     East Cambridgeshire has a significant number of rural buildings in the countryside of which
                                                 many contribute to the visual or historic interest of the locality. The re-use of buildings in
                                                 the countryside will primarily be supported for business use (in accordance with Policy EC3),
                                                 as this can bring benefits to the local economy and provide local jobs.

                                     3.3.4.2     The re-use of buildings in the countryside for residential purposes will only be acceptable
                                                 where it can be demonstrated that business use is not viable or suitable for business use.
                                                 In relation to this, applicants will be required to provide evidence that the building has been
                                                 marketed for sale or let for business use at an appropriate price for at least 12 months.

                                     3.3.4.3     The re-use of a rural building for residential purposes will also only be supported where the
                                                 building is of substantial construction. Buildings which are insubstantial, are in a ruinous
                                                 state, or where only the site remains will not be appropriate for re-development. All proposals
                                                 will be expected to protect the character of a building, and to have no adverse effects on
                                                 the character of the countryside, or on biodiversity.

                                     3.3.4.4     In all cases, the number of units proposed should minimise the impact on the character of
                                                 the surrounding area and minimise unsustainable development in the countryside.


                                       Policy EC 4
                                       Residential re-use of buildings in the countryside

                                       Planning applications for the conversion of existing buildings in the countryside to dwellings will
                                       only be permitted where:

                                               Business use is not viable, or there is no business demand; and
                                               The building is soundly built and can be converted to residential use without major or
                                               complete reconstruction; and
                                               Conversion to residential re-use will not adversely effect the character of the building or the
                                               countryside, or biodiversity; and
                                               The number of units proposed is appropriate in the location.


                                     3.3.5 EC5 - Farm diversification
                                     3.3.5.1     Farming continues to make an important contribution to the local economy, but increasingly
                                                 farmers are having to diversify into non-agricultural activities for the business to remain
                                                 viable. Diversification activities may include farm shops, farm based food processing and
                                                 manufacturing, recreation facilities, craft workshops, equestrian businesses, holiday
                                                 accommodation, or leasing land or buildings to other non-agricultural businesses.
70                                   3.3.5.2     The Council will encourage farm enterprises to diversify into new agricultural and
                                                 non-agricultural business activities that will help to sustain the farm and support the rural
                                                 economy, whilst protecting the rural character and local landscapes. It is also important that
                                                 farm diversification schemes are appropriate in scale to their rural location. The submission
                                                 of farm business plans with applications will help to provide evidence of the viability of the
                                                 farm and future proposals.
                                                                                                                East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.3.5.3     The Council considers that the best possible use should be made of existing buildings,
            either through re-use or redevelopment. Where the proposed farm diversification scheme
            involves the re-use of existing buildings in the countryside, proposals should also comply
            with Policy EC3. New buildings on undeveloped sites will normally only be appropriate if all
            options for the re-use and redevelopment of existing buildings have been explored and are
            not viable or suitable. If this can be demonstrated, then proposals which enable the clearance
            and replacement of poorly sited buildings, either in situ or in a more appropriate location
            will be the preferred option. Where new building on undeveloped sites is necessary, the
            size of new buildings should be limited to reduce visual impact on the surrounding area.
            The scale of development acceptable in these circumstances will depend on the type of
            business, the nature of the locality and the character of the area, but is likely to involve the
            provision of up to 500 m² of floorspace. Buildings will be expected to be sensitively located
            with regard to topography, in sympathy with the character of the locality in terms of design,
            materials and construction, take maximum advantage of existing screening, and be sited
            close to existing buildings if surveillance is required. Activities should not harm residential
            amenity in terms of noise, smell, traffic disturbance or other pollution.

3.3.5.4     New buildings for holiday cottages will not be permitted, as detailed in Policy EC9.


  Policy EC 5
  Farm diversification

  Proposals for development in the countryside for the purposes of farm diversification will be
  permitted provided that:

  a.      It can be demonstrated that the proposal would make an ongoing contribution to sustaining
          the agricultural enterprise as a whole; and
  b.      It is in scale with its rural location particularly in relation to the amount of traffic generated;
          and
  c.      The proposal would not detract from the character and appearance of the area; and
  d.      In the case of new-build development, proposals are small-scale and it can be demonstrated
          that all opportunities to re-use, alter or replace existing buildings on the holding have been
          explored and are not feasible; and
  e.      The proposal would not involve the provision of new-build holiday cottage accommodation
          as detailed in Policy EC9.




                                                                                                                                             71
                                     3.3.6 EC6 - New employment buildings on the edge of settlements
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     3.3.6.1     The Council encourages the development of small businesses. It is known that there is a
                                                 shortage of small business units throughout the district, but the need for units at specific
                                                 locations is difficult to forecast as it depends on very local needs. Some local business
                                                 needs are likely to be met through the re-use of existing buildings in the countryside as
                                                 detailed in Policy EC3. However, in cases where there are no suitable sites within
                                                 settlements for business development or opportunities for re-use of buildings, new buildings
                                                 to accommodate small business developments may be appropriate on the edges of
                                                 settlements. This is particularly likely to be the case in relation to villages, rather than the
                                                 Market Towns where there is a greater choice of land and buildings. The scale of
                                                 development acceptable in these circumstances will depend on the type of business, the
                                                 nature of the settlement and the character of the area but is likely to involve the provision
                                                 of up to 500 m² of business floorspace. Any such development will only be permitted where
                                                 it would not adversely affect its surroundings and is easily accessed by foot or cycle from
                                                 the settlement centre along clear links.


                                       Policy EC 6
                                       New employment buildings on the edge of settlements

                                       New buildings for small scale business development will be permitted on small sites closely
                                       related to the built framework of a settlement where:

                                       a.      There is a lack of suitable buildings and sites within the settlement; and
                                       b.      The proposal would not have an adverse impact on the character of the area, the amenity
                                               of neighbouring occupiers, or result in a significant increase in traffic; and
                                       c.      The site can be easily accessed by foot or cycle from the settlement.



                                     3.3.7 EC7 - Horse racing
                                     3.3.7.1     Newmarket is a major international horse racing, breeding and training centre. Many of the
                                                 stud farms and breeding establishments, plus the July Racecourse are located in the villages
                                                 and countryside surrounding Newmarket, within the district of East Cambridgeshire. The
                                                 horse racing industry provides a major contribution to the local economy in the south of the
                                                 district, and provides an alternative use for farm holdings falling out of agricultural use. It
                                                 also makes a considerable contribution to the landscape, particularly in terms of tree planting.
                                                 Given the industry’s importance to the district, the Council considers it is appropriate to
                                                 support its continued development and success.

                                     3.3.7.2     The operation of many horse breeding and training establishments can easily be adversely
72                                               affected by noise or disturbance, and the following policy seeks to protect them against
                                                 insensitive development. It further seeks to support development essential to the needs of
                                                 the horse racing industry, and to prevent the inappropriate loss of stud buildings or land to
                                                 other uses. Essential development may include stables, ménage or other equine buildings.
                                                 The applicant will be required to demonstrate why the proposal is essential to the horse
                                                 racing industry, by submitting appropriate evidence as part of a planning application.
                                                                                                              East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
     Policy EC 7
     Horse racing

     The Council will support and encourage the horse racing industry by preventing development
     that would cause disruption or disturbance to horse breeding or training.

     Proposals for development in the countryside considered essential to the horse racing industry
     should:

          Where built development is proposed, involve the re-use of existing buildings where possible,
          and if not, their replacement in accordance with Policy EC3;
          Only involve the construction of new buildings if they do not adversely affect the character
          and setting of the area.

     Proposals to change the use of stud land or buildings to uses other than ones essential to the
     horse racing industry will not be permitted where this would undermine the future viability of a
     horse racing stud, or adversely affect the character or setting of an area.



3.3.8 EC8 - Tourist facilities and visitor attractions
                                                     (iv)
3.3.8.1     Tourism contributed £98 million       to the district’s economy in 2004, and there is scope for
            further growth in this sector. East Cambridgeshire has a range of environmental and heritage
            assets including Wicken Fen, Ely Cathedral, Anglesey Abbey, Oliver Cromwell House and
            a wealth of attractive countryside and fine churches. Developing new tourist facilities and
            visitor attractions will broaden the base of East Cambridgeshires’s attraction as a tourist
            centre and encourage longer visitor stays.

3.3.8.2     Tourist facilities and attractions could include visitor and information centres, toilets, tea
            rooms, picnic sites, museums, and galleries. Tourist uses are defined in Government
            guidance in PPS6 as ‘town centre uses’, which should be required to locate in the most
            accessible and central locations possible – in order to promote accessibility and reduce the
            need to travel. However, it is accepted that there is likely to be a need for some tourist
            facilities and attractions in countryside locations. For example, where particular uses require
            a rural location (e.g. picnic sites and wildlife centres), or in order to support the expansion
            of existing tourist facilities and attractions in the countryside to improve the tourist offer.

3.3.8.3     This policy seeks to ensure that new or extensions to tourist facilities and attactions in the
            countryside are generally limited to the exceptions in the paragraph above. In association
            with this, applicants will be required to submit evidence to justify why schemes require a
            rural location, and evidence of their connection to existing facilities/attractions. Proposals
            which do not meet these exceptions will be assessed against Policy S1 in this Plan.
                                                                                                                                           73
3.3.8.4     Proposals for new tourist facilities and attractions in the countryside will be encouraged to
            make best use of existing buildings. If new build schemes are proposed, applicants will also
            be expected to submit detailed evidence of genuine need to support the case for the proposal.
            This should include an analysis of market supply and demand (including evidence of similar
            establishments in the locality and their visitor numbers), and business plans. Applicants

iv     East of England Tourism Board, Economic Impact of Tourism – East Cambridgeshire, 2004
                                                 must also submit evidence that all reasonable opportunities to re-use or redevelop existing
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                 rural buildings has been explored. Where new buildings are proposed, these should be
                                                 sited to minimise visual impact – for example, normally as close as possible to existing
                                                 buildings on the site, and in locations where maximum use is made of natural screening.

                                     3.3.8.5     In all cases, proposals for new tourist facilities and attractions will be expected to be in scale
                                                 with their surroundings and avoid harm to the character and appearance of the area. In
                                                 particular new tourist development should not adversely affect nature or wildlife habitats,
                                                 which can be tourist attractions in their own right. Applications should also demonstrate that
                                                 opportunities for sustainable travel arrangements have been explored, and suitable proposals
                                                 should be incorporated as part of schemes. For example, opportunities for the provision of
                                                 enhanced cycling and walking links, or enhanced public transport.

                                     3.3.8.6     Some schemes which meet the requirements of criteria a) may be proposed as part of farm
                                                 diversification schemes - and these proposals will also need to be assessed against Policy
                                                 EC5.


                                       Policy EC 8
                                       Tourist facilities and visitor attractions

                                       Proposals for new or extended tourist facilities and visitor attractions in the countryside will be
                                       supported where it can be demonstrated that:

                                       a.      The development requires a rural location, or is associated with the expansion of existing
                                               tourist facilities and attractions in the countryside; and
                                       b.      If it involves new build, that there is an identified need for the new facility/attraction, and
                                               that all opportunities to re-use/replacement of rural buildings have been explored; and
                                       c.      There would be no significant adverse impact on the character and appearance of the area
                                               or on nature and wildlife habitats; and
                                       d.      The scheme is in scale with its location, particularly in relation to the amount and nature of
                                               traffic generated; and
                                       e.      Opportunities have been explored for sustainable travel arrangements.



                                     3.3.9 EC9 - Tourist accommodation
                                     3.3.9.1     The district’s close proximity to Cambridge, Newmarket, King’s Lynn and Norwich make it
                                                 an attractive destination for day visits and an increasingly popular destination for overnight
                                                 stays. The Council’s Tourism Accommodation Assessment (2005) identifies a growing
                                                 demand for tourist accommodation, particularly within the hotel, caravan and camping
                                                 sectors. Additionally, ongoing improvements to the navigable waterways, including the Fens
74                                               Waterways Link, means East Cambridgeshire is ideally placed to capitalise on growth within
                                                 the leisure marine and boating holiday market.

                                     3.3.9.2     Hotel development is specifically identified in national planning guidance as a key town
                                                 centre use, which can add vitality and viability to town centres. Concentrating hotel
                                                 development in sustainable town centre locations close to shops, services and public
                                                 transport can help to reduce the need to travel and benefit the environment. As such,
                                                 proposals for new hotel development or extensions to hotels will be assessed against Policy
                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
          S1 which relates to town centre uses, and seeks to ensure a sequential approach is applied.
          The Council’s Tourist Accommodation Assessment identified a future need for additional
          hotel bedspaces to be provided in the district, and recommended that these should be
          focused either on Ely (as the main tourist centre in the district), and/or at Newmarket
          racecourse as it is a key visitor attractor. The provision of a hotel at the racecourse could
          be a more sustainable location for racegoers than in Newmarket town. However, any proposal
          will also need to take account of priorities for hotel development in Newmarket identified by
          Forest Heath District Council.

3.3.9.3   Whilst making provision for new hotel accommodation in the District, it is important to retain
          existing hotel stock. Facilities such as the Lamb Hotel in Ely provide a key role in meeting
          business and tourist demand in city and adding to the vitality and viability of the town centre.
          To prevent the loss of such sites, the Council will only permit the loss of hotel accommodation
          to other uses where it can be demonstrated that the continued use as hotel would not be
          economically viable. In assessing viability, evidence will be required of occupancy rates and
          other relevant factors such as business plans, locational factors and ease of access for
          visitors by a variety of transport routes. Applicants will also need to submit documentary
          evidence that the site has been marketed for sale or let at a reasonable price for a period
          of at least 12 months.

3.3.9.4   Proposals for other types of tourist accommodation will need to be supported by evidence
          of genuine need.The Council’s Tourist Accommodation Assessment provides the benchmark
          for this assessment. If alternative levels of provision are being proposed, applicants will be
          expected to submit similar detailed evidence of market supply and future demand.

3.3.9.5   Accommodation should be located within settlements wherever possible. However, for
          caravan/camping/marinas/moorings it is recognised that locations on the edge of settlements
          may also be appropriate – and also where schemes are proposed as part of the expansion
          of existing accommodation (providing that they are in scale with the location, and accord
          with other criteria in the policy). Proposals for other unserviced holiday accommodation
          (e.g. holiday cottages) will only be appropriate in the countryside where they involve the
          re-use or redevelopment of existing rural buildings, in accordance with Policy EC3. In order
          to minimise the impact on the countryside, schemes should be limited to 1 or 2 holiday
          cottages only, and will not be appropriate where they involve new buildings. Where any type
          of unserviced accommodation is permitted, occupation will be restricted to short term holiday
          lets, in accordance with Policy EC10.




                                                                                                                                          75
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                       Policy EC 9
                                       Tourist accommodation

                                       Proposals for new hotel development or extensions to hotels will be assessed against the terms
                                       of Policy S1.

                                       Proposals resulting in the loss of sites currently, or last used, for hotel accommodation will only
                                       be permitted where it can be demonstrated that the continued use of a site for hotel
                                       accommodation is no longer economically viable, nor has the potential to become viable, and
                                       that all reasonable efforts have been made to sell or let the property at a reasonable price for a
                                       period of at least 12 months.

                                       Proposals for new or extended caravan, caravan-lodge, camping sites, marinas and moorings
                                       will be supported where:

                                            The need for the additional accommodation can be justified
                                            Schemes are located within, or well related to, an existing settlement boundary, or on sites
                                            where existing service providers require additional space to expand; and
                                            There is no significant adverse impact on the character and appearance of the area, or
                                            nature and wildlife habitats; and
                                            The scheme is in scale with the rural location, particularly in relation to the amount and
                                            nature of traffic generated; and
                                            In the case of marinas and moorings, development would not impede navigation or lead to
                                            hazardous boat movements, harm the quality of the fisheries, or conflict with traditional river
                                            uses such as fishing, sailing and rowing.

                                       Proposals for holiday cottage accommodation will be supported where:

                                            The need for the additional accommodation can be justified; and
                                            Schemes are located within, or well related to, an existing settlement boundary; and
                                            In the case of schemes in the countryside, they involve the re-use of an existing building
                                            in the countryside for a maximum of 2 dwellings (and accord with criteria in Policy EC3),
                                            and do not involve new build accommodation.


                                     3.3.10 EC10 - Holiday and seasonal occupancy conditions
                                     3.3.10.1 There is demand for self-catering holiday accommodation across the District, particularly
                                              in the touring caravan, static caravan, caravan-lodge and boat sectors. Other types of
                                              self-catering accommodation includes holiday cottages. Unserviced holiday accommodation
                                              can bring benefits to the rural economy, particularly where under-used buildings are brought
                                              back into productive use, or where development forms part of a rural diversification scheme.
76                                            However, development pressures for housing and high land prices in East Cambridgeshire
                                              means that there is a potential risk that such units, once permitted, may be used as
                                              permanent residential accommodation.

                                     3.3.10.2 The intention of this policy is to create a clear distinction between residential accommodation
                                              (which may or may not be used as second homes) and caravans/properties that are used
                                              as commercial holiday lets and therefore bring economic benefit to the area. Commercial
                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
              holiday lets can support the rural economy through visitor spend at local shops, attractions
              and facilities, whilst placing much less pressure on local services such as doctors and
              schools, than permanent residential occupancy.

3.3.10.3 Conditions will therefore be placed on new unserviced holiday accommodation to ensure
         that properties are available as short-term commercial holiday lets for a substantial part of
         the year. This approach is in accordance with the Valuation Office definition of self-catering
         accommodation that states accommodation must be available for short periods totalling 140
         days a year. The Valuation Office also advises that letting for ‘short periods’ means letting
                                                                                   (v)
         for periods of a month or less, to different individuals on each occasion .

3.3.10.4 Additionally, in some cases holiday accommodation, whether by the character of its
         construction, design or location, will also be unsuitable for continuous occupation. In such
         instances, the Council may restrict occupation to certain months of the year. Seasonal
         occupancy may also be appropriate to protect the local environment, for example, from
         visual intrusion or disturbance, impact upon nature conservation and habitats, or physical
         erosion within the site or its surroundings that occupation during certain times of the year
         may cause.


    Policy EC 10
    Holiday and seasonal occupancy conditions

    Holiday occupancy conditions will be placed on new unserviced holiday accommodation requiring
    that:

    a.      The accommodation is occupied for holiday purposes only and shall not be occupied as
            any person’s sole or main residence; and
    b.      It shall be available for commercial holiday lets for at least 140 days a year and no let must
            exceed 28 days; and
    c.      The owners/operators of the site shall maintain an up-to-date register of lettings/occupation,
            including the owners/occupiers main home addresses, and shall make this information
            available at all reasonable times to the Local Planning Authority.

    A seasonal occupancy condition will be attached where accommodation is not suitable for
    year-round occupation by nature of its construction, location or design, or proximity to a habitat
    that needs extra protection at certain times of the year.




                                                                                                                                          77



v        Valuation Office Rating Manual 5 – Section 480: Holiday Homes (self catering)
                                     3.4 Services and infrastructure
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     3.4.1 S1 - Location of retail and town centre uses
                                     3.4.1.1   As set out in strategic Policy CS5, town and village centres are at the heart of our community,
                                               and provide a focus for shopping, leisure, commercial and community facilities. The
                                               Government is committed to sustaining and enhancing the vitality and viability of these
                                               centres, and making town centres a particular focus for development. Planning guidance
                                               in PPS6 defines the type of development which would normally be expected to locate in
                                               town centres. The guidance terms these as ‘town centre uses’, and includes shops, leisure
                                               and entertainment facilities and intensive sport and recreation uses (including cinemas,
                                               bars and pubs, restaurants, nightclubs, sports centres, swimming pools, and indoor bowling
                                               centres), offices, and development related to the arts, culture and tourism (including theatres,
                                               museums, art galleries and hotels). These uses may also be present in village centres,
                                               although these tend to be small scale and focused on meeting local and daily community
                                               needs.

                                     3.4.1.2   PPS6 advises that LDFs should include criteria-based policies for assessing windfall
                                               development proposals for retail and other town centre uses. Policy S1 seeks to provide
                                               this framework, and reflects the key considerations listed in PPS6. The policy approach
                                               also takes account of the hierarchy of centres in East Cambridgeshire and the Council’s
                                               strategic sequential preferences - as identified in Policy CS5.

                                     3.4.1.3   The policy approach seeks to focus development within the identified town centres in the
                                               district, wherever possible. The town centre boundaries are identified in the Proposals Map.
                                               Edge of town and out of town locations may be appropriate in certain circumstances,
                                               according to the sequential tests and other tests set out in S1. The application of the
                                               sequential test involves assessing the suitability, deliverability and availability of sites, having
                                               regard to its proposed use.

                                     3.4.1.4   As an exception to the sequential test, it is recognised that there may be some cases where
                                               small-scale local facilities may be appropriate in neighbourhoods within towns, where these
                                               serve clear localised neighbourhood/community needs. This may include corner shops, or
                                               localised leisure/community facilities. These proposals will need to accord with the criteria
                                               set out below. It is also recognised that farm shops may be appropriate, where these are
                                               provided as part of farm diversification schemes and accord with criteria in Policy EC5. In
                                               addition, although many tourist facilities and attractions (particularly those attracting significant
                                               numbers of people) should be located within settlements, there may be circumstances where
                                               tourist facilities/attractions require a rural location (for example, picnic sites, or wildlife
                                               centres), or where expansion is proposed in connection with existing tourist facilities or
                                               attractions in the countryside. Tourist facilities and attractions which meet these criteria will
                                               need to accord with the terms of Policy EC8 rather than Policy S1. Other proposals for
                                               tourist facilities and attractions will need to be assessed against the criteria in Policy S1.

78
                                                                                                          East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Policy S 1
Location of retail and town centre uses

In town centres, proposals for retail and other ‘town centre uses’ will be supported where:

     The scale and type of development is directly related to the role and function of the centre,
     in accordance with the hierarchy in Policy CS5; and
     There would be no adverse effect on the vitality and viability of the centre, or on any other
     centres; and
     The development would enhance the character and attractiveness of the centre and its
     locality, and not adversely affect residential amenity; and
     The local transport system is capable of accommodating the potential traffic implications,
     and necessary mitigation measures are provided to make the development viable in transport
     terms.

Outside town centres, proposals for retail and ‘town centre uses’ will need to demonstrate that:

     The site is suitable for the proposed use and the building form and design is appropriate in
     the local context; and
     A need exists within the catchment area for the scale and type of development proposed;
     and
     The scale and type of development is directly related to the role and function of the centre
     or its locality, in accordance with the hierarchy in Policy CS5; and
     A sequential approach has been followed in the selection of the site, in accordance with
     national planning guidance; and
     There would be no adverse effect on the vitality and viability of the centre, or on any other
     centres; and
     The development would enhance the character and attractiveness of the centre and its
     locality, and not adversely affect residential amenity; and
     The development would be accessible by a choice of means of transport (including public
     transport, walking, and cycling), and the local transport system is capable of accommodating
     the potential traffic implications.

As an exception to this approach, support may be given to:

     The provision of small-scale localised facilities in neighbourhoods outside town centres
     (such as corner shops and small-scale community-based leisure facilities), where it can be
     demonstrated that:
          The development would meet a clear localised neighbourhood need; and
          The development is not of a scale and type which should be located within identified
          town centres; and
          Other relevant criteria in Policy S1 are met
     Farm shops, where provided as part of a farm diversification scheme in accordance with
                                                                                                                                       79
     the criteria in Policy EC5
     Proposals for tourist facilities and attractions which require a rural location, or are associated
     with the expansion of existing tourist facilities/attractions in the countryside – and which
     accord with criteria in Policy EC8
                                     3.4.2 S2 - Retail uses in town centres
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     3.4.2.1   The health, vitality and viability of town centres depends upon their accessibility,
                                               attractiveness and ability to retain and develop a wide range of facilities and attract continued
                                               investment. A significant proportion of A1 retail units in town centres is key in achieving this
                                               vision.

                                     3.4.2.2   The town centres of Ely, Soham and Littleport are key areas for shopping, leisure and
                                               business activity in the district. A primary shopping frontage has also been identified within
                                               Ely town centre, where the proportion of retail uses is particularly high, and where the highest
                                               prime retail rents are concentrated. The boundaries of the town centres and the primary
                                               retail frontage are shown in the Proposals Map Development Plan Document.

                                     3.4.2.3   The Council will seek to ensure that the shopping function of the town centres is protected.
                                               This is especially important in Ely, as the main shopping centre in the district, and therefore
                                               the Council will restrict the loss of A1 shop units in the primary shopping frontage of the
                                               town to no less than 60% of total floorspace. This level is slightly lower than the levels of
                                               A1 floorspace in the primary retail frontage, as identified in the Council’s Retail Study (2005).
                                               It is also proposed that, if the change of use involves provision of A2 retail use, it will only
                                               be appropriate if the proportion of A2 use in the primary area does not exceed 12%. This
                                               limit is considered to be necessary, in order to maintain the appropriate mix of uses and
                                               create a balanced central area, and is slightly higher than currently exists (as identified in
                                               the Council’s Retail Study 2005).

                                     3.4.2.4   In the remainder of Ely town centre, and in the town centres of Soham and Littleport, a
                                               slightly more flexible approach is proposed. It is recognised that these areas play a different
                                               role to the core of Ely, and the provision of a wider range of services in these areas can
                                               encourage the enhanced sustainability of these settlements. Retail units are desirable but
                                               other uses may include professional and financial services, restaurants/cafes, pubs and
                                               takeaways, and cultural/community services. Nevertheless, the approach also recognises
                                               the importance of having a mix of sizes of shop units, in order to attract a range of uses and
                                               types of retailers, and the fact that there are only a small number of larger shop units in the
                                               town centres. The Council therefore seeks to protect against the loss of larger A1 retail
                                                                                                                        2
                                               units, which are defined as those with a net retail floorspace of 200m or more.

                                     3.4.2.5   The loss of ground floor town centre units to housing can have an adverse impact on the
                                               health, vitality and vibrancy of town centres, and it is often hard to reverse as it normally
                                               involves a significant physical change to the frontage. Within the Ely Primary Shopping
                                               Frontage change of use to residential will not be acceptable. Within the remainder of Ely
                                               town centre, and in the town centres of Soham and Littleport, the Council seeks to avoid
                                               the change of use to residential units at ground floor level, unless it can be demonstrated
                                               that an alternative town centre use, relating to retail, leisure, business and cultural activities,
                                               is not reasonable and/or viable. As part of this, applicants will be expected to demonstrate
                                               evidence that efforts have been made to find alternative uses, including marketing of a unit
80                                             for sale or let at an appropriate price for at least 12 months.
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
  Policy S 2
  Retail uses in town centres

  In the defined Ely Primary Shopping Frontage the loss of A1 retail floorspace will only be permitted
  where:

          The percentage of A1 retail floorspace does not fall below 60% of the net floorspace; and
                                                                                2
          The proposal does not involve the loss of a shop unit measuring 200m or larger; and
          The proposal would not result in A2 retail floorspace exceeding 12% of the net floorspace
          The proposal does not involve ground floor residential development.

  Within the remainder of Ely town centre, and in the town centres of Soham and Littleport, the
  loss of ground floor A1 shop units may be permitted provided that:
                                                                                    2
          The proposal does not involve the loss of a shop unit measuring 200m or larger; and
          If residential development is proposed, the applicant will be required to submit clear evidence
          which demonstrates that alternative town centre uses are not viable and are not likely to
          become viable.


3.4.3 S3 - Retaining community facilities and open space
3.4.3.1     The provision of community facilities is key to maintaining the quality of life in local centres
            and boosting the social and economic vitality of the community as a whole. Community
            facilities include local shops, Post Offices, pubs, petrol filling stations, community meeting
            places and health care facilities, and open spaces and recreational facilities.

3.4.3.2     Although the loss of these facilities is more likely to be an issue in the villages where there
            is a limited range of shops and services, the loss of facilities in Market Towns can also have
            an impact on the local community, even where the facility is not the last one in the settlement.
            The reduction of available services and facilities can impact on the health of town
            centres/neighbourhoods, and can affect people living in the wider rural area served by a
            market town, as well as local inhabitants. The proposed approach will seek to prevent the
            loss of services and facilities unless there are exceptional reasons to justify their loss.

3.4.3.3     In the case of commercial community facilities such as shops and pubs, the Council will
            require evidence that the facility, in use or vacant, is neither viable nor likely to become
            viable before planning permission will be granted to change of use to residential. This
            evidence will normally consist of an applicant having marketed the enterprise or the property
            for its commercial/community use for at least 12 months in a manner and at a price that
            reflects that use.

3.4.3.4     In the case of non-commercial community facilities such as community halls and health                                           81
            care facilities, where this may not be applicable, it should be demonstrated that there is a
            lack of community need for the facility. The local community should also be consulted
            regarding the relative importance of the facility in terms of its social role. This should take
            the form of proper documented evidence and should be agreed with the Council prior to the
            submission of a formal application.
                                     3.4.3.5          In the case of open spaces and outdoor recreational facilities, applicants will also be required
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                      to show that the facility does not make an important nature or visual contribution. Open
                                                      spaces and recreational facilities provide a vital resource for the local community and help
                                                      to define the character and quality of an area. They can also provide a haven for wildlife
                                                      and biodiversity. Open spaces and recreational facilities include parks, village greens, other
                                                      amenity areas, allotments, play areas, playing fields and built sporting facilities. The Council’s
                                                      Sports and Play Areas Assessment and Informal Open Space Assessment provide
                                                      information on the community nature and visual contribution of open spaces and outdoor
                                                      recreation facilities in the district. Where proposals result in the loss of open space provision,
                                                      the relevant statutory stakeholders will need to be consulted. There are many valuable open
                                                      spaces in the district and those that are within settlement boundaries may be subject to
                                                      pressure for development.

                                     3.4.3.6          The loss of a community facility may also exceptionally be justified where it also involves a
                                                      proposal to make alternative provision of that facility, which is of equal or greater quality.
                                                      Alternative facilities should also be in an equally or more accessible location to the original.


                                           Policy S 3
                                           Retaining community facilities and open space

                                           Proposals that would lead to the loss of community facilities will only be permitted if:

                                           a.      It can be demonstrated that the retention of the facility is no longer financially viable and
                                                   that all reasonable efforts have been made to sell or let the property at a realistic price for
                                                   at least twelve months; or
                                           b.      It can be demonstrated there is a lack of community need for the facility, and in the case
                                                   of open space/outdoor recreation facilities, it does not make an important contribution in
                                                   visual or nature conservation terms; or
                                           c.      Alternative provision is made, of equivalent or better quality, in an appropriately accessible
                                                   location.



                                     3.4.4 S4 - Developer contributions
                                                                                                                                                          (vi)
                                     3.4.4.1          New development can place additional demands on infrastructure                 and community
                                                                          (vii)
                                                      services/facilities      , as well as having impacts on the environment. Development schemes
                                                      will be expected to provide or contribute towards the cost of providing infrastructure and
                                                      services/facilities, where this is necessary to make the development acceptable in planning
                                                      terms. In the case of contributions, this may sometimes involve developers contributing to
                                                      a ‘strategic infrastructure pot’, as this approach can help to ensure that the cumulative
                                                      impacts of development are properly planned for in a sustainable way. Contributions may
82                                                    also be required to meet the management and maintenance of services and facilities provided
                                                      by developers. Development schemes will also be expected to provide compensatory
                                                      provision for any loss or damage arising – for example, the loss of open space, or wildlife
                                                      habitat.


                                     vi         Infrastructure is defined as utility services (water supply, foul sewerage networks, sewage treatment works, and energy provision)
                                                drainage/flood protection, and the transport network
                                     vii        Community services and facilities include open space, sport and recreational facilities, affordable housing, education, health, public
                                                transport services and cultural services.
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.4.4.2   Developer contributions and measures will usually be secured through the use of legal
          agreements (known as planning obligations) between the developer/landowner and the
          Council, or through the use of conditions attached to planning permission. The Government
          is currently reviewing the planning obligation tool, with the proposed introduction of a
          ‘Community Infrastructure Levy.’ However, it is indicated that the principle of seeking
          contributions and measures from developers towards improvements in infrastructure and
          services/facilities, as set out in this policy, will continue to apply.

3.4.4.3   The nature and amount of contributions to be sought from developers will be related to the
          type of development, its potential impact on the site/local area, strategic priorities, economic
          viability matters, and levels of existing infrastructure and community service/facility provision.
          An accompanying Supplementary Planning Document will provide detail on the range of
          potential infrastructure and service/facility requirements, and the level of provision required.
          The SPD will also explore the range of potential environmental improvements needed, either
          on or off-site arising from new development. The SPD will provide the basis for negotiations
          between developers and the Council, and will be reviewed and updated as necessary
          (including to take account of national changes in the way that planning obligations operate).

3.4.4.4   If it is claimed that a development is unable to support the costs of contributions or
          compensatory measures, the Council is willing for this to be the subject of negotiations. In
          such cases developers will have to demonstrate non-viability by an ‘open book’ approach
          – which involves sharing information on development costs and profit margins with the
          Council. Developers will have to demonstrate exceptional or particular circumstances to
          justify a reduction in contributions. Reductions will not be acceptable in relation to
          contributions required towards infrastructure which is essential in order to allow the
          development to proceed. This is defined in strategic Policy CS7, and could include the
          provision of vital drainage/flood protection measures, or the provision of transport
          improvements to the highway network which are required to ensure public safety.

3.4.4.5   Contributions or measures may be sought in relation to the following:

               Affordable housing
               Education and care provision
               Public open space, sport and recreational facilities
               Strategic green infrastructure
               Health and social care
               Community facilities (including meeting halls, library services, youth activities, and
               cultural services)
               Utilities infrastructure
               Nature conservation and wildlife mitigation measures
               Town/village centre improvements
               Transport (including footpaths, cycleways, bridleways, highway infrastructure, public
               transport, community transport, car parks and travel planning)
               Drainage/flood prevention
               Waste/recycling facilities
                                                                                                                                            83
               Public art
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                       Policy S 4
                                       Developer contributions

                                       Development proposals will be expected to:

                                       a.      Provide or contribute towards the cost of providing infrastructure and community
                                               services/facilities made necessary by the proposal (this may include contributions to meet
                                               any future Community Infrastructure Levy, standard charges and/or standard formulae as
                                               appropriate)
                                       b.      Where appropriate, contribute towards the on-going maintenance and management of
                                               services and facilities provided as part of a)
                                       c.      Offset the loss of any significant amenity or resource through compensatory provision
                                               elsewhere

                                       The Council will use planning conditions or planning obligations to secure these contributions
                                       and measures.

                                       The type, amount and phasing of contributions sought from developers will be related to the form
                                       of the development, its potential impact on the site and surrounding area, and levels of existing
                                       infrastructure and community services/facilities. Where appropriate, any such provision will be
                                       required to be provided on-site. Where this is not possible, a commuted payment will be sought.
                                       Details of the Council’s approach to developer contributions and planning obligations will be set
                                       out in a Supplementary Planning Document.



                                     3.4.5 S5 - Telecommunications
                                     3.4.5.1     The need for telecommunication systems including exchanges and broadcast towers to
                                                 support the use of the telephone, radio, television or computer has expanded rapidly in
                                                 recent years, and they are key to the local economy. Whilst the Council is keen to facilitate
                                                 their growth, it is important that environmental and visual impacts are kept to a minimum.
                                                 Therefore, the Council strongly encourages the sharing of existing telecommunication
                                                 infrastructure, and the use of existing buildings and structures to accommodate new
                                                 equipment. Applicants will be required to submit evidence as part of a planning application,
                                                 setting out details of measures taken to achieve mast sharing or site equipment in existing
                                                 buildings – and reasons why this cannot be achieved. The policy also seeks to ensure that
                                                 the visual impact of a scheme is minimised through careful siting, design and appearance
                                                 of equipment. If the proposals are within sites of international, national or local nature
                                                 conservation importance, then operators will be expected to demonstrate that alternative
                                                 sites have been considered and are not available.

84                                   3.4.5.2     Operators will also be required to provide evidence regarding the need for the proposed
                                                 development in terms of contributing to the operator’s national network. This may involve
                                                 the submission of details relating to market demand and supply, and business plans.

                                     3.4.5.3     Conditions will be applied to permissions requiring the removal of any mast/apparatus and
                                                 reinstatement of the site to its former condition if the equipment becomes redundant.
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.4.5.4     As directed by Government, the planning system is not the place for determining health
            safeguards, and if a proposed mobile phone base station meets the ICNIRP (International
            Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection) guidelines for public exposure then the
            planning authority should not need to consider the health aspects or any related concerns.


  Policy S 5
  Telecommunications

  Development for telecommunications equipment will be permitted where:

  a.      No reasonable possibilities exist to share existing telecommunication facilities or site
          equipment on or within existing structures or buildings; and
  b.      It will be sited and designed to minimise its impact on the character and appearance of the
          area; and
  c.      In the case of applications within sites of international, national or local nature conservation
          importance, there are no locations outside the designated areas, which would serve the
          network; and
  d.      There is a justifiable need for the development in terms of contributing to the operator’s
          national network; and
  e.      If approved, provision is made for the removal of the facilities and reinstatement of the site
          to its former condition should it cease to be operational.



3.4.6 S6 - Transport impact
3.4.6.1     The transport impact of new development is a key planning issue which needs to be fully
            assessed, in order to ensure that development proposals are well connected and safe.

3.4.6.2     The planning design process should ensure access to a site is safe and convenient, and
            the needs of all users, including pedestrians, cyclists, the disabled and occupants of vehicles,
            are taken into account. This should include provision of routes for walking and cycling in
            order to encourage sustainable forms of movement as an alternative to the car. Further
            guidance in terms of travel routes and vehicular access is set out in Policy EN2 on Design.

3.4.6.3     Traffic generated by a development is also a key consideration and the Council needs to
            ensure that road safety is not jeopardised by allowing proposals that would generate levels
            of traffic beyond the capacity of the surrounding road network. Traffic generation can impact
            on the quality of people’s lives, the character of an area, and the environment. Particular
            care should be paid to proposals that generate a large net increase in trips, involve heavy
            lorry movements, or result in high levels of on-street parking in the vicinity. This policy
            approach should be read in conjunction with Policy S7 on parking provision.

3.4.6.4     Planning applications need to address the transport implications of the proposed
                                                                                                                                            85
            development. All schemes will need to include the submission of a Transport Statement,
            setting out potential trip levels and any local transport issues. Schemes which create
            significant transport implications will require the submission of a detailed Transport
            Assessment in conjunction with the planning application, setting out full impacts and potential
            mitigation measures, to illustrate how the amount of trips generated will be accommodated
            and how accessibility to the site by all modes of transport will be achieved. Developers
                                                 should seek advice from the District Council and County Council prior to submission of an
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                 application as to whether a Transport Assessment will be required. Applicants are advised
                                                 to discuss the content of the Transport Assessment with the County Council to ensure that
                                                 it is agreed to the satisfaction of the County Council as Highway Authority.

                                     3.4.6.5     Proposals that are likely to have significant transport implications are also required to submit
                                                 a Travel Plan, the purpose of which is to enable options for sustainable travel and reduction
                                                 in car use to be explored. Again, applicants should seek advice from the Council prior to
                                                 submission of an application as to whether a Travel Plan will be required.


                                       Policy S 6
                                       Transport impact

                                       Development should be designed to reduce the need to travel, particularly by car, and should
                                       promote sustainable forms of transport appropriate to its particular location. Development
                                       proposals shall:

                                       a.      Provide safe and convenient access to the highway network;
                                       b.      Provide an appropriate network of routes for walking and cycling;
                                       c.      Be capable of accommodating the level/type of traffic generated without detriment to the
                                               local highway network and the amenity, character or appearance of the locality;
                                       d.      Be accompanied by a Transport Statement. Or if the proposals are likely to result in
                                               significant transport implications, by a Transport Assessment. The coverage and detail of
                                               this should reflect the scale of development and the extent of the transport implications;
                                               and
                                       e.      Be accompanied by a Travel Plan for developments that are likely to have significant
                                               transport implications.



                                     3.4.7 S7 - Parking provision
                                     3.4.7.1     The availability of car parking can have a significant effect on people’s choice of transport.
                                                 Government guidance in PPG13 therefore seeks to restrict the level of car parking on new
                                                 developments and promote more sustainable modes of transport. Car parking can also
                                                 impact upon the appearance of a development and the efficient use of land, as parking
                                                 takes up a great deal of space.

                                     3.4.7.2     Nevertheless, East Cambridgeshire is a mainly rural area, with limited public transport
                                                 facilities, and car parking has a role in improving access to local services and facilities. The
                                                 under-provision of parking on new developments may also lead to on-street parking creating
                                                 potential highway safety problems and unsightly street environments. Given the rural nature
86                                               of the district, it is therefore considered that development schemes should generally provide
                                                 close to the maximum car and cycle parking standards set out in Appendix 3. However,
                                                 flexibility is also required to take account of different site locations and circumstances.
                                                 Therefore, the application of the standards may be varied in exceptional circumstances –
                                                 for example, to take account of the accessibility of the site by non-car modes, or where
                                                 lower levels of provision would protect or enhance the character of Conservation Areas in
                                                 town and village centres. Applicants will be required to submit justification for any proposed
                                                                                                            East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
          parking standards as part of the planning application. In relation to accessibility, applicants
          proposing lower standards will need to demonstrate the existence of high quality and frequent
          public transport links, and high quality pedestrian and cycle links.

3.4.7.3   It is also important to provide adequate cycle parking to encourage more sustainable forms
          of transport. These are set as a minimum, as the availability of secure cycle parking is a
          key factor in determining whether people chose to cycle or not. Cycle parking for employees
          should, wherever practicable, be covered in a convenient and secure location.

3.4.7.4   It is also important to encourage development schemes which provide public car parking
          to share this facility, as this should help to reduce the overall number of car parking spaces
          required in an area, and make better use of land.


  Policy S 7
  Parking provision

  Development proposals should provide adequate levels of car and cycle parking, and make
  provision for parking in accordance with the Council’s parking standards (including parking for
  people with disabilities).

  In exceptional circumstances, parking standards may be varied in order to reflect the accessibility
  of the site by non-car modes, or if lower levels of provision would protect or enhance the character
  of Conservation Areas.

  Public parking provided in development schemes should be shared with other uses, where the
  location and patterns of use allow.




                                                                                                                                         87
                                     3.5 Environment
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     3.5.1 EN1 - Landscape and settlement character
                                     3.5.1.1   Attractive and distinctive local landscapes can help to raise the quality of the environment
                                               and the quality of people’s lives, and can also help to support tourism. High priority is
                                               therefore given to the protection, conservation and enhancement of landscape character.
                                               As part of this approach, new development should be well designed and help sustain and/or
                                               create landscapes and townscapes with a strong sense of place and local identity.

                                     3.5.1.2   In protecting landscape and settlement character the Council will also expect important
                                               views out of settlements to be maintained, important open spaces to be retained and wildlife
                                               features to be undisturbed, as detailed in other policies within this plan.

                                     3.5.1.3   The countryside in East Cambridgeshire is characterised by three main landscape types
                                               that are very different from one another. In the north, the fens form one of the richest farming
                                               regions in Europe. The large open, flat and low lying landscape, crossed by numerous
                                               drainage channels, provides long distance views of trees, farm buildings and settlements.
                                               There are many ‘islands’ of land that rise above the surrounding levels, which were the
                                               traditional areas of settlement, and remain today as places where most development is
                                               concentrated.

                                     3.5.1.4   South of the fens the landscape changes to gently undulating chalkland extending between
                                               Cambridge and Newmarket. This region was mostly too dry for early settlement, although
                                               the dryness and light vegetation meant that it was an ideal route for ancient communications.
                                               In recent times this area has been devoted to growing cereal crops, creating a broad scale
                                               landscape of large fields, low hedges and relatively few trees. Around Newmarket, the
                                               growth of the horse racing industry has imposed a distinctive pattern of small, tree-lined
                                               paddocks and stud farms creating a wooded character to the landscape.

                                     3.5.1.5   To the south of this chalkbelt lie the south–east clay hills which are an undulating belt of
                                               gently rolling hills and scattered woodland. Within this landscape a number of small hamlets
                                               and villages have developed in sheltered locations, often originally built to take advantage
                                               of the natural springs.

                                     3.5.1.6   These character areas are described in more detail in the County Council’s ‘Cambridgeshire
                                               Landscape Guidelines’, an up-dated version of which will be adopted as a Supplementary
                                               Planning Document. The District Council's ‘Ely Environmental Capacity Study’ provides a
                                               more detailed assessment of the landscape character of Ely and its environs, and it is
                                               proposed that this document will also be adopted as SPD. Other studies that contribute to
                                               the evidence base about landscape and the character of settlements in the District include
                                               Conservation Area Appraisals, and Parish Plans. This information should be used by
                                               developers to ensure that proposals reflect the distinctive character, qualities and sensitivities
                                               of the area. More information on Conservation Areas is contained in Policy EN5.
88                                   3.5.1.7   The nature of the fens and southern rolling hills, interspersed with small low lying villages,
                                               results in broad open skies, which add considerably to the landscape. At night the rural
                                               nature of the area means that only urban areas are brightly lit. It is important that these
                                               open skies are protected from inappropriate development, especially from increased light
                                               pollution at night in order to allow the night sky to be seen, and that new development retains
                                               the openness and tranquillity of the area and protects wildlife.
                                                                                                              East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
  Policy EN 1
  Landscape and settlement character

  Proposals for development should be informed by, and be sympathetic to, the distinctive character
  areas defined in the Cambridgeshire Landscape Guidelines.

  Development proposals should demonstrate that their location, scale, design and materials will
  protect, conserve, and where possible enhance:

  a.      The pattern of distinctive landscape features, such as watercourses, characteristic vegetation,
          woodland, trees, field patterns, hedges and walls, and their function as ecological corridors
          for wildlife dispersal
  b.      The settlement edge, space between settlements, and their wider landscape setting
  c.      Visually sensitive skylines, hillsides and geological features
  d.      The unspoilt nature and tranquillity of the area
  e.      Nocturnal character.



3.5.2 EN2 - Design
3.5.2.1     Well-designed, safe and attractive new development which respects its surroundings can
            help to raise the quality of the built environment and have a significant impact on everyday
            life. Good design is a key element in sustainable development and it is a strongly held
            aspiration of the Council to raise the standard of design in all proposals to assist vitality,
            and create a ‘sense of place’ in communities and neighbourhoods.

3.5.2.2     The Government requires Design and Access Statements to be submitted with most planning
            applications. These Statements are intended to demonstrate how a proposal is functional,
            attractive and accessible to all. Comprehensive guidance on the format and content of a
            Statement is provided on the Council’s website. Further information on design can be found
            in ‘Building for Life’ published by CABE, which includes advice on character, public space,
            design and construction, and the surrounding environment and community. Also helpful in
            street design is the Government publication ‘Manual for Streets’ which gives advice on the
            creation of high quality residential streets. The Council encourages developers to incorporate
            these principals in their proposals. Developers are also encouraged to go beyond minimum
            access standards contained in Building Regulations to provide higher standards of
            accessibility for all within public spaces and individual buildings.

3.5.2.3     Development must be of the appropriate scale, design and materials for its location and
            conform to the design principals set out in the policy below. All new buildings and spaces
            must enhance and respect their surroundings and contribute towards local identity, whilst
            securing and maintaining a high level of general amenity for residents and workers in the                                      89
            district. The particular importance of design in areas of historic conservation is detailed in
            Policy EN5.

3.5.2.4     The importance of new developments complementing and relating to their surroundings,
            whilst being safe and accessible to all, is established in the strategic objectives of the Core
            Strategy. The objectives also seek to mitigate the impacts of climate change, and the
            environmental performance of new buildings is addressed in Policy EN3 ‘Sustainable
                                               construction and energy efficiency’. Good design can reduce energy consumption and
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                               improve sustainability and the Council will actively promote development incorporating new
                                               technology and contemporary design where it provides appropriate visual context or contrast
                                               in respect of its surroundings.

                                     3.5.2.5   Crime, and the fear of crime, are amongst the top concerns of local communities, and these
                                               concerns are reflected in the strategic objectives of this plan. Design can make a significant
                                               contribution towards reducing the scope for crime, and create more pleasant and reassuring
                                               environments in which to live and work. In addition to appropriate design of buildings, open
                                               spaces must be safe and believed to be safe so that their full enjoyment for play, walking,
                                               sport and general amenity can be fully utilised and appreciated. Increasing natural
                                               surveillance, layout of roads and paths, planting, positioning and use of open space, and
                                               secure standards of doors and windows are areas for particular consideration. In town
                                               centres covered by CCTV systems developers will be required to consider these facilities
                                               in their design and/or contribute to the siting/re-siting of cameras where appropriate. National
                                               guidance to assist in designing out crime is contained in ‘Secured by Design’, and developers
                                               are advised to contact Cambridgeshire Constabulary for further advice.

                                     3.5.2.6   Good design can help to ensure that the best use is made of land, as required by Government
                                               guidance in PPS3. The piecemeal incremental development of an area with no regard to
                                               an overall plan or concept development of a large site can result in an unsatisfactory form
                                               of development by preventing proper consideration of how various elements, such as
                                               landscaping, open space and footpaths, fit together, thus preventing a holistic approach to
                                               design. Piecemeal development schemes which would prevent adjacent land or other nearby
                                               sites from coming forward – for example, by impeding future access, will also be resisted.
                                               However, phased development will be supported where it is related to a comprehensive
                                               scheme/master plan which addresses overall infrastructure provision, access and internal
                                               circulation by pedestrians, cyclists and motor vehicles, landscaping, open space and play
                                               space provision, and affordable housing.

                                     3.5.2.7   Good connectivity and movement between spaces requires a high standard of design. The
                                               Council is committed to reducing dependence on the car, minimising the impact of car
                                               parking, and improving accessibility for pedestrians, people with impaired mobility, cyclists,
                                               horse riders and public transport. All development proposals will be required to incorporate
                                               safe, attractive and convenient road design, access and parking arrangements and pedestrian
                                               routes as detailed in Policies S7 and S8. The advice of the County Highways Authority will
                                               be sought in relation to these issues. Development schemes should aim to protect and
                                               enhance existing links and look for opportunities to improve and expand them.

                                     3.5.2.8   For large and more complex schemes the Council will require a more detailed development
                                               brief to be submitted in advance of an application, and shared with the local community.
                                               Such information will show how the design has evolved and how design-related
                                               considerations have been addressed. It will also provide an opportunity for engagement of
                                               the local community at an early stage, and enable the Council to check that key issues have
90                                             been addressed, thus helping to speed up the planning application process. It is not
                                               appropriate to be precise about when a development brief may be required, as much depends
                                               on the nature of the site and the proposal. Developers will need to discuss the issue with
                                               the Council at an early stage in proceedings.

                                     3.5.2.9   It is proposed to produce an East Cambridgeshire Design Guide to be adopted as SPD.
                                               This will contain more detailed guidance on how design should compliment local architectural
                                               traditions, and how sustainable construction techniques can be incorporated within the
                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
         context of the quality and character of the existing built heritage. Other detailed local context
         information can be found in Conservation Area Appraisals, the Ely Environmental Capacity
         Study, the Cambridgeshire Landscape Guidelines and Parish Plans, and these should be
         taken into account. Reviews of these documents will occur during the lifetime of the LDF
         and the most up to date material should be referred to.

3.5.2.10 Guidance on the appropriate design of shopfronts and advertisements will be set out in the
         Shopfronts and Advertisements Supplementary Planning Document. Further general design
         guidance can be found in Government guidance document ‘By Design’, the companion to
         PPS1.




                                                                                                                                          91
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Policy EN 2
                                     Design

                                     All development will be designed to a high quality, reinforcing local distinctiveness. Design which
                                     fails to have regard to local context and does not preserve or enhance the character, appearance
                                     and quality of an area will not be acceptable.

                                     New development proposals, extensions and alterations to existing buildings and structures will
                                     be expected to:

                                     a.   Have regard to the East Cambridgeshire Design Guide
                                     b.   Incorporate the sustainable construction principles contained in Policy EN3
                                     c.   Make efficient use of land while respecting the density, character, landscape and biodiversity
                                          of the surrounding area
                                     d.   Be developed in a comprehensive way, avoiding piecemeal development
                                     e.   Retain existing important landscaping and natural and historic features and include landscape
                                          enhancement schemes that are compatible with the Council’s Landscape Guidelines for
                                          recreation and biodiversity
                                     f.   Ensure that the scale, massing and materials of buildings relate sympathetically to the
                                          surrounding area
                                     g.   Provide structure by making use of existing views, vistas and landmarks and creating new
                                          ones
                                     h.   Create safe environments addressing crime prevention and community safety
                                     i.   Make a clear distinction between public and private spaces, and enhance the public realm
                                     j.   Ensure that places and buildings are accessible to all, including the elderly and those with
                                          impaired mobility
                                     k.   Provide enclosure to street and spaces through the grouping, positioning and height of
                                          buildings and landscape features, and road layouts
                                     l.   Incorporate the highway and access principles contained in Policy S6
                                     m.   Ensure that car parking is discrete and accessible and provided in accordance with Policy
                                          S7
                                     n.   Provide adequate waste and recycling storage/collection areas
                                     o.   Where appropriate, contain a variety and mix of uses, buildings and landscaping
                                     p.   Ensure there is no significantly detrimental effect on the residential amenity of nearby
                                          occupiers, and that occupiers of new dwellings are provided with acceptable residential
                                          amenity
                                     q.   Ensure that there is no detrimental effect on the appreciation of Ely as an historic cathedral
                                          city in the quality of the approaches and the quality of views of the cathedral distant and
                                          close to.

                                     The Council may require the submission of development briefs for certain proposals, and will
92                                   notify developers of this requirement at an early stage in the conception of proposals.
                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.5.3 EN3 - Sustainable construction and energy efficiency
3.5.3.1   Maximising energy efficiency and reducing resource consumption in new development
          schemes can help to reduce CO² emissions and reduce the impacts on climate change.
          This policy seeks to ensure that all development schemes achieve greater efficiency in the
          use of natural resources, and includes measures to minimise energy demand and resource
          use; for example, improvements in water efficiency and waste minimisation will be achieved
          in this way. This will involve consideration of building design, layout and orientation, the use
          of sustainable (including re-used) materials, and consideration of a scheme’s resilience in
          terms of future implications of climate change. Incorporation of these measures will also
          help to reduce the running costs of buildings and create attractive and healthy places for
          people to live and work by use of natural light and ventilation.

3.5.3.2   Climate change could have major implications on the UK’s climate, resulting in more extreme
          weather events, increased incidents of flooding, hotter Summers, and rising sea levels.
          There could be severe long-term consequences for East Cambridgeshire, as it contains
          significant areas at or below sea level, and has an agricultural economy.

3.5.3.3   The provision of decentralised and renewable or low carbon energy schemes can also help
          reduce the environmental impacts and this is covered in Policy EN4 on Renewable Energy.
          Further guidance on design for sustainable construction will be set out in a Supplementary
          Planning Document on Design.


  Policy EN 3
  Sustainable construction and energy efficiency

  All development proposals should seek to maximise energy efficiency and minimise energy
  demand and resource use through sustainable design and construction. Applicants will be
  required to demonstrate how schemes achieve these aims, and how they are located and
  designed to withstand the longer-term impacts of climate change.



3.5.4 EN4 - Renewable energy
3.5.4.1   The provision of energy from renewable sources such as solar, wind, hydro-power, biomass
          and geo-thermal technologies, alongside improving energy efficiency, has a vital role to
          play in reducing our reliance on fossil fuels and delivering the Government commitments
          on climate change and renewable energy.

3.5.4.2   Government policy in PPS1 promotes the use of renewable energy, including the
          incorporation of small-scale renewable energy technologies such as solar panels, micro-scale
          wind turbines and geothermal heating, within all types of large developments, provided that
          adverse environmental impacts do not outweigh the wider economic, social and
                                                                                                                                          93
          environmental benefits. Policy ENG2 of RSS requires suppliers to increase the provision
          of electricity from renewable sources to 10% by 2010 and it seeks 17% of the region's energy
          from renewable sources by 2020. Policy EN2 below accords with national and regional
          guidance, and sets out the Council’s requirements in relation to the provision of decentralised
          and renewable or low carbon energy to provide 10% of a scheme’s energy requirements
                                                                              2
          where a development comprises 10 or more dwellings or 1,000m of gross floorspace. This
                                                 target will be reviewed through the monitoring framework of the Core Strategy and should
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                 be increased as technologies improve. If it can be demonstrated that the incorporation of
                                                 renewable energy resources are not practical on site, off site provision will be sought through
                                                 commuted payments to reduce energy usage in the locality.

                                     3.5.4.3     Proposals for renewable energy schemes, on-site and off-site, will be supported wherever
                                                 possible and their wider environmental, social and economic benefits will be given significant
                                                 weight in planning decisions. In the balancing exercise, full consideration will be given to
                                                 potential impacts on the environment and amenity, key views, in particular of Ely Cathedral,
                                                 protected species and residential amenity, and significant adverse effects should be avoided.
                                                 Various types of technology will give rise to different impacts, and this policy sets out the
                                                 broad criteria against which any scheme for renewable energy will be assessed.


                                       Policy EN 4
                                       Renewable energy
                                                                                                      2
                                       Development comprising 10 or more dwellings or 1,000m gross non residential floorspace or
                                       more, is required to provide at least 10% of its energy requirements from decentralised and
                                       renewable or low carbon sources.

                                       Proposals for renewable energy and associated infrastructure will be supported wherever possible,
                                       unless their wider environmental, social and economic benefits would be outweighed by significant
                                       adverse effects on:

                                       a.      The environment and amenity (impacts can be minimised through careful siting, design and
                                               use of landscaping);
                                       b.      Key views, in particular those of Ely Cathedral;
                                       c.      Protected species; and
                                       d.      Residential amenity.

                                       Sites of international nature conservation importance should not be adversely affected unless
                                       there are no alternative sites and there are imperative reasons of overriding public interest.

                                       Sites of national or local nature conservation importance and Green Belt areas should not be
                                       adversely affected unless any significant adverse effects are outweighed by wider social, economic
                                       and environmental benefits.

                                       Provision should be made for the removal of facilities and reinstatement of the site, should the
                                       facilities cease to operate.




94
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.5.5 EN5 - Historic conservation
3.5.5.1   East Cambridgeshire contains a great wealth and variety of buildings and areas that are of
          special importance to the character and appearance of towns and villages, the most famous
          being Ely Cathedral. Just as the landscape changes from open fen in the north to more
          undulating areas of chalk and clay hills in the south, the character of buildings and settlements
          also change, reflecting the considerable diversity of the area. Certain proposals affecting
          Conservation Areas and Listed Buildings are subject to specific consent procedures, and
          PPG15 sets out the detailed considerations that must be followed in these applications. The
          Core Strategy aims to ensure that the built heritage is conserved and enhanced by
          sympathetic preservation and high quality design.

Conservation Areas

3.5.5.2   The Council has designated 29 Conservation Areas in the district. These are listed in
          Appendix 5 and the boundaries are shown on the accompanying Proposals Map. These
          areas have been designated due to their particular architectural or historic interest, taking
          account of the overall quality of the area, mix and style of buildings, quality of open spaces,
          and other features which contribute to the overall character. The Council is currently
          undertaking a programme of Conservation Area reviews, looking at their boundaries,
          character and general condition through the production of Conservation Area Appraisals.
          In addition to the review of existing Conservation Areas the programme also includes the
          designation of new Conservation Areas. The Conservation Area Appraisals for both the
          revised and new Conservation Areas will be adopted as Supplementary Planning Documents
          to the LDF.

3.5.5.3   Designation emphasises the special care that must be taken over the design, layout and
          materials of development proposals to ensure the character and appearance of these areas
          is retained and enhanced. Traditional features and locally characteristic designs should be
          recognised and reflected in development proposals. However, new development does not
          always have to mimic the past, and high quality designed schemes which provide a
          successful visual contrast with their surroundings may also preserve and enhance character.

3.5.5.4   Demolition of buildings in Conservation Areas will be resisted, except in very exceptional
          cases where it can be satisfactorily demonstrated that the building is structurally unsound
          or of little or no importance to the character and appearance of the area. In all circumstances,
          demolition will only be allowed if planning permission has already been obtained for the
          redevelopment of the site, to ensure the special character of the area is preserved or
          enhanced.

3.5.5.5   Where necessary, the Council will use Urgent Works and Repairs Notices, Section 215
          notices and Article 4 Directions to maintain and enhance the quality of Conservation Areas.

Listed Buildings

3.5.5.6   Buildings are listed by English Heritage in national recognition of their special architectural                                   95
          or historic interest, and any works which affect the character of a Listed Building require
          Listed Building Consent. Within the district there are almost 930 Listed Buildings, about
          100 of which are Grade I or Grade II*. The high ratio of Grade I and II* is due in part to
          Anglesey Abbey and the Ely Cathedral complex. The main aim of listing is to prevent
          alterations which are detrimental to the special character of the building or structure, including
          the interior. The Council is committed to identifying Listed Buildings at risk and encouraging
          their repair and reuse, and will take formal action to enforce repair, where appropriate. The
                                               setting of a Listed Building is also important, and proposals which detract from the setting
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                               will be resisted. Similarly, where a Listed Building has landscape value, contributing to the
                                               wider setting of a settlement or the countryside, it will be necessary to demonstrate that
                                               development proposals do not adversely affect character or views.

                                     3.5.5.7   There is a strong presumption in favour of the preservation of Listed Buildings and demolition
                                               will be approved only in the most exceptional circumstances as set out in Policy EN5, after
                                               applicants have demonstrated that every effort has been made to keep the building. If
                                               demolition is permitted, the Council is likely to require an appropriate archive of the features
                                               and fabric that would be lost. Often the best way of preserving a Listed Building will be by
                                               securing an active, economically viable use, and sympathetic consideration will be given to
                                               proposals which help to secure the long term future of the building. Such proposals will
                                               only be acceptable where there is no detriment to the structure, character, appearance or
                                               setting of the building.

                                     Locally Listed Buildings

                                     3.5.5.8   Government policy in PPG15 ‘Planning and the Historic Environment’ 2004 gives provision
                                               for local authorities to draw up lists of locally important buildings which make a valuable
                                               contribution to the local scene or local history, but which do not merit national listing. These
                                               will be given additional protection and their status will be a material consideration, but they
                                               will not enjoy the full protection of statutory listing. A local list will be developed by the
                                               Council in conjunction with local amenity groups.

                                     Archaeological Sites and Monuments

                                     3.5.5.9   East Cambridgeshire has a rich and varied archaeological heritage. In the north of the
                                               district, settlement from the early pre-historic period focused on the dry land of the Isle of
                                               Ely and surrounding fen margins, although well preserved artefacts and organic remains
                                               may occur in the areas of fen. Extensive evidence of Roman activity survives throughout
                                               the district, and in addition to the historic City of Ely, numerous medieval villages and towns
                                               survive to the present day. The Council wishes to make every effort to safeguard this
                                               archaeological heritage, which is vulnerable to modern development and land use. Known
                                               sites of national importance are designated as ‘Scheduled Ancient Monuments’, and these
                                               are shown on the Proposals Map and listed in Appendix 5. Other sites of regional or local
                                               significance are listed in the County Historic Environment Record, maintained by
                                               Cambridgeshire County Council. As most archaeological remains are yet to be discovered
                                               it is crucial that sites of potential interest are appropriately assessed. Development adversely
                                               affecting a site of known or identified national importance will be resisted and the impact of
                                               development on all types of remains should be minimised. There will usually be a
                                               presumption in favour of in-situ preservation of remains, unless it can be shown that the
                                               recording of remains, assessment, analysis, report, publication and deposition of archive
                                               is more appropriate. Such recording should take place before development starts. The
                                               Council will be guided in these issues by Government advice contained in PPG16
96                                             ‘Archaeology and Planning’ (1990), and advice from the Cambridgeshire County Archaeology
                                               Department.
                                                                                                            East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Historic Parks and Gardens

3.5.5.10 The District contains a number of areas of historic parkland and gardens that form an
         important part of the county’s heritage and environment. The most significant sites are
         identified within English Heritage’s ‘Register of Parks and Gardens of Special Historic
         Interest’ and as advised by the County Council's Archaeology Team (and reflected in the
         list in the East Cambridgeshire District Local Plan). These sites are shown on the Proposals
         Map and are listed in Appendix 5. The registers have no statutory status but PPG15 states
         that the planning system should be used to protect the character, appearance, amenity
         value and setting of these sites.


  Policy EN 5
  Historic conservation

  Development proposals, within, or affecting a Conservation Area should:

       Be of a particularly high standard of design and materials that will preserve or enhance the
       character or appearance of the area
       Retain attractive traditional features such as original doors, windows and boundary walls
       Only involve the demolition of buildings where:
            They are of little or no importance to the architectural, historic or visual character or
            appearance of the area; or
            They are structurally unsound (for reasons other than deliberate damage or neglect)
            and beyond reasonable repair, and measures to sustain an existing use or find an
            alternative use have been explored and failed; and in all cases
            Detailed proposals for reconstruction or redevelopment have received planning
            permission.

  Proposals to extend, alter or change the use of a Listed Building, or which affect the setting of
  a Listed Building will only be permitted where they would:

       Preserve the building or its setting or any features of special architectural or historic interest
       which it possesses; and
       Support the long term preservation of the building.

  Proposals to demolish all or part of a Listed Building will only be permitted in very exceptional
  cases where:

       The building is structurally unsound (for reasons other than deliberate damage or neglect)
       and beyond all reasonable repair; and
       All possible measures to sustain an existing use or find an alternative use have been
       explored and failed, and preservation in charitable or community ownership is not possible
       or sustainable; or                                                                                                                97
       Where redevelopment would bring wider public benefits; and
       Preservation in a charitable or community ownership is not possible or suitable; and
       Detailed proposals for reconstruction or redevelopment have received planning permission.

  The Council will take action to enforce repair of Listed Buildings where appropriate.
                                       Development proposals will not be permitted where this would harm the visual, architectural or
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                       historic value of a Locally Listed Building

                                       The demolition of a Locally Listed Building will not be permitted unless:

                                               The building is structurally unsound and beyond reasonable repair; or
                                               All possible measures to sustain an existing use or find an alternative use have been
                                               explored and failed, and redevelopment would bring wider public benefits; and in all cases
                                               Detailed proposals for reconstruction or redevelopment have received planning permission.

                                       Development proposals at all sites of known or potential archaeological interest will:

                                               Require the submission of an archaeological evaluation/ assessment by a suitably qualified
                                               person; and
                                               Not be permitted where there would be an adverse effect on nationally important
                                               archaeological sites, including Scheduled Ancient Monuments

                                       Where development is granted at sites of archaeological interest, the in-situ preservation of
                                       remain will be preferred. Where this is not justified or feasible, provision should be made for a
                                       programme of excavation, recording, reporting and publication of remains to take place before
                                       development starts.

                                       Development proposals which adversely affect the character, appearance, amenity or setting of
                                       historic parks and gardens will not be permitted.



                                     3.5.6 EN6 - Biodiversity and geology
                                     3.5.6.1     Biodiversity is defined as ‘the wealth of wildlife around us’. The flora and fauna of
                                                 Cambridgeshire are an integral part of the environment that must be protected, and the
                                                 Council considers that with sensitive planning and development it is possible to promote
                                                 and enhance biodiversity and geological conservation. The Council’s approach reflects
                                                 Government policy contained in PPS9 ‘Biodiversity and Geological Conservation’ (2005).

                                     3.5.6.2     The district is home to a number of sites of international, national and local importance for
                                                 nature conservation, and their protection and enhancement is paramount. These sites are
                                                 shown on the Proposals Map.

                                     3.5.6.3     The most important sites are internationally designated sites. Such sites within the district
                                                 are:

                                                      The Ouse Washes, which is a Special Protection Area and Special Area of Conservation
                                                      and a RAMSAR site;
                                                      Chippenham Fen, which is a Special Area of Conservation, a RAMSAR site (and also
98                                                    a nationally designated National Nature Reserve); and
                                                      Wicken Fen, which is a Special Area of Conservation, RAMSAR site (and also a
                                                      nationally designated National Nature Reserve).
                                                                                                              East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.5.6.4   A list of these sites, together with an explanation of their designation can be found in
          Appendix 5. These internationally important sites have statutory protection and have specific
          legal procedures when development is proposed, under the Conservation (Natural Habitats
          & c.) Regulations, and therefore do not require further protection within this Plan.

3.5.6.5   There are a range of nationally important sites across the district including the 2 National
          Nature Reserves referred to above, and 19 designated Sites of Special Scientific Interest
          (with one designated partly for its geological value). Policy EN6 seeks to ensure that
          development proposals do not adversely affect the quality and integrity of these sites and
          they will be given a high level of protection. Planning permission will not normally be granted
          for development which would have an adverse effect, and the advice in PPS9 on dealing
          with planning applications will be strictly adhered to. Protection will also be given to
          non-statutory sites of regional and local importance, in accordance with PPS9, as these
          have a fundamental role to play in meeting overall national biodiversity targets. Regional
          and locally important sites in the district include 81 County Wildlife Sites, 24 areas of Ancient
          Woodland, 2 Local Nature Reserves (at Isleham and Little Downham), and 12 Protected
          Roadside Verges (most of which are also County Wildlife Sites). All are listed in Appendix
          5, and further information on the district’s County Wildlife Sites is contained in the Council’s
          County Wildlife Sites Assessment (2005), which will be adopted as a Supplementary Planning
          Document.

3.5.6.6   All proposals should consider the protection and enhancement of biodiversity from the
          outset, and should be accompanied by sufficient information to assess the effects of
          development on protected sites, species, biodiversity or geology, together with any proposed
          prevention (the preferred course of action), mitigation or compensation measures (which
          are the least favoured). The Cambridge and Peterborough Biological Records Centre can
          provide general species distribution data for development sites and further information is
          available from the local Wildlife Trust and the Cambridgeshire and Peterborough Biodiversity
          Partnership. In all proposals where there is thought to be an impact on biodiversity or
          geodiversity, the Council will seek guidance from appropriate experts, such as the local
          Wildlife Trust.

3.5.6.7   East Cambridgeshire boasts many environmental features throughout the district such as
          trees, woodlands, ponds, and hedgerows. These provide habitats, corridors and links for
          wildlife, forming an essential network which is necessary to ensure the diversity and survival
          of species. Often these features add to the character and appearance of the local area.
          This is especially the case in respect of trees, as Cambridgeshire is one of the least wooded
          counties in England. A number of trees of importance for their landscape or amenity value
          have Tree Preservation Orders attached, and trees in Conservation Areas can have an
          important effect on the character and appearance of the area. Similarly hedgerows considered
          important for their landscape or wildlife value may be protected against removal by Hedgerow
          Regulation Notices. Proposals should therefore seek to retain these and other wildlife
          features wherever possible and avoid harm to individual species. However, where this
          cannot be achieved, mitigation, replacement or compensatory measures will be required to
          ensure there is no loss of environmental value. Policy CS6 also details the Council’s policy                                     99
          on specific areas of particular importance for enhancement and conservation, and these
          are shown on the Proposals Map as Countryside Enhancement Areas.

3.5.6.8   Whilst it is important to prevent the loss of existing habitat or species, the integration of
          biodiversity within new developments can aid the sustainability of schemes, by providing
          an opportunity for habitat enrichment. Biodiversity measures may include the provision of
          open watercourse drainage systems, the planting of dense native hedgerows, and the
                                               provision of bat or owl boxes and underpasses for mammals. Development proposals should
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                               explore the opportunity to enhance biodiversity, and seek to create and improve habitat
                                               wherever appropriate. Further details of environmental gains, mitigation measures and
                                               protection against incremental loss of habitats will be contained in the Council’s Landscape
                                               and Biodiversity Supplementary Planning Document.

                                     3.5.6.9   Some species, such as bats, barn owls, badgers and great crested newts are protected in
                                               their own right by national and European legislation. Where there is reason to suspect the
                                               presence of protected species the Council will require applications for development to be
                                               accompanied by a survey assessing their presence and if present, details of how the proposal
                                               is sensitive to, and makes provision for their needs. The measures used must accord with
                                               the relevant protecting legislation.

                                     3.5.6.10 In addition to those protected species, the Natural Environment and Rural Communities Act
                                              2006 imposed a legal duty on local authorities to protect and enhance biodiversity. The
                                              species and habitats of principal importance for biodiversity conservation needing protection
                                              under the Act are those specified in the UK Biodiversity Action Plan list compiled by Natural
                                              England. In addition the Cambridgeshire Biodiversity Action Plan identifies local habitats
                                              and species, and targets where action is needed to enhance and protect biodiversity. The
                                              Council will therefore expect all development proposals to protect and enhance the habitats
                                              and species listed and contribute towards the objectives contained in the Action Plans
                                              (termed as ‘important species’ in the policy below). Information relating to the Biodiversity
                                              Action Plans can be found on the Natural England website, or on the Biodiversity Action
                                              Reporting System (BARS) located via www.ukbap-reporting.org.uk. Information on
                                              Cambridgeshire BAPs can be viewed on the County Council’s website at
                                              www.cambridgeshire.gov.uk. Other useful documents and information include the
                                              Cambridgeshire Biodiversity Partnership 'Biodiversity Checklist and Developers Guidance'
                                              and 'Biodiversity Checklist for Land Use Planners'. A useful website for general biodiversity
                                              guidance is www.ukbap.org.uk




100
                                                                                                                   East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
       Policy EN 6
       Biodiversity and geology

       All development proposals should:

       a.      Protect the biodiversity value of land and buildings and minimise harm to or loss of
               environmental features, such as trees, hedgerows, woodland and ponds; and
       b.      Provide appropriate mitigation measures, reinstatement or replacement of features and/or
               compensatory work that will enhance or recreate habitats on or off site where harm to
               environmental features and habitat is unavoidable; and
       c.      Maximise opportunities for creation, restoration, enhancement and connection of natural
               habitats as an integral part of development proposals.

       Proposals which would cause harm to sites of national importance for wildlife or geology will not
       be permitted unless the benefits of the development at the site clearly outweigh both the impacts
       that it is likely to have on the special interest of the site and any broader impact on the national
       network of such sites.

       Proposals which would cause harm to County Wildlife Sites, Ancient Woodland, Local Nature
                                                                 (viii)
       Reserves, Protected Roadside Verges or important species         will not be permitted unless the
       need for, and benefits of development in that location outweigh the potential harm to nature
       conservation interests.

       Where potentially harmful development is permitted, provision for appropriate mitigation measures,
       reinstatement of features, and/or compensatory work that will enhance or recreate habitats on
       or off site will be required.

       Where there is reason to suspect the presence of protected species, applications must be
       accompanied by a survey assessing their presence and, if present, the proposal must be sensitive
       to, and make provision for, their needs, in accordance with the relevant protecting legislation.



3.5.7 EN7 - Flood risk
3.5.7.1          Flood risk is an important issue for the district, particularly given the context of climate
                 change with related sea-level rises and increased periods of heavy rainfall. Large parts of
                 East Cambridgeshire are reclaimed fenland, with some areas lying below sea-level. Areas
                 close to the major rivers (the Ouse, the Cam and the Bedford Rivers) have been subject to
                 periodic flooding in the past, as have several of the smaller river valleys in the south of the
                 district. Flooding causes significant damage to properties, potential pollution, and in serious
                 cases, can potentially harm human life. It is therefore essential that new development does
                 not add to the risk of flooding that already exists.
                                                                                                                   101
3.5.7.2          Flooding can arise from rapid run-off – which can occur anywhere. However, flood risk in
                 the district from watercourses can be broadly divided into two areas: the artificially drained
                 fens in the north, and the naturally drained higher land around Newmarket. In the Fens, risk
                 is principally associated with the breach or overtopping of the Bedford Ouse and Ely Ouse
                 system. All key settlements are defended, by virtue of their elevation, or by embankments

viii        Those included in the UK and Cambridgeshire Biodiversity Action Plans
                                               built to appropriate minimum standards of defence. In the unlikely event of a breach or
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                               overtopping, the settlements most likely to be partially inundated are the outer edges of the
                                               more ‘crowded’ islands of Ely, Littleport and Sutton, where they have encroached onto low
                                               lying ground. Other settlements, such as Haddenham, Isleham, Little Downham, Stretham
                                               and Witchford are entirely situated at higher levels than would be affected by a breach. In
                                               the higher areas flood risk results from the natural overtopping of watercourses. The main
                                               settlements in this area are Bottisham, Burwell, Fordham and Soham. Those sections of
                                               settlements close to watercourses are predominantly undefended and exposed to low flood
                                               risk.

                                     3.5.7.3   The Environment Agency has identified specific zones of flood risk in East Cambridgeshire,
                                               and these are illustrated on flood maps which can be seen on the Environment Agency’s
                                               website at www.environment-agency.gov.uk. The categories of flood risk zones are listed
                                               below, and reflect Government guidance in PPS25 ‘Development and Flood Risk’.

                                                    Zone 1 (low probability)
                                                    Zone 2 (medium probability)
                                                    Zone 3a (high probability) and
                                                    Zone 3b (functional floodplain)


                                     3.5.7.4   As required by Government guidance and the Environment Agency, the District Council has
                                               carried out work to refine these maps. The East Cambridgeshire Strategic Flood Risk
                                               Assessment (2005) (SRFA) involved carrying out detailed modelling work in and around
                                               the main settlements in the district, and identifies a new ‘modelled Zone 3’, assuming a
                                               breach of defences. The SFRA also shows ‘Zones of Rapid Inundation’, which are areas
                                               where overtopping could occur at high velocity to a depth which would cause injury or death.
                                               The SFRA can be viewed on the Council’s website at www.eastcambs.gov.uk.

                                     3.5.7.5   Government guidance in PPS25 states that both the Environment Agency flood zone maps
                                               and the SFRA should be used to inform decisions on planning applications, and to inform
                                               the selection of allocation sites in LDFs. In the parts of the district not covered by the SFRA,
                                               the Environment Agency flood zone maps will be used to guide decisions. Both the
                                               Environment Agency and the SFRA flood risk zones are shown on the Proposals Map.

                                     3.5.7.6   Development proposals should, wherever possible, be directed to areas of low/minimal
                                               flood risk (Zone 1), as the sequentially preferable location (as required by PPS25). However,
                                               development in areas at some risk of flooding may sometimes be unavoidable. PPS25
                                               identifies the types of land uses which may be appropriate in Zones 2 and 3a/3b. New
                                               development will be directed away from the modelled Rapid Inundation Zone (shown on
                                               the SFRA maps) and would only be allowed where the exception test has been passed.
                                               This ‘exception test’ allows for development where no other sequentially preferable option
                                               exists. However, the policy approach requires flood management and mitigation measures
                                               to be implemented in these cases, to ensure there is no net increase in risk. Evidence to
102                                            show the sequential approach has been followed will be needed with all such applications.

                                     3.5.7.7   As stated above, the Environment Agency maps and the SFRA provides the basis from
                                               which to apply the sequential and exception tests when determining planning applications.
                                               In accordance with PPS25, applicants will need to demonstrate that development proposals
                                               accord with policies in PPS25 and in this Local Development Document. Developers should
                                               contact the Environment Agency at an early stage to obtain more detailed flood risk zone
                                               information for individual sites. A Flood Risk Assessment submitted with development
                                                                                                      East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
          proposals can help to ensure that flood risk and surface water run-off issues are
          comprehensively considered and addressed. PPS25 details the situations where specific
          Flood Risk Assessments should be submitted with applications.

3.5.7.8   Policy EN7 also seeks to ensure that development schemes provide appropriate measures
          for dealing with surface water run off. Design and layout measures and the effective use
          of features such as permeable surfaces, soakaways and water storage areas should be
          incorporated in all new developments where technically possible. The use of Sustainable
          Drainage Systems (SuDS) can provide the best method of minimising flood risk whilst
          benefiting biodiversity, and is the preferred method. The design should address the issue
          of ownership and maintenance of SuDS. Systems that mimic natural drainage processes
          such as retention ponds, swales and wetlands/reed beds will be particularly encouraged.
          However, infiltration may not be acceptable in some cases, due to contamination and/or
          low permeability. A risk assessment in line with PPS23 will therefore be important in
          informing the design of surface water systems on some brownfield sites.

3.5.7.9   Further information on SuDS is available in ‘Model agreements for sustainable water
          management systems - model agreements for SuDS’ (CIRIA C625, 2004). Information will
          also be contained in the Council's Supplementary Planning Document on design.




                                                                                                      103
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                       Policy EN 7
                                       Flood risk

                                       The sequential test and exception test will be strictly applied across the district, and new
                                       development should preferably be located in Environment Agency Flood Risk Zone 1. The
                                       modelled flood risk zones as identified in the SFRA and the Environment Agency Flood Maps
                                       will inform the application of the sequential test. In areas not covered by the SFRA, the
                                       Environment Agency Flood Maps will be used to apply the test.

                                       Development will not be permitted where:
                                           It would intensify the risk of flooding during the lifetime of the development taking into
                                           account climate change allowances, unless suitable flood management and mitigated
                                           measures can be agreed and implemented; or
                                           It would increase the risk of flooding of properties elsewhere during the lifetime of the
                                           development, taking into account climate change allowances, by additional surface water
                                           run-off or by impeding the flow or storage of flood water; or
                                           It would have a detrimental effect on existing flood defences or inhibit flood control and
                                           maintenance work; or
                                           Safe access is not achievable from/to the development during times of flooding, taking into
                                           account climate change allowance (as this would endanger peoples lives).

                                       A site-specific Flood Risk Assessment, appropriate to the scale and nature of the development
                                       and the risks involved, and which takes account of future climate change, will be required for:

                                               All development proposals in Flood Zones 2 and 3 and ‘Modelled Zone 3’ including Rapid
                                               Inundation Zone; and
                                               Development proposals on sites of 1 hectare or greater in Flood Zone 1

                                       All applications for new development must demonstrate that appropriate surface water drainage
                                       arrangements for dealing with surface water run-off can be accommodated within the site and
                                       that issues of ownership and maintenance are addressed. The use of Sustainable Drainage
                                       Systems will be required for all new developments unless, following an assessment of character
                                       and context, soil conditions and/or engineering feasibility dictate otherwise. SuDS may be
                                       incorporated within the Flood Risk Assessment.



                                     3.5.8 EN8 - Pollution
                                     3.5.8.1    Some development schemes can potentially result in pollution to air, water or land. Further
                                                information on these different types of pollution is given in the paragraphs below. Policy
                                                EN8 sets out the criteria against which potentially polluting developments will be considered.
104                                             These reflect criteria in Government planning policy in PPS23: ‘Planning and Pollution
                                                Control’ (Appendix A). The Council will seek to ensure that levels are kept to a minimum
                                                and are acceptable to human health and safety, the environment and the amenity of adjacent
                                                or nearby land users. Environmental Health legislation regulates many forms of pollution,
                                                but it is clearly preferable to prevent conflict from new development arising in the first place.
                                                The weight given to each criterion will depend on the particular circumstances and relevant
                                                pollution control authorities will be consulted as necessary. Careful consideration will be
                                                required where development is likely to, on its own or cumulatively, result in harmful levels
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
          of pollution, or where developments are located within safety consultation zones (for example,
          areas around pipelines, airports, railways and sewage treatment plants). The Council
          therefore encourages pre-application discussions with applicants where pollution is an
          issue. In some cases this may involve an Environmental Statement, prepared as part of
          an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) to ensure the environmental impacts of a
          significant development proposal are comprehensively considered.

3.5.8.2   Air quality in the district is generally good, and there are no designated National Air Quality
          Management Areas (AQMA) in the district. However the Authority does carry out monitoring
          at roadside sites for nitrogen dioxide, and also monitors for particulates, and all show levels
          within the national objectives. County ozone levels are monitored at Wicken Fen, and the
          National Air Quality Strategy objective has been exceeded by various amounts each year
          since 1998. Ozone is affected by weather and air pollutants blown over from Europe, and
          the levels emphasise the importance of considering the wider effects of pollution.

3.5.8.3   Water quality is particularly important in the district as many water-courses have national
          or international environmental designations. New development must ensure that the effects
          of increases in sewage effluent discharges can be achieved without adverse impact on
          water quality. The Implementation Chapter describes the constraints related to Sewage
          Treatment Work capacity. The Council places a high priority on protecting surface and
          groundwater from pollution arising from development, and will support initiatives that result
          in an improvement to water quality. One of the aims of European Union Water Framework
          Directive is to prevent deterioration in water status and improve water quality. Developers
          must strive to achieve the objectives contained within it.

3.5.8.4   Lighting and noise pollution arising from new development can individually and cumulatively
          have a significantly damaging impact on the countryside, on people living environments,
          and on wildlife. Whilst lighting is desirable for safety, recreation and enhancement of some
          buildings, inappropriate lighting can cause sky glow, glare, light trespass, and represents
          energy waste. Both light and noise levels are generally low in rural settlements and the
          countryside where the tranquil environment is highly valued. These issues are important
          considerations in dealing with new development proposals and the Council will require full
          details of any potential pollution to ensure the effects are minimised by mitigation measures
          where appropriate. The Council will be guided by Government policy on this issue, as set
          out in PPG24: ‘Planning and Noise’.

3.5.8.5   Land contamination is also a key consideration as it causes harm to the environment, has
          the potential to affect public health and safety, and unless dealt with appropriately, can
          inhibit the re-use of otherwise suitable brownfield sites. Whilst contamination is subject to
          pollution control legislation, it is important that potential contamination is identified at the
          earliest stage in the process to ensure that appropriate remediation measures are identified
          and addressed early in the preparation of proposals for a site. Remediation should remove
          unacceptable risk and make the site suitable for its new use. The most frequent cases of
          contamination in East Cambridgeshire arise from former industrial and agricultural uses,
          but can also arise from accidents, spillages or be caused by elevated levels of naturally            105
          occurring substances. Additional advice for developers on the process for assessing
          contaminated sites and information on remediation works is set out in the Council’s
          Supplementary Planning Document on Contaminated Land, and Annex 2 of PPS23.

3.5.8.6   Low levels of naturally occurring radon are present in certain parts of the district. The Building
          Regulations 2000 refer to BRE Note 211 ‘Radon: Guidance on Protective Measures for New
          Dwellings’, which suggests basic protection where 3-10% of properties may exceed the
                                            threshold and full protection where over 10% exceed the action level (action level is 200Bq
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                            m3). In East Cambridgeshire, there are several areas which have been determined as
                                            having up to 3-5% or 5-10% of 'homes at or above the action level'. In these properties
                                            some basic protection may be necessary. Further information on areas affected, and control
                                            measures for new development is contained in BR211 Radon: Guidance on Protective
                                            Measures for New Dwellings (BRE), and Part C of the Building Regulations 2000. The
                                            Environment Agency and Health and Safety Executive welcome pre-application enquiries
                                            from developers seeking to resolve contaminated land/pollution issues before an application
                                            is submitted. Further information on pollution issues is contained in PPS23, the Environmental
                                            Protection Act 1990, and DEFRA Circular 01/2006.


                                     Policy EN 8
                                     Pollution

                                     All development proposals should minimise, and where possible, reduce all emissions and other
                                     forms of pollution, including light and noise pollution, and ensure no deterioration in water quality.
                                     All applications for development where pollution is suspected must contain sufficient information
                                     to enable the Council to make a full assessment of potential hazards.

                                     Proposals will only be permitted:

                                     1.   Where, individually or cumulatively, there are no unacceptable impacts on:

                                          The natural environment and general amenity
                                          Health and safety of the public;
                                          Air quality
                                          Surface and groundwater quality
                                          Land quality and condition
                                          The need for compliance with statutory environmental quality standards; or

                                     2.   In exceptional cases, where it can be clearly demonstrated that the environmental benefits
                                          of the development and the wider social and economic need for the development outweigh
                                          any adverse impact in terms of pollution. In such cases, where pollution is unavoidable,
                                          mitigation measures to reduce pollution levels will be required in order to meet acceptable
                                          limits.

                                     New development will not be permitted where there is a potential to conflict with existing
                                     developments that require particular conditions for their operation, or that are authorized or
                                     licensed under pollution control or hazardous substances legislation, where it would be likely to
                                     impose significant restrictions on the activities of the existing use in the future.

                                     Development proposals on contaminated land (or where there is reason to suspect contamination)
106                                  must include an assessment of the extent of the contamination and any possible risks. Proposals
                                     will only be permitted where the land is, or is made, suitable for the proposed use.
                                                                                                          East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
3.5.9 EN9 - Green Belt
3.5.9.1   Green Belts are primarily designed to control the spread of development and the coalescence
          of towns by keeping land permanently open. Government guidance advocates strict control
          of development in Green Belts, to ensure their open and rural character is not eroded.
          Approximately 1,910 hectares of East Cambridgeshire is designated within the Cambridge
          Green Belt, around the villages of Bottisham, Lode and Swaffham Bulbeck. The purposes
          of the Cambridge Green Belt, which are derived from Government guidance in PPG2, are
          to:

               Preserve the unique character of Cambridge as a compact, dynamic city with a thriving
               historic centre;
               Maintain and enhance the quality of its setting; and
               Prevent communities in the environs of Cambridge from merging into one another and
               with the City.


3.5.9.2   Strategic guidance in PPG2:‘Green Belts’ (1995) and RSS Policy SS7 requires the retention
          of the Cambridge Green Belt. Government guidance in PPS1 also stresses the importance
          of up-to-date boundaries to provide certainty as to where Green Belt policies apply and to
          enable the proper consideration of future development options. The ‘Review of the East
          Cambridgeshire Green Belt’, commissioned by the Council in 2005, recommended a number
          of minor changes to the boundaries around the villages. The revised Green Belt boundaries
          are shown on the Proposals Map. The Core Strategy also proposes the release of lands
          on the edge of Bottisham. There are exceptional circumstances justifying the review of the
          Green Belt boundary in this location in order to provide for the sustainable growth of the
          village in accordance with the details provided in Policies CS2 and CS4. The exact extent
          of this alteration will be determined in a future site specific DPD and shown in a revised
          Proposals Map.

3.5.9.3   Development proposals which come forward in the Green Belt will be assessed against
          Government guidance in PPG2. PPG2 requires that development in the Green Belt is strictly
          controlled, and generally linked to those uses which require a rural setting and preserve the
          openness of the Green Belt. Policy EN9 seeks to clarify the approach in PPG2 and sets
          out the circumstances in which development may exceptionally be permitted. It is for those
          proposing development in the Green Belt to show the special circumstances to justify
          development.




                                                                                                          107
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Policy EN 9
                                     Green Belt

                                     There is a presumption against inappropriate development in the Cambridge Green Belt.

                                     Subject to other policies within this Plan, the Council may support proposals in the Green Belt
                                     for:

                                     a.   New buildings or development in connection with agriculture and forestry, outdoor sport
                                          and recreation or cemeteries or other uses that preserve the openness of the Green Belt;
                                          or
                                     b.   Limited extension, alteration or replacement of dwellings in line with Policy H9; or
                                     c.   Affordable housing which meets the requirements of Policy H4; or
                                     d.   Re-use of permanent buildings in keeping with their surroundings, where the proposal would
                                          not have a greater impact on the openness of the Green Belt; or
                                     e.   Other development in very exceptional circumstances, where other benefits clearly outweigh
                                          harm to the Green Belt.

                                     A Green Belt will be maintained around Cambridge which will define the extent of the urban area.
                                     The detailed boundaries of the Green Belt releases proposed at Bottisham to accommodate the
                                     proposals set out in Policies CS2 and CS4, will be established in a future site specific DPD.




108
                                                                                                                East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
4 Infrastructure, implementation and monitoring
4.1 Introduction
4.1.1   This chapter looks at how the proposed strategy and policies in the Core Strategy will be
        implemented, and how policy performance and development delivery will be monitored. It
        also looks at the provision of infrastructure in the district, as this is often key to the successful
        delivery of policy objectives and development. The chapter is structured as follows:

             Infrastructure provision – The first section looks at potential infrastructure constraints
             in East Cambridgeshire, as a key factor in the successful implementation of Core
             Strategy policies is the infrastructure needed to support growth.
             Delivery mechanisms – This section looks at how the policy aims and objectives are
             likely to be delivered. It includes details of delivery mechanisms, and the main agencies
             responsible for implementation.
             Monitoring indicators – This section looks at indicators for monitoring the effectiveness
             of policies, the delivery of development, and environmental impacts. Monitoring can
             help the Council to assess whether its plans are still sound, or whether changes are
             required to meet the Plan’s objectives.


4.2 Infrastructure requirements and constraints
4.2.1   A key factor in the successful implementation of Core Strategy policies is the provision of
        vital infrastructure for new development. Infrastructure providers in East Cambridgeshire
        have provided information on future potential capacity for infrastructure expansion and
        provision, and this is set out in the sections below. The issues raised by infrastructure
        providers have been taken into account in the development of the Core Strategy. However,
        there are a number of outstanding constraints that lead to a requirement to phase new
        development, in order to ensure that it is not built/occupied until the infrastructure is available
        to support it. Capacity restrictions are summarised in Table 4.1 below, along with suggested
        phasing timescales. It should be noted that this chapter focuses on the main areas of
        constraint, and there are likely to be additional infrastructure requirements arising from
        individual development schemes. Policy S4 on developer contributions will be key in this
        regard, and a list of areas where the Council may expect contributions to be made by
        developers is set out in paragraph 3.4.4.5 above.

Education provision

4.2.2   Cambridgeshire County Council is the local education authority and reviews education
        provision in the district based on pupil forecasts. The County Council has indicated that
        pupils emerging from the levels of housing proposed in the ‘Limited Service Centres’ and
        ‘Smaller Villages’ in the Core Strategy could be accommodated within existing provision.
        However, in some of the Market Towns and Key Service Centres there may be problems
        with capacity. Particular problems identified by the County Council are listed below, and               109
        shown in the constraints table. However, it should be noted that pupil number forecasts
        change over time, and the combined impact of new housing and declining pupil numbers
        is difficult to predict far into the future.

             Ely – It is anticipated that two additional new primary schools are likely to be required
             during the Plan period, to cater for the predicted levels of housing growth in Ely. Sites
             for these new schools will need to be identified. There is currently a shortfall of primary
                                                  school places in Ely. Without taking into account these further additional allocations,
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                  the County Council is currently considering options for expanding existing primary
                                                  schools to provide a further 210 places. There will also be a need to expand current
                                                  Secondary education in the City, and it is anticipated that this will require an additional
                                                  secondary school to be provided in either Ely or Littleport, to serve the needs of both
                                                  communities.
                                                  Littleport – There is scope for the two existing primary schools to be expanded on-site,
                                                  to cater for some of the additional pupils generated by future housing growth. However,
                                                  there will also be a need for an additional primary school in the town. An additional
                                                  secondary school in either Littleport or Ely will also be required, to serve the needs of
                                                  both communities.
                                                  Soham – Soham secondary school is currently at capacity, but there may be scope
                                                  for future on-site expansion. Both primary schools are operating at the County Council’s
                                                  preferred maximum operating size of 420 places, and therefore expansion of these
                                                  schools may not present the best option. It is estimated that predicted growth in Soham
                                                  could justify the creation of a new primary school in the town. A site for this school will
                                                  need to be identified.
                                                  Bottisham – New housing may lead to the need for the expansion of the primary school
                                                  and the secondary school. In both cases there is scope for on-site expansion.
                                                  Burwell – The primary school is operating at the County Council’s preferred maximum
                                                  operating size of 420 places. However, there is unlikely to be sufficient growth over
                                                  the Plan period to justify a new primary school. The County Council propose to
                                                  investigate potential further expansion of the primary school as an alternative option,
                                                  following consultation with the Governors and the local community. There are two other
                                                  examples of large primary schools in Cambridgeshire (at Cottenham and Whittlesey),
                                                  both of which are successful schools.
                                                  Haddenham – There is on-site scope for the primary school to be expanded, to cater
                                                  for the additional pupils generated by future housing growth.
                                                  Newmarket Fringe – The predicted levels of housing growth in the East Cambridgeshire
                                                  part of Newmarket are low. It is anticipated that pupil numbers can be accommodated
                                                  within existing provision - or if necessary, through on-site expansion of the primary
                                                  school.
                                                  Sutton – There is scope for the primary school to be expanded on-site, to cater for the
                                                  additional pupils generated by future housing growth.
                                                  Witchford – Witchford secondary school serves the surrounding villages, including the
                                                  Key Service Centres of Sutton and Haddenham. There is spare capacity at the
                                                  secondary school, and there is also room for on-site expansion if required.

                                     Health provision

                                     4.2.3   Health provision is funded and co-ordinated by the Cambridgeshire Primary Care Trust
                                             (PCT). The PCT has indicated that the predicted levels of housing growth in Ely will require
                                             additional Doctors and health care facilities to be provided. This is likely to involve the
110                                          extension of the GP surgery at the Princess of Wales Hospital or its relocation to an
                                             alternative site, and upgrading of other facilities at POW Hospital. Detailed assessment may
                                             also indicate that another GP facility may be required to serve Ely. The PCT has also
                                             indicated that there may be a need to expand Doctors surgery provision in both Littleport
                                             and Soham. Future health infrastructure requirements for Soham and Littleport will be fully
                                             assessed by the PCT and the potential for the existing health centre and GP surgery to
                                             meet those requirements explored. Options could include expanding or replacing existing
                                                                                                            East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
        facilities on the existing sites or developing replacement facilities on alternative sites. Some
        services may be able to be co-located with other public services which will bring added
        benefits of joined up services and a possible reduction in land requirements.

Water supply

4.2.4   Anglian Water has a statutory obligation to meet the growth for East Cambridgeshire, and
        is working on a 25 year plan to improve water supply in the district. Anglian Water has
        indicated that there are no significant constraints associated with water supply. However,
        there may be requirement for local reinforcements to the water supply network in the main
        settlements. This constraint will need to be overcome before development can proceed.
        Infrastructure associated with water supply is often funded and provided by developers. A
        joint Water Cycle Study for East Cambridgeshire and Fenland is currently being prepared,
        in conjunction with Anglian Water, the Environment Agency and other key partners. This
        Study will provide a detailed assessment of future environmental capacity, infrastructure
        constraints and requirements in the context of growth, in relation to all aspects of water
        supply, wastewater treatment and flood risk.

Foul sewerage works

4.2.5   Anglian Water has indicated that there is either limited, or no spare capacity in the foul
        sewerage networks for most of the main settlements.This constraint will need to be overcome
        before development can proceed. Again, infrastructure associated with foul sewerage is
        often funded and provided by developers.The forthcoming Water Cycle Study (see paragraph
        4.2.4 above) may provide additional and/or altered information in relation to potential capacity,
        constraints and requirements.

Sewage Treatment Works (STWs)

4.2.6   While infrastructure associated with water supply and sewers can be provided and funded
        by developers, upgrades to Sewage Treatment Works (STWs) can only be provided by
        Anglian Water, and this work is dependent on their Business Plan (approved by OFWAT)
        which works on five year cycles.

4.2.7   Anglian Water has identified several settlements where there is either limited or no capacity
        at existing STWs. Whilst brownfield sites can be brought forward in these areas if the
        proposed flow rate is no greater than the current/previous flow rate, greenfield allocations
        will need to be phased so that development does not occur ahead of improvements to
        STWs. Anglian Water has indicated the timescale at which they would be able to undertake
        the necessary upgrading works, and these are an important constraint to development in
        the early years of the Plan period . Anglian Water has also indicated that their comments
        relate to housing and employment allocations. The improvement works are dependent on
        sufficient funding and Anglian Water’s priority listing of works in the region. The capacity
        issues and suggested timescales are listed below, and summarised in Table 4.1. The
        forthcoming Water Cycle Study (see paragraph 4.2.4 above) may provide additional and/or
        altered information in relation to potential capacity, constraints and requirements.                111
               Ely – Existing Local Plan allocations will take up any remaining capacity within the two
               STWs in the town. Anglian Water will be including for the provision of extra treatment
               capacity in Ely at the Angel Drove Sewage Treatment Works within the PR09 Business
               Plan, and will seek to complete construction by 2015. It is requested that new greenfield
               allocations (including for housing and employment purposes) are phased to come
               forward post-2015. This will also apply to large brownfield allocations with a significant
                                     change of use if discharges to sewer are to be increased. The District Council and
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Anglian Water also propose to investigate the potential re-location of the Cresswells
                                     Lane STWs, in order to facilitate the regeneration of the Lisle Lane riverside area.
                                     Littleport – It is anticipated that extensions at the STWs can be implemented in a
                                     reasonable timescale. It is therefore requested that new greenfield allocations should
                                     be phased to come forward post-2015.This will also apply to large brownfield allocations
                                     with a significant change of use if discharges to sewer are to be increased.
                                     Soham – Existing Local Plan allocations will take up some of the remaining capacity
                                     at the STW. Anglian Water will seek to provide increased treatment capacity by 2015.
                                     It is requested that new greenfield allocations (including for housing and employment
                                     purposes) are phased to come forward post-2015.This will also apply to large brownfield
                                     allocations with a significant change of use if discharges to sewer are to be increased.
                                     Bottisham – The sewage treatment works is at capacity and improvement works are
                                     required to accommodate growth. The discharge consent is at capacity and will require
                                     re-negotiation with the Environment Agency. This may impact on the phasing of
                                     development. If an increase in treated effluent quality is required, the scale of
                                     improvement works may require a considerable design and construct timescale. It is
                                     requested that new allocations are phased to come forward post-2015.
                                     Burwell - The sewage treatment works is at capacity and improvement works are
                                     required to accommodate growth. The discharge consent is at capacity and will require
                                     re-negotiation with the Environment Agency. This may impact on the phasing of
                                     development. If an increase in treated effluent quality is required, the scale of
                                     improvement works may require a considerable design and construct timescale. It is
                                     requested that new allocations are phased to come forward post-2015.
                                     Haddenham – The sewage treatment works at Witcham is at capacity and improvement
                                     works are required to accommodate growth. The discharge consent is at capacity and
                                     will require re-negotiation with the Environment Agency.This may impact on the phasing
                                     of development. If an increase in treated effluent quality is required, the scale of
                                     improvement works may require a considerable design and construct timescale. It is
                                     requested that new allocations are phased to come forward post-2015.
                                     Newmarket Fringe – Minor improvement works are required at Newmarket STW to
                                     cater for predicted levels of growth. It is requested that new allocations are phased to
                                     come forward post-2015.
                                     Sutton – The sewage treatment works at Witcham is at capacity and improvement
                                     works are required to accommodate growth. The discharge consent is at capacity and
                                     will require re-negotiation with the Environment Agency.This may impact on the phasing
                                     of development. If an increase in treated effluent quality is required, the scale of
                                     improvement works may require a considerable design and construct timescale. It is
                                     requested that new allocations are phased to come forward post-2015.
                                     Fordham (employment land adjacent to the A142) – Improvements may be required
                                     to the STW, depending on the type of industrial use. This may require phasing of
                                     allocations (unknown at this stage).

112
                                                                                                            East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Energy provision

4.2.8    EDF Energy Networks is the distribution energy network operator in the East of England,
         and is regulated by the Government through the Office of Gas and Electricity Markets. EDF
         Energy is funded directly from existing customers, and as such, is not able to speculatively
         invest in the network to provide sufficient capacity for any new developments that may be
         planned to take place. Any network investment carried out by EDF Energy will be to meet
         the growing needs of existing customers, its licence conditions, and Government targets.

4.2.9    Developers should contact EDF Energy as early as possible to ascertain whether there is
         sufficient network capacity for the proposed development. If there is insufficient capacity,
         EDF Energy will provide an indication of the timescale and cost associated with providing
         the required capacity. If additional work is required to meet the requested additional network
         load, the developer may be required to fund some or all of the costs of this work.
         Developments containing commercial and industrial load tend to require more power and
         therefore require additional network reinforcement, which is likely to incur additional costs.

4.2.10   In East Cambridgeshire the network is generally very highly loaded. Burwell Grid supplies
         much of the district and is currently operating near the limit of available capacity. Additional
         load may require reinforcement of the Burwell Grid, and possibly also the national grid
         network. It is likely that EDF Energy will carry out some reinforcement work at Burwell Grid
         in the future, but the nature and timing of this work has yet to be decided. Any reinforcement
         work generally takes between 2 and 5 years to complete.

4.2.11   There is currently minimal spare capacity at Ely and Soham primary substations. Work is
         currently planned to take place in 2008 and 2009, to provide some additional capacity by
         2010. The scope and timing of this work may be influenced by future load enquiries.

4.2.12   In light of the above, EDF Energy has not requested that new allocations should be phased.

Highways and transport

4.2.13   The Highways Agency predicts that additional housing growth in East Cambridgeshire
         arising from the RSS housing targets will cause severe congestion and peak hour delays
         on the A10 and A142, and at the junction of the A10 and A14. The Highways Agency
         therefore urge the Council to seek to ensure that sites selected for development are in areas
         well served by public transport, walking and cycling.

4.2.14   Cambridgeshire County Council is the Highways and Transport Authority for the county,
         with responsibility for the preparation of the Local Transport Plan (LTP). This includes
         transport policies and a five year programme of transport improvements. The LTP identifies
         a southern link road for Ely as a major scheme in the district. However, a source of funding
         has not yet been identified, and the LTP scheme and other lower cost options to deliver a
         solution are being explored, including an assessment of impact on the setting of Ely and its
         cathedral (see paragraph 2.5.1.6 for further details). There are no other major schemes            113
         currently scheduled for the district, but the County Council has drawn up a preliminary list
         of more localised transport improvement schemes which it estimates will be required in
         order to support growth in East Cambridgeshire over the LDF period. The County Council
         has not yet fully costed this work, or identified funding sources or delivery timescales. The
         strategic and local transport improvements schemes are as follows:
                                     Major transport schemes
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                         Major improvements to the A142 between Angel Drove and Stuntney Causeway,
                                         Ely
                                         A mainline station at Chesterton (in north Cambridge) on the Cambridge-Ely line
                                         which will allow for direct rail services from Littleport, Ely (and other stations to
                                         the north, west and east of Ely) to the employment and education sites in the
                                         Cambridge northern fringe.

                                     Local improvements to the highways network, focusing on capacity and accident cluster
                                     sites, including:
                                           A10/A142 (Angel Drove) roundabout, Ely (this will also include enhancement of
                                           pedestrian/cycle facilities - grade separated pedestrian/cycle crossing of the A10
                                           may be required. This will also apply to the bullet below).
                                           A10/A142 (Witchford Road) roundabout, Ely
                                           A10 corridor, Ely to Cambridge - in addition, improvements to public transport
                                           facilities, including provision of real time information and increased capacity at
                                           the Milton Park & Ride site are also required.
                                           A142 East Fen Common junction, Soham
                                           A142 Witcham Toll junction
                                           A142 Barway junction
                                           A142 James Black Road junction, Ely
                                           A10 West Fen Road junction, Ely

                                     Parking management measures to secure the effective and efficient management of
                                     on-street parking including arrangements for civil parking enforcement (linked to
                                     off-street operational and enforcement regimes)

                                     Improvements to local bus services, including:
                                         Enhanced interchange facilities in Ely and Soham town centres and at Ely railway
                                         station
                                         District-wide improvements to bus stop infrastructure including the roll-out of
                                         real-time bus information
                                         Provision of bus priority measures along the A10 corridor and within Ely
                                         Pilot demand responsive transport schemes linking the more isolated rural areas
                                         with inter-urban bus services

                                     Cycleway and footway improvements, including:
                                         A10 Little Thetford to Stretham
                                         A142 Witchford to Sutton - extension of existing facility to Sutton
                                         B1102 Lode to Stow-cum-Quy - to link with established safe cycle route to
                                         Cambridge (National Cycle Network Route 51)
                                         Cycle/pedestrian network for Burwell village, including a link from Exning
114                                      Completion of Ely cycle network as defined in the Ely Market Town Transport
                                         Strategy
                                         Soham town network - improvements to cycle facilities and routes within Soham
                                         Development of cycle link between Waterbeach and Wicken Fen (including Upware
                                         Bridge) as part of National Cycle Network Route 11
                                         Enhancements to pedestrianised areas in Ely and Soham
                                         Improvements to strategic walking networks in the market towns and larger villages
                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Summary of constraints and phasing of development

4.2.15       Table 4.1 summarises the main capacity restrictions in East Cambridgeshire, which relate
             to sewage treatment works, energy provision, and education provision. As a result, there
             is a need to phase residential and employment development in order to ensure that the
             supporting infrastructure is available. It is proposed that new greenfield allocations should
             be phased according to the timescales suggested in Table 4.1 below. There may also be
             a need to phase large brownfield allocations, if they involve a significant change of use and
             would result in additional discharge to the sewer. However, it should be noted that if the
             capacity situation alters there may be opportunity to bring development forward earlier than
             anticipated. Further, there may be instances where the developer is able to address
             deficiencies to overcome the problem (for example, through on-site or off-site investment).

Table 4.1 Capacity restrictions and suggested phasing

Settlement                Sewage Treatment         Energy supply       Education                Suggested
                          Works                                                                 phasing

Ely                       No spare capacity for    Capacity by 2010    Primary and secondary Post 2015
                          new allocations.                             school extensions may
                          Investment by 2015.                          be required. Site for two
                                                                       new primary schools to
                                                                       be identified. Site for
                                                                       new secondary school to
                                                                       be identified in either Ely
                                                                       or Littleport.

Littleport                No spare capacity for    Limited capacity    Primary school extension Post 2015
                          new allocations.                             may be required, and a
                          Investment by 2015.                          site for a new primary
                                                                       school will need to be
                                                                       identified.

Soham                     No spare capacity for    Capacity by 2010    Secondary school         Post 2015
                          new allocations.                             extension may be
                          Investment sought by                         required. Site for new
                          2015.                                        primary school to be
                                                                       identified.

Bottisham                 No spare capacity for     Limited capacity   Primary and secondary    Post 2015
                          new allocations.                             school extensions may
                          Significant work required                    be required.

Burwell                   Limited capacity for new Limited capacity    Primary school extension Post 2015
                          allocations. Significant                     to be explored.
                          work required

Haddenham                 Limited capacity for new Limited capacity    Primary and secondary Post 2015
                          allocations. Significant                     school extension may be
                          work required                                required.

Newmarket Fringe          Limited capacity for new Limited capacity    No restrictions.         Post 2015    115
                          allocations. Minor works
                          required.

Sutton                    Limited capacity for new Limited capacity    Primary and secondary Post 2015
                          allocations. Significant                     school extension may be
                          work required.                               required.
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Settlement              Sewage Treatment         Energy supply       Education                Suggested
                                                             Works                                                                 phasing

                                     Fordham                 Limited capacity for new Limited capacity    NA                       Depends on
                                                             allocations. Significant                                              type of use
                                                             work required.                                                        proposed


                                     4.3 Implementation
                                     4.3.1     The tables below show how particular policies will be implemented and which agencies will
                                               contribute towards this. In many cases the detailed implementation of the policies will be
                                               via allocations in future site specific DPDs. In other instances Supplementary Planning
                                               Documents will provide more detailed implementation of the policies, for example, the SPD
                                               on planning obligations. In many other cases the delivery will depend on integrated working
                                               with other agencies and partnerships. The Council is actively involved in many key delivery
                                               partnerships such as the East Cambridgeshire Local Strategic Partnership and the
                                               Cambridgeshire Local Area Agreement which bring together service providers to work in a
                                               co-ordinated way.

                                     4.3.2     A key factor to the delivery of the Core Strategy policies is the provision of vital infrastructure
                                               required for new development. Infrastructure providers have indicated a range of constraints
                                               in East Cambridgeshire (detailed in the previous section) and phasing has been proposed
                                               in accordance with the likely funding and programme of works anticipated at this time. If
                                               infrastructure is able to be provided ahead of anticipated timescales, or alternative supply
                                               such as renewable energy can be provided, then development may be able to be provided
                                               earlier than shown in the housing trajectory.

                                     4.3.3     The policy on Developer Contributions is key to infrastructure provision. A list of areas where
                                               the Council expects contributions to be made by developers is set out in paragraph 3.4.4.5
                                               above. The Council will produce a Supplementary Planning Document on Planning
                                               Obligations which will expand on the policy and set individual targets for provision. The
                                               Government is considering the introduction of a Community Infrastructure Levy which will
                                               change the present planning obligations process. The Core Strategy acknowledges that
                                               the way planning obligations, community benefits and infrastructure improvements are
                                               provided is likely to change. These changes will be reflected in updates to the SPD on
                                               Planning Obligations, and may impact on the timing of large-scale infrastructure upgrading
                                               programmes.

                                     4.3.4     The tables below show how particular policies will be implemented and which agencies/
                                               groups will contribute towards this.




116
                                                                                                                         East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Table 4.2 Implementation Plan for the Core Strategic Policies

Policy Area                 Delivery Mechanisms                            Responsible Agencies

CS1 Spatial strategy        Development allocations in future site specific ECDC
                            DPDs

                            Provision of adequate infrastructure to meet   ECDC, East Cambs Local Strategic
                            new demands                                    Partnership, Cambs Primary Care Trust,
                                                                           Cambs County Council, utility and
                                                                           infrastructure agencies, private developers

                            Provision of new commercial and residential    Private developers
                            development

CS2 Housing                 Housing allocations and phasing in future site ECDC, private developers, Registered
                            specific DPDs                                  Social Landlords, Housing Corporation,
                                                                           Cambs County Council, East Cambs Local
                                                                           Strategic Partnership

                            Production of East Cambs Housing Strategy      ECDC
                            and Empty Homes Strategy

                            Further detailed advice on affordable housing ECDC
                            in a Planning Obligations SPD

                            ECDC and County Council strategies for older ECDC/County Council
                            people and disabled people

                            Disabled facilities grants                     ECDC

                            Private sector renewal grants                  ECDC

                            Local Area Agreement: outcome 1.1 improved ECDC, private developers, Registered
                            housing provision                          Social Landlords, Housing Corporation,
                                                                       Cambs County Council, East Cambs Local
                                                                       Strategic Partnership

                            East Cambs Sustainable Community Strategy ECDC, East Cambs Local Strategic
                                                                      Partnership

                            Provision of adequate infrastructure to meet   ECDC, East Cambs Local Strategic
                            new demands                                    Partnership, Cambs Primary Care Trust,
                                                                           Cambs County Council, utility and
                                                                           infrastructure agencies, private developers

                            Development control process and decisions      ECDC, private developers, Registered
                                                                           Social Landlords

                            Government funding for affordable and special Government, Housing Corporation
                            needs housing

CS3 Gypsies and             Gypsy and travelling showpeople site           ECDC, landowners, gypsy and traveller
travellers and travelling   allocations in a future site specific DPD      community and travelling showpeople
showpeople                                                                 community                                     117
                            East Cambs Housing Strategy and Empty          ECDC
                            Homes Strategy

                            Government funding for provision of sites      Government
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Policy Area           Delivery Mechanisms                            Responsible Agencies

                                                           Provision of adequate infrastructure to meet   ECDC, Registered Social Landlords,
                                                           new demands                                    private developers, Cambs County Council,
                                                                                                          Cambs Primary Care Trust, utility and
                                                                                                          infrastructure agencies, East Cambs
                                                                                                          Strategic Partnership

                                                           Development control process and decisions      ECDC, private developers/landowners,
                                                                                                          Registered Social Landlords

                                     CS4 Employment        Employment allocations and phasing in future ECDC, private developers
                                                           site specific DPDs

                                                           Local Area Agreement :outcomes 2.1 and 2.2 ECDC, East Cambs Local Strategic
                                                           sustainable growth of business sectors and Partnership
                                                           increased level of business start-ups

                                                           Provision of infrastructure on employment land ECDC, private developers, EEDA, utility
                                                                                                          and infrastructure agencies, East Cambs
                                                                                                          Local Strategic Partnership

                                                           Production of East Cambs Economic              ECDC
                                                           Development Strategy

                                                           Development control process and decisions      ECDC, private developers

                                     CS5 Retail and town   Retail and leisure site allocations and phasing ECDC, private developers, District Leisure
                                     centre uses           in future site specific DPDs                    Trusts

                                                           Production of the Council’s Leisure Strategy   ECDC

                                                           Development control process and decisions      ECDC, private developers, District Leisure
                                                                                                          Trusts

                                     CS6 Environment       Allocation of area for Ely Country Park in a   ECDC, private developers, Natural
                                                           future site specific DPD                       England, English Heritage, County Wildlife
                                                                                                          Trust, Utility providers, service providers,
                                                                                                          transport providers, Cambs County Council,
                                                                                                          Environment Agency, District Leisure
                                                                                                          Trusts

                                                           Cambs Biodiversity Action Plan                 ECDC, Cambs County Council, Cambs
                                                                                                          Biodiversity Partnership, Wildlife Trust,
                                                                                                          Natural England

                                                           Strategic and site specific flood risk         ECDC, Environment Agency, private
                                                           assessments                                    developers, Anglian Water

                                                           Management of open spaces                      ECDC, Parish Councils, private trusts,
                                                                                                          community organisations

                                                           Local Area Agreement: outcomes 1.3 – well      ECDC, Local Strategic Partnership
                                                           designed and well managed developments,
118                                                        and 5.2 – safer communities

                                                           Local Area Agreement: outcome 3.3 attractive ECDC, Local Strategic Partnership
                                                           and healthy environments

                                                           Local Area Agreement: outcomes 3.1 –           ECDC, Local Strategic Partnership
                                                           adapting to, and mitigating the effects of
                                                           climate change, and 3.2 efficient use of
                                                           resources
                                                                                                                    East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Policy Area          Delivery Mechanisms                              Responsible Agencies

                     Production of Design SPD, Planning               ECDC, Cambs County Council, Wildlife
                     Obligations SPD, County Wildlife Sites SPD,      Trust
                     and Landscape Guidelines SPD

                     Production of planning briefs for major          ECDC, private developers
                     allocations

                     Conservation Area Appraisals                     ECDC

                     Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers, English
                                                                      Heritage, Natural England, Environment
                                                                      Agency

CS7 Infrastructure   Identification of land in future site specific   ECDC, private developers, utility and
                     DPDs for the provision of new strategic          service providers, Cambs County Council
                     infrastructure

                     Production of SPD on Planning Obligations        ECDC

                     Consultation with utility and service providers ECDC, private developers, utility providers,
                                                                     PCT and other service providers, transport
                                                                     providers, Cambs County Council, Parish
                                                                     Councils

                     Local Area Agreement: outcome 1.2                ECDC, Local Strategic Partnership
                     -appropriate infrastructure for new and
                     established communities

                     Production of planning briefs for major          ECDC, private developers, utility and
                     allocations                                      service providers

                     Local Transport Plan                             ECDC, Cambs County Council

                     Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers, utility and
                                                                      service providers

CS8 Access           Local Transport Plan                             ECDC, Cambs County Council private
                                                                      developers, Highways Agency, transport
                                                                      providers, service providers

                     Production of Design SPD and Planning            ECDC
                     Obligations DPD

                     Transport Impact Assessments and Travel          ECDC, Cambs County Council, private
                     Plans                                            developers

                     Local Area Agreement: outcome 4.3-               ECDC, Local Strategic Partnership
                     appropriate access to services for all
                     communities

                     Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers, Cambs County
                                                                      Council
                                                                                                                    119
                                     Table 4.3 Implementation Plan for Housing Development Control Policies
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Policy Area              Delivery Mechanisms                              Responsible Agencies

                                     H1 Housing Mix           Site allocations in future site specific DPDs,   ECDC, private developers, Registered
                                                              and planning briefs                              Social Landlords

                                                              Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers, Registered
                                                                                                               Social Landlords

                                     H2 Density               Site allocations in future site specific DPDs,   ECDC, private sector, Registered Social
                                                              and planning briefs                              Landlords

                                                              Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private sector, Registered Social
                                                                                                               Landlords

                                     H3 Affordable Housing    Site allocations in future site specific DPDs    ECDC, Private developers, Registered
                                                                                                               Social Landlords

                                                              Production of Planning Obligations SPD           ECDC

                                                              Strategic Housing Market Assessment              Cambridge Sub-Region Housing
                                                                                                               Partnership

                                                              Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers, Registered
                                                                                                               Social Landlords, Community Land Trusts

                                     H4 Affordable housing    Strategic Housing Market Assessment,          Registered Social Landlords, Community
                                     exceptions               housing waiting lists and local housing needs Land Trusts, ECDC, East Cambs Strategic
                                                              surveys                                       Partnership


                                                              Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers/landowners,
                                                                                                               Registered Social Landlords, Community
                                                                                                               Land Trusts

                                     H5 Dwellings for rural   Development control process and decisions        ECDC, Private developers
                                     workers

                                     H6 Residential care      ECDC and County Council strategies for older ECDC, Registered Social Landlords,
                                     homes                    people and disabled people                   Cambs Primary Care Trust, private
                                                                                                           developers

                                                              Development control process and decisions        ECDC, Registered Social Landlords,
                                                                                                               Cambs Primary Care Trust, private
                                                                                                               developers

                                     H7 Mobile home and       Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers
                                     residential caravan
                                     parks

                                     H8 Alterations or        Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers
                                     replacement of dwellings
                                     in the countryside
120
                                                                                                                     East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Table 4.4 Implementation Plan for Employment Development Control Policies

Policy Area                  Delivery Mechanisms                         Responsible Agencies

EC1 Retention of             Development control process and decisions ECDC, private developers
employment sites

EC2 Extensions to          Development control process and decisions ECDC, private developers
existing businesses in the
countryside

EC3 Non-residential          Development control process and decisions ECDC, private developers, farming industry
re-use or replacement of
buildings in the
countryside

EC4 Farm diversification     Development control process and decisions ECDC, private developers

EC5 Re-use of rural          Development control process and decisions ECDC, private developers
buildings as dwellings

EC6 New employment           Development control process and decisions ECDC, private developers
buildings on the edge of
settlements

EC7 Horse racing             Development control process and decisions ECDC, private developers

EC8 Tourist facilities and   East Cambs Economic Development             ECDC
visitor attractions          Strategy

                             Development control process and decisions ECDC, private developers

EC9 Tourist                  Council's Tourism Accommodation             ECDC, private developers
accommodation                Assessment


                             Development control process and decisions ECDC, private developers

EC10 Holiday and             Application of conditions to planning       ECDC, private developers
seasonal occupancy           applications and subsequent monitoring of
conditions                   conditions

Table 4.5 Implementation Plan for Services and Infrastructure Development Control Policies

Policy Area                  Delivery Mechanisms                                Responsible Agencies

S1 Location of retail and    Council’s Retail Study and Tourism Accommodation ECDC
town centre uses             Assessment

                             Development control process and decisions          ECDC, private developers, District
                                                                                Leisure Trusts, other service
                                                                                providers

                             Council's Retail study                             ECDC
                                                                                                                     121
                             Development control process and decisions          ECDC, private developers

S3 Retaining community Council’s Sports and Play Areas Assessment, and ECDC
facilities and open space Informal Open Space Assessment

                             Development control process and decisions          ECDC, Parish Councils, private
                                                                                developers
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Policy Area               Delivery Mechanisms                              Responsible Agencies

                                     S4 Developer              Production of Planning Obligations SPD           ECDC
                                     contributions
                                                               Negotiations with developer leading to S106      ECDC, private developers, Cambs
                                                               agreement                                        County Council

                                                               Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers

                                     S5 Telecommunications     Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers

                                     S6 Transport impact       Transport Impact Assessments and Travels Plans   ECDC, Cambs County Council,
                                                                                                                private developers

                                                               Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers, Cambs
                                                                                                                County Council

                                     S7 Parking provision      Councils parking standards                       ECDC

                                                               Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers, Cambs
                                                                                                                County Council

                                     Table 4.6 Implementation Plan for Environment Development Control Policies

                                     Policy Area               Delivery Mechanisms                              Responsible Agencies

                                     EN1 Landscape             Production of Landscape Guidelines SPD           ECDC, Cambs County Council
                                     character
                                                               Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers, Natural
                                                                                                                England

                                     EN2 Design                Production of Design SPD                         ECDC

                                                               Design and Access Statements                     Private developers

                                                               Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers, Cambs
                                                                                                                Constabulary, East Cambs Disability
                                                                                                                Access Group

                                     EN3 Sustainable           Government's Code for Sustainable Homes          Private developers, Registered
                                     construction and energy   Assessment                                       Social Landlords, ECDC
                                     efficiency
                                                               Production of East Cambs Design SPD              ECDC

                                                               Building Regulations                             Government, ECDC

                                                               Energy efficiency grants                         Government, ECDC

                                                               Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers,
                                                                                                                Registered Social Landlords

                                     EN4 Renewable energy      Provision within allocated commercial and        ECDC, private developers
                                                               residential sites

                                                               Government/EEDA grants                           Government, EEDA, Renewables
122                                                                                                             East

                                                               Development control process and decisions        ECDC, private developers,
                                                                                                                renewable energy developers

                                     EN5 Historic              Conservation Appraisals                          ECDC
                                     Conservation
                                                               Production of East Cambs Design SPD              ECDC

                                                               Local listing                                    ECDC
                                                                                                                      East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Policy Area             Delivery Mechanisms                                  Responsible Agencies

                        Conservation Area powers such as Urgent Works        ECDC
                        & Repairs Notices

                        Development control process and decisions            ECDC, private developers, Cambs
                                                                             Archaeology Team, English Heritage

EN6 Biodiversity and    Ecological sites on Proposals Map and in Appendix ECDC, Cambs Wildlife Trust, Cambs
geology                 5                                                 Biodiversity Partnership, Natural
                                                                          England

                        Cambs Biodiversity Action Plan                       ECDC, Cambs Wildlife Trust, Cambs
                                                                             Biodiversity Partnership, Natural
                                                                             England

                        Protected species surveys                            ECDC, Cambs Wildlife Trust, Cambs
                                                                             Biodiversity Partnership, Natural
                                                                             England

                        Environmental Assessment                             ECDC, private developers, Cambs
                                                                             Wildlife Trust, Natural England

                        Development control process and decisions            ECDC, private developers, Cambs
                                                                             Wildlife Trust, Natural England, local
                                                                             amenity groups

EN7 Flood risk          Strategic and site specific flood risk assessments   ECDC, Environment Agency,
                                                                             Anglian Water, private developers

                        Flood defences                                       Environment Agency

                        Development control process and decisions            ECDC, Environment Agency,
                                                                             Anglian Water, private developers

EN8 Pollution           Pollution control legislation                        Government, HSE

                        Air and water quality assessments                    ECDC, Environment Agency, HSE,
                                                                             private developers

                        Remediation of contaminated land                     Environment Agency, Private
                                                                             developers

                        Development control process and decisions            ECDC, private developers, HSE,
                                                                             Environment Agency

EN9 Green Belt          Green Belt boundaries on Proposals Map               ECDC, EERA

                        Development control process and decisions            ECDC, private developers,
                                                                             Registered Social Landlords

Risks

4.3.5    There are a number of risks to delivery of the Core Strategy aims, objectives and policies,
         mainly because delivery of most new development is dependent on market forces. Demand                        123
         for housing is high and this is likely to continue, so it is expected that the housing requirement
         can be delivered. Delivery of affordable housing will depend on public funding and the
         willingness of developers to adopt the affordable housing targets contained in the plan.
         Employment growth will be dependent on economic conditions and the attractiveness of
         East Cambridgeshire as a place for business investment. Delivery of sustainable construction
         objectives will depend on how well developers embrace energy efficiency technologies.
                                     4.3.6    Lack of provision of the necessary infrastructure for housing is a key risk to delivery, and
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                              this has been highlighted in section 4.1 above. Information has been provided by
                                              infrastructure providers based on their best knowledge, which has informed phasing.
                                              However, future provision will rely on funding for the works. This may require a regional
                                              approach in some cases as infrastructure providers have competing demands for funding
                                              and works from other locations in the region, such as the growth points of Cambridge City
                                              and Northstowe.

                                     Flexibility and contingency

                                     4.3.7    Flexibility is one of the tests of soundness of a development plan document. In providing
                                              flexibility there must be a balance between providing certainty for the development industry
                                              and the local community and allowing for a change in circumstances so that policies do not
                                              rapidly become out of date. A number of the Core Strategy policies are criteria based, which
                                              allows for variations in individual circumstances within the overarching policy approach.
                                              Flexibility is also gained where policies refer to viability tests, and all planning applications
                                              are subject to negotiation to meet the needs of each development.

                                     4.3.8    An element of flexibility and contingency has also been incorporated into the timeframe of
                                              the Core Strategy. Government requires local authorities to plan for at least 15 years beyond
                                              adoption of the Core Strategy. The East Cambs Core Strategy plans for a 16 year period,
                                              up to the year 2025. This additional year will ensure that any slippage in the adoption
                                              timetable does not affect the soundness of the Plan. It should also help to provide additional
                                              flexibility and choice in the number and range of housing and employment allocation sites.

                                     4.3.9    Flexibility is also built into the Council's estimate of housing supply in Policy CS2 as the
                                              calculations do not take account of potential completions on small greenfield sites which
                                              are likely to happen in the future. This is despite evidence that this source is likely to continue,
                                              given the particular circumstances and rural nature of the district. In addition, whilst evidence
                                              points to a continued strong future supply on small brownfield sites (as detailed in Appendix
                                              2), this source of supply has been substantially discounted - thereby providing further
                                              flexibility. The employment land policy also creates flexibility and choice by significantly
                                              ‘over-allocating’ land for employment purposes. This should help to overcome common
                                              issues with delivery and result in additional economic development in East Cambridgeshire.

                                     4.3.10   The policies will be monitored through the Annual Monitoring Report, which will gather
                                              information on the indicators listed in the section below. If targets are not being met it may
                                              be necessary to review policies, or another DPD, or produce additional Supplementary
                                              Planning Documents to give guidance on the implementation of a particular policy.

                                     4.4 Monitoring
                                     4.4.1    The monitoring and review of the effectiveness of local development documents is key to
                                              the new planning system and should be undertaken on a continuous basis. The effectiveness
124                                           of policies and implementation measures can be monitored by identifying appropriate
                                              indicators and targets. Monitoring results will be reported in the Council’s Annual Monitoring
                                              Report, and will identify which policies and implementation measures are succeeding and
                                              which need to be revisited or replaced.

                                     4.4.2    The tables below lists indicators and targets for each policy. These look to provide a
                                              consistent basis for monitoring the performance of the Core Strategy policies, and where
                                              possible repeat national, regional and local indicators and targets identified by the
                                              Government, EERA, the East Cambs Sustainable Community Strategy, Local Area
                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Agreements and Sustainability Appraisal. The targets in the tables are those identified in
the Core Strategy policies, but are repeated here for clarity. The tables also details the
relevant Core Strategy objectives and Sustainability Appraisal objectives to which each
policy area relates.




                                                                                             125
                                                                                                                                       East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                        126
Table 4.7 Monitoring plan: spatial strategy

 Policy Area              Monitoring indicator                        Related       Related SA      Target                                Indicator source/Information
                                                                      Spatial       objective                                             reference
                                                                      objective

 CS1 Spatial Strategy     a) Number/proportion of dwellings         1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1.1, 2.1, 4.1,   a) Housing development -              a) County Council Annual
                          completed in Market Towns, Key Service 7, 8              7.1, 7.2         approximately 70% in the              Housing Completions Survey
                          Centres, Limited Service Centres, Smaller                                 Market Towns and 14% in the
                          Villages and the Countryside                                              Key Service Centres

                          b) Number/proportion of employment                                        b) Employment floorspace              b) County Council Annual
                          floorspace completed in Market Towns,                                     completed                             Business Completions Survey
                          Key Service Centres, Limited Service
                          Centres, Smaller Villages and the
                          Countryside


 CS2 Housing              a) Number of dwelling completions           1, 2, 3, 8, 9 1.1 5.1, 6.2,   a) At least 5,688 between 2009        a) National Indicator 154/ AMR
                                                                                    6.3             and 2025, and yearly targets as       Core Indicator, County Council
                          b) Number of dwellings completed in each                                  identified in the Council’s latest    Annual Housing Completions
                          settlement and in the countryside                                         housing trajectory                    Survey

                          c) % of dwellings completed on previously                                 b) As specified in settlement         b) As above
                          developed land (net and gross)                                            distribution specified in Policy
                                                                                                    CS1 and CS2, the Council’s            c) AMR Core Indicator, County
                          d) Number of affordable houses completed                                  latest housing trajectory, and        Council Annual Housing
                                                                                                    phasing policies in future site       Completions Survey
                                                                                                    specific DPDs

                                                                                                    c) At least 35% of housing
                                                                                                    provided 2001 to 2025, and            d) National Indicator 155/ AMR
                                                                                                    annual targets as identified in       Core Indicator, County Council
                                                                                                    the latest previously developed       Annual Housing Completions
                                                                                                    land trajectory                       Survey

                                                                                                    d) At least 30% of housing
                                                                                                    provided between 2008 and
                                                                                                    2025
Policy Area                 Monitoring indicator                        Related       Related SA      Target                             Indicator source/Information
                                                                        Spatial       objective                                          reference
                                                                        objective

CS3 Gypsies and             a) Number of gypsy pitches completed        1, 2, 3, 8    5.1, 6.2, 6.3   a) RSS target - 35 pitches       a) County Council Annual
travellers and travelling                                                                             between 2006 and 2011, and 46 Housing Completions Survey.
showpeople                  b) Number of gypsy pitches completed in                                   pitches between 2011 and 2025 East Cambs local monitoring.
                            each sub-district area                                                                                     Core AMR Indicator
                                                                                                      b) 56% in north of district, 18%
                            c) Tenure of gypsy pitches                                                in central area, and 26% in      b) As above
                                                                                                      south over the Plan period
                            d) Number of vacant pitches on Council                                                                     c) East Cambs local monitoring
                            run sites                                                                 c) Needs identified in the East
                                                                                                      Cambs Gypsy Assessment           d) East Cambs local monitoring
                            e) Number of unauthorised encampments
                            in the district                                                           d) Minimise                        e) Six monthly Government
                                                                                                                                         Caravan count
                                                                                                      e) Minimise


CS4 Employment              a) Amount of land (ha) and floorspace (m2) 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3   a) Increase existing average of    a) County Council Annual
                            developed for employment use for B1, B2 9                                 3.6ha per annum                    Employment Completions
                            and B8 uses                                                                                                  Survey, AMR Core Indicator
                                                                                                      b) Increase in proportion with
                            b) Amount of new B1, B2 and B8                                            settlement distribution specified b) County Council Annual
                            employment land and floorspace                                            in Policy CS4 and policies in     Employment Completions
                            completed in each settlement                                              future site specific DPDs         Survey

                            c) Amount of new B1, B2 and B8                                            c) Maximise                        c) County Council Annual
                            employment development on previously                                                                         Employment Completions
                            developed land                                                            d) No fixed target                 Survey, AMR Core Indicator

                            d) Amount of floorspace developed for                                     e) Minimise                        d) As above
                            employment which is on current
                            employment land or land allocated for                                     f) No fixed target
                            employment use (sqm)
                                                                                                                                         e) As above
                            e) Amount of B1, B2 and B8 land lost to
                            non-employment uses                                                       g) Maximise                        f) County Council Annual
                                                                                                                                         Employment Completions
                                                                                                                                         Survey, AMR Core Indicator




                                                                                                                                        East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                        127
                                                                                                                                East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                      128
Policy Area             Monitoring indicator                       Related      Related SA      Target                               Indicator source/Information
                                                                   Spatial      objective                                            reference
                                                                   objective

                        f) Amount of employment land available                                                                       g) ABI
                        by type
                                                                                                h) 6,200 net job growth 2006 –       h) ABI
                        g) Earnings – mean per hour and gross                                   2025
                        weekly pay for full-time employees                                                                           i) National Indicator 171/ ABI
                                                                                                i) Increase
                        h) Net number of new jobs created

                        i) Number of new VAT registrations


CS5 Retail and Town     a) Amount of completed and committed       2, 4, 5, 9   6.1, 7.1, 7.3   a) As specified in policy CS5,     a) County Council Annual Retail
centre uses             retail development each year, by:                                       and in phasing policies in future Completions Survey (Town
                                                                                                site specific DPDs                 Centre uses are National Core
                             Settlement                                                                                            Indicator)
                             Location (e.g. town centre/edge of                                 b) Minimise
                             centre)                                                                                               b) Local health checks by East
                             Type                                                               c) No target proposed, apart       Cambs Economic Development
                                                                                                from new sports provision in Ely, team
                        b) Amount of vacant retail floorspace by                                where the exact scale will be
                        settlement and location                                                 identified in future site specific c) East Cambs local monitoring
                                                                                                DPDs
                        c) Amount of completed and committed
                        leisure development each year, by:

                             Settlement
                             Location (e.g. town centre/edge of
                             centre)
                             Type

CS6 Environment         Total amount of open space provision per 8, 9, 10, 11 1.1, 1.2, 1.3,    4ha per 1,000 population             East Cambs local monitoring
                        1,000 population                                      2.1, 2.2, 2.3,
                                                                              3.1, 3.2, 3.3,    Targets set in individual policies
                        Other Indicators set in individual policies           4.1, 4.2, 4.3,    contained in the Environment
                        contained in the Environment table below              5.3,              Chapter below
Policy Area            Monitoring indicator                           Related     Related SA       Target                                Indicator source/Information
                                                                      Spatial     objective                                              reference
                                                                      objective

CS7 Infrastructure     a) Number of completed new or improved 6, 7, 11            1.2, 4.1, 5.1,   a) Maximise to include all            a) and b)County Council Annual
                       community, infrastructure or transport                     6.1, 7.1, 7.2    provisions in Policy CS7              Completions Survey, ECDC
                       facilities provided per annum                                                                                     local monitoring
                                                                                                   b) Minimise
                       b) Number of important facilities lost per
                       annum


CS8 Access             % of new dwellings completed each year 2, 7, 10, 12 1.2, 4.1, 6.1,          Maximise                              Cambs County Council Annual
                       within 30 minutes public transport time of          7.1                                                           Completions survey
                       GP, hospital, primary & secondary schools,                                  Targets set in individual policies
                       employment areas, retail centre                                             contained in the services and
                                                                                                   infrastructure table below
                       Other Indicators set in individual policies
                       contained in the services and infrastructure
                       table below


CS9 Ely                Indicators are set within individual policies 1-12         1.1, 1.2         Targets are set within individual
                       relating to housing, employment,                                            policies relating to housing,
                       environment, services and infrastructure                                    employment, environment,
                       in the tables above and below                                               services and infrastructure in the
                                                                                                   tables above and below

CS10 Soham             Indicators are set within individual policies 1-12         1.1, 1.2         Targets are set within individual
                       relating to housing, employment,                                            policies relating to housing,
                       environment, services and infrastructure                                    employment, environment,
                       in tables the above and below                                               services and infrastructure in the
                                                                                                   tables above and below

CS11 Littleport        Indicators are set within individual policies 1-12         1.1, 1.2         Targets are set within individual
                       relating to housing, employment,                                            policies relating to housing,
                       environment, services and infrastructure                                    employment, environment,
                       in the tables above and below                                               services and infrastructure in the
                                                                                                   tables above and below




                                                                                                                                        East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                     129
                                                                                                                                   East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                      130
Table 4.8 Monitoring plan: housing

Policy Area            Monitoring indicator                                Related       Related     Target                               Indicator
                                                                           Spatial       SA                                               source/Information
                                                                           objective     objective                                        reference

H1 Housing Mix         a) % of additional dwellings completed containing 1, 3            6.3         a) At least 40% of completions on    a) County Council Annual
                       2 or less bedrooms                                                            schemes of 10 dwellings or more      Housing Completions
                                                                                                                                          Survey, East Cambs local
                       b) % of additional dwellings completed meeting                                b)A proportion on schemes of 5 or    monitoring
                       Lifetime Homes standards or equivalent                                        more dwellings
                                                                                                                                          b) East Cambs local
                                                                                                                                          monitoring


H2 Density             Number of dwellings completed per hectare on        1, 3, 8, 9,   1.1, 3.1,   As set out in Policy H2              County Council Annual
                       schemes of 10+ houses in each settlement            10, 12        3.2, 3.3,                                        Housing Completions
                       category                                                          5.1, 6.3                                         Survey, East Cambs local
                                                                                                                                          monitoring

H3 Affordable          a) Number and % of affordable houses completed, 1, 2, 3           5.1, 6.2,   a) On schemes of 3 dwellings and     County Council Annual
Housing                their location, and tenure, per year                              6.3,        above: Minimum of 40% of total       Housing Completions
                                                                                                     completed dwellings in south;        Survey, East Cambs local
                       b) % of additional dwellings completed meeting                                Minimum of 30% of total completed    monitoring
                       Lifetime Homes standards or equivalent                                        dwellings in north; of which 70%
                                                                                                     should be for rent and 30% shared    b) Building Regs, ECDC local
                                                                                                     ownership                            monitoring

                                                                                                     b) At least 20% on schemes of 5 or
                                                                                                     more dwellings


H4 Affordable housing Number and % of affordable houses completed          1, 3          5.1, 6.2,   Maximise to contribute to overall County Council Annual
exceptions            on exception sites, their location, and tenure per                 6.3         minimum requirement of 30% of all Housing Completions
                      year                                                                           housing as affordable             Survey, East Cambs local
                                                                                                                                       monitoring

H5 Dwellings for rural Number of dwellings completed for rural workers 1, 3, 4           1.1, 7.1,   Minimise                             County Council Annual
workers                per year and their location                                       7.3                                              Housing Completions
                                                                                                                                          Survey, East Cambs local
                                                                                                                                          monitoring
Policy Area              Monitoring indicator                             Related       Related      Target                                 Indicator
                                                                          Spatial       SA                                                  source/Information
                                                                          objective     objective                                           reference

H6 Residential care      Number of residential care home bed spaces       1, 3, 6       5.1          As set out in the Council’s Housing    County Council Annual
homes                    completed per year                                                          Strategy and the Cambridge             Housing Completions
                                                                                                     Sub-Region strategic Market            Survey, East Cambs local
                                                                                                     Housing Assessment                     monitoring

H7 Mobile home and       Number of mobile home pitches lost per year      1, 3          1.1, 6.2,    0                                      County Council Annual
residential caravan                                                                     6.3,                                                Housing Completions
parks                                                                                                                                       Survey, East Cambs local
                                                                                                                                            monitoring

H8 Alterations or        Number of extensions or replacement buildings    1, 3, 8, 9    1.1          0                                      County Council Annual
replacement of rural     approvals with capacity of 25% more than the                                                                       Housing Completions
buildings                original building                                                                                                  Survey, East Cambs local
                                                                                                                                            monitoring

Table 4.9 Monitoring plan: employment

Policy Area               Monitoring indicator                Related            Related SA         Target                                 Indicator source/Information
                                                              Spatial            objective                                                 reference
                                                              objective

EC1 Retention of          Amount of employment land lost to   1, 4               1.1, 7.1, 7.2,     Minimise unless comply with criteria County Council Annual
employment sites          other uses                                             7.3                                                     Employment Completions
                                                                                                                                         Survey

EC2 Extensions to         Number of extensions schemes        1, 2, 4, 8, 10,    7.1, 7.2, 7.3      No Target                              County Council Annual
existing businesses in    approved                            11                                                                           Employment Completions
the countryside                                                                                                                            Survey

EC3 Non-residential   Number of rural buildings that are      1, 4, 8, 10, 11    1.1, 7.1, 7.2,     Maximise                               East Cambs local monitoring
re-use or replacement re-used and redeveloped for                                7.3
of buildings in the   non-residential uses
countryside

EC4 Re-use of rural       Number of rural buildings lost to   1, 4, 8            1.1, 7.1, 7.2,     Minimise unless comply with criteria County Council Annual
buildings as dwellings    residential use                                        7.3                                                     Housing Completions Survey,
                                                                                                                                         East Cambs local monitoring




                                                                                                                                     East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                         131
                                                                                                                                           East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                           132
 Policy Area                Monitoring indicator                     Related          Related SA        Target                                 Indicator source/Information
                                                                     Spatial          objective                                                reference
                                                                     objective

 EC5 Farm                   Number of schemes approved not           1, 4, 8          1.1, 7.1, 7.2,    0                                      East Cambs local monitoring
 diversification            related to tourism/economic                               7.3
                            development or new agricultural
                            activities

 EC6 New employment Number of new employment buildings 1, 2, 4, 8, 10,                7.1, 7.2, 7.3     No target                              County Council Annual
 buildings on the edge approved on the edge of settlements 11                                                                                  Employment Completions
 of settlements                                                                                                                                Survey

 EC7 Horse racing           No indicator                             1, 4, 8          7.1, 7.2, 7.3     No target                              -

 EC8 Tourist facilities     Number of new tourism-related            4, 5, 7, 8, 9,   6.1, 7.2, 7.3     Maximise                               County Council Annual
 and visitor attractions    permissions with no significant          12                                                                        Completions Survey and East
                            adverse effects on the environment                                                                                 Cambs local monitoring

 EC9 Tourist                No indicator                             1, 4, 8          6.1, 7.2, 7.3     No target                              -
 accommodation

 EC10 Holiday and           No indicator                             1, 3, 4, 8       6.1, 7.2, 7.3     No target                              -
 seasonal occupancy
 conditions

Table 4.10 Monitoring plan: services and infrastructure

 Policy Area               Monitoring indicator                       Related         Related SA       Target                                  Indicator source/Information
                                                                      Spatial         objective                                                reference
                                                                      objective

 S1 Location of retail     Amount of completed retail, office and     2, 4, 5, 6      1.1, 1.2, 7.1,   Maximise %                              County Council’s Annual
 and town centre uses      leisure development in town centres                        7.2, 7.3                                                 Development Completions
                                                                                                                                               Survey

 S2 Retail uses in town a) % of A1 floorspace in Ely Primary          2, 4, 5, 6      6.1              a) At least 60% of net floorspace       a) – d) County Council Annual
 centres                Shopping Frontage                                                                                                      Development Completions
                                                                                                       b) 0                                    Survey
                           b) No of units of >200sqm (net) lost in
                           Ely Primary Shopping frontage                                               c) 12% or less of net floorspace        e) East Cambs local monitoring

                                                                                                       d) 0
Policy Area            Monitoring indicator                       Related          Related SA       Target                               Indicator source/Information
                                                                  Spatial          objective                                             reference
                                                                  objective

                       c) Amount of A2 retail floorspace                                            e) Minimise
                       created in Ely Primary Shopping
                       Frontage

                       d) No. of units of >200sqm (net) lost

                       e) Number of vacant retail units in Ely,
                       Soham, Littleport


S3 Retaining           a) Number of permissions granted           6, 7, 12         6.1, 6.2, 6.4,   a) 0 unless comply with criteria     a) County Council Annual
community facilities   involving the loss of a key service or                      7.3,                                                  Development Completions
and open space         facility                                                                     b) Maximise                          Survey, East Cambs local
                                                                                   1.1, 2.3, 5.1,                                        monitoring
                       b) Number of sports pitches available                       5.3, 6.4
                       for public use per 1,000 population                                                                               b) East Cambs Sports Facilities
                                                                                                                                         and Play Areas Assessment,
                                                                                                                                         East Cambs local monitoring


S4 Developer           Indicators will be set in Planning         3, 4, 6, 7, 9,   2.3, 3.3, 5.3,   Maximise contributions in accordance East Cambs local monitoring
contributions          Obligations SPD                            12               6.1, 6.3, 7.2    with Planning Obligations SPD

S5                     No Indicator                               7, 8             3.1, 6.1, 7.2    No Target                            -
Telecommunications

S6 Transport impact    a) % of rights of way that are rated       2, 7, 10, 11,    1.2, 2.3, 4.1,   a) Maximise                          a) County Council Rights of
                       ‘easy to use’ (assessed against such       12                                                                     Way Survey
                       criteria as surface condition, sign posts,
                       stiles etc)                                                                                                       b) East Cambs local monitoring

                       b) Number of improvements to walking                                                                              c) East Cambs local monitoring
                       and cycling routes                                                                                                and Census

                       c) % commuter travel by sustainable
                       modes




                                                                                                                                       East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                       133
                                                                                                                                   East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                       134
Policy Area            Monitoring indicator                    Related        Related SA       Target                                  Indicator source/Information
                                                               Spatial        objective                                                reference
                                                               objective

S7 Parking provision   % and amount of completed               2, 9, 10, 11   7.2              100%                                    County Council Annual
                       development within Use Classes A, B                                                                             Development Completions
                       and D complying with car parking                                                                                Survey, East Cambs local
                       standards                                                                                                       monitoring

Table 4.11 Monitoring plan: environment

Policy Area             Monitoring indicator                  Related         Related SA        Target                                 Indicator source/Information
                                                              Spatial         objective                                                reference
                                                              objective

EN1 Landscape           a) Number of planning appeals upheld 8, 9             2.3, 5.1, 5.3     a) 0                                   a) and b) East Cambs local
character               where planning permission has been                                                                             monitoring
                        refused due to harm to landscape                                        b) Maximise (currently 1 area)
                        character

                        b) Amount of eligible open spaces
                        managed to Green Flag Award
                        standard


EN2 Design              Number of appeals allowed following 8, 9, 10, 11, 12 3.1, 3.2, 3.3,     0                                      East Cambs local monitoring
                        refusal on design grounds                            4.1, 4.3, 5.1,
                                                                             5.2, 5.2           Other targets may be proposed in
                        Other indicators may be proposed in                                     the Design Guide SPD
                        the Design Guide SPD


EN3 Sustainable         Proportion of new dwellings meeting   2, 7, 10, 11    1.2, 1.3, 3.3,    Maximise, targets will be set in       Building Control
construction and        the BREEAM/Eco Homes very good                        4.1, 4.2, 4.3,    Design Guide SPD
energy efficiency       standard                                              5.2

EN4 Renewable           a) Number of schemes of 10 or more 10, 11             1.2, 4.1, 4.3     a) All                               a) County Council Annual
energy                  dwellings or 1000sqm floorspace                                                                              Renewable Energy
                        providing 10% energy requirements                                       b) Maximise the overall provision of Completions
                        from renewable energy sources                                           renewable energy capacity
Policy Area             Monitoring indicator                   Related     Related SA       Target                               Indicator source/Information
                                                               Spatial     objective                                             reference
                                                               objective

                        b) Renewable energy capacity                                                                             b) AMR Core Indicator. County
                        installed by type (mw) each year:                                                                        Council Annual Renewable
                                                                                                                                 Energy Completions
                        1.    Bio fuels
                        2.    Onshore wind                                                                                       Building Control
                        3.    Water
                        4.    Solar energy
                        5.    Geothermal energy


EN5 Historic            a) Number of Listed Buildings ‘at risk’ 9          3.1, 3.2         a) Minimise (currently 26)           a) AMR Core Indicator. East
conservation                                                                                                                     Cambs Local Monitoring,
                        b) % of Conservation Areas covered                                  b) Maximise in accordance with       English Heritage
                        by up to date Character Assessment                                  Conservation Area Appraisals SPDs
                                                                                                                                 b) and c) East Cambs local
                        c) Number of buildings on local list                                c) No fixed target                   monitoring


EN6 Biodiversity and    Change in areas and populations of     8           2.1, 2.2, 2.3,   a) and b) Maximise beneficial        a), b) and d) National Indicator
geology                 biodiversity importance:                           5.3              change                               197/ AMR Core Indicator,
                                                                                                                                 Annual Data from County
                        a) Change in priority habitats and                                  c) Increase % by 2025                Biological Research Centre,
                        species by type                                                                                          County Council development
                                                                                            d) Proportion of Local Sites where   monitoring information
                        b) Change in areas designated for                                   positive conservation management
                        their intrinsic environmental value                                 is, has been, or is being            c) As above and Natural
                                                                                            implemented                          England Annual Survey
                        c) % of SSSIs in ‘favourable’ or                                                                         information on website
                        ‘unfavourable recovering’ condition


EN7 Flood risk          a) Number of planning applications     10          4.3              a) 0                                 a) AMR Core Indicator
                        approved contrary to Environment                                                                         Environment Agency Annual
                        Agency advice per year on either flood                              b) Maximise                          Report
                        risk or water quality grounds
                                                                                                                                 b) East Cambs local
                        b) Number of permissions                                                                                 monitoring
                        incorporating SuDS schemes




                                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                       135
                                                                                                                         East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                 136
Policy Area       Monitoring indicator                   Related     Related SA       Target                                 Indicator source/Information
                                                         Spatial     objective                                               reference
                                                         objective

EN8 Pollution     a) Number of Air Quality Management 11             1.2, 4.1,        a) 0                                   a - c) Cambridgeshire County
                  Areas                                                                                                      Council and East Cambs local
                                                                                      b) Levels not to exceed national       monitoring
                  b) Annual average concentration of                                  objectives
                  nitrogen dioxide
                                                                                      c) Levels not to exceed national
                  c) Annual average particulate matter                                objectives
                  levels


EN9 Green Belt    Amount of land lost to inappropriate   8, 12       1.1, 2.1, 2.3,   0                                      East Cambs local monitoring
                  development per year                               5.3                                                     of planning applications
137
                                     Appendix 1 Schedule of Local Plan policies to be replaced
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     This schedule indicates how East Cambridgeshire District Local Plan policies will be dealt with in the
                                     LDF. The table notes which policies will be replaced/merged or deleted by the adoption of the Core
                                     Strategy in October 2009, and which policies will remain as saved at this date. The table also indicates
                                     which policies were previously deleted by Government, at April 2008. The saved Local Plan policies
                                     (excluding the supporting text) can be found following the tables below.

                                     Chapter 2 - Strategy and aims of the Plan

                                      District Local Plan            Deleted at           Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009         Saved at
                                      policies                       April 2008?                                                                October
                                                                                     Core policies              Development control             2009
                                                                                                                policies

                                      Policy 1 - Strategy and        -               Policies CS1 to CS11       -                               -
                                      aims


                                     Chapter 3 - Communities

                                      District Local Plan policies             Deleted          Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009       Saved
                                                                               at April                                                             at
                                                                               2008?        Core policies            Development control            October
                                                                                                                     policies                       2009

                                      Policy 2 - Strategy                      -            Policies CS1 to CS11     -                              -

                                      Policy 3 - Housing definitions           -            Policy CS2 - Housing     -                              -

                                      Policies 4 to 10 - Settlement strategy   -            Policy CS1 – Spatial     -                              -
                                                                                            strategy

                                                                                            Policy CS2 – Housing

                                                                                            Policy CS4 –
                                                                                            Employment


                                      Policies 11 to 14 - Housing supply       -            -                        -                              Yes

                                      Policy 15 – Housing supply               Yes          -                        -                              -

                                      Policy 16 - Development briefs           -            -                        -                              Yes

                                      Policy 17 - Piecemeal development        -            -                        Policy EN2 - Design            -

                                      Policies 18 to 20 - Affordable           -            Policy CS2 - Housing     Policy H3 – Affordable         -
                                      housing                                                                        housing
138                                   Policy 21 - Rural exceptions             -            Policy CS2 - Housing     Policy H4 – Affordable         -
                                      schemes                                                                        housing exceptions

                                      Policies 22 to 24 - Residential and      -            Policy CS2 - Housing     Policy H6 – Residential care   -
                                      nursing homes                                                                  homes

                                      Policy 25 – Housing mix                  Yes          -                        -                              -
                                                                                                                        East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
District Local Plan policies              Deleted        Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009        Saved
                                          at April                                                            at
                                          2008?      Core policies            Development control             October
                                                                              policies                        2009

Policies 26 and 27 - Housing mix          -          Policy CS2 - Housing     Policy H1 – Housing mix and     -
                                                                              type

                                                                              Policy EN2 – Design

                                                                              Policy S7 – Parking provision


Policy 28 - Backland and tandem           -          -                        Policy H2 – Housing density     -
development
                                                                              Policy EN2 - Design


Policy 29 - Residential amenity           -          -                        Policy EN2 - Design             -

Policy 30 - Residential caravans and      -          Policy CS2 - Housing     Policy H7 – Mobile home and
mobile homes                                                                  residential caravan parks

Policies 31 and 32 - Gypsies              Yes        -                        -                               -

Policy 33 – Travelling showpeople         Yes        -                        -                               -


Chapter 4 - Environment

District Local Plan policies        Deleted          Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009            Saved
                                    at April                                                                  at
                                    2008?       Core policies                 Development control             October
                                                                              policies                        2009

Policy 34 - Environment             -           Policy CS6 - Environment      -                               -

Policy 35 - Environmental           Yes         -                             -                               -
Assessments

Policy 36 - Air quality             -           Policy CS6 - Environment      Policy EN8 - Pollution          -

Policy 37 - Water and ground        -           Policy CS6 - Environment      Policy EN8 - Pollution          -
pollution

Policy 38 - Drainage                -           Policy CS6 - Environment      Policy EN7 – Flood risk         -

                                                                              Policy EN8 - Pollution


Policy 39 - Floodplain protection   -           Policy CS6 - Environment      Policy EN7 – Flood risk         -

Policy 40 - Surface water run-off   -           Policy CS6 - Environment      Policy EN7 – Flood risk         -
                                                                                                                        139
Policy 41 - Water resources         -           Policy CS7 - Infrastructure   -                               -

Policy 42 - Safeguarding areas      -           Policy CS6 - Environment      Policy EN8 – Pollution          -

Policies 43 and 44 -                -           Policy CS6 - Environment      Policy EN8 – Pollution          -
Contaminated land
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     District Local Plan policies      Deleted        Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009              Saved
                                                                       at April                                                                  at
                                                                       2008?      Core policies                  Development control             October
                                                                                                                 policies                        2009

                                     Policies 45 to 48 - Noise         -          Policy CS6 - Environment       Policy EN8 – Pollution          -

                                                                                                                 Policy EN1 – Landscape and
                                                                                                                 settlement character


                                     Policy 49 Light pollution         -          Policy CS6 - Environment       Policy EN8 - Pollution          -

                                     Policy 50 - Energy generation     -          Policy CS6 – Environment       Policy EN3 – Sustainable        -
                                     and conservation                                                            construction and energy
                                                                                                                 efficiency

                                                                                                                 Policy EN4 – Renewable
                                                                                                                 energy


                                     Policies 51 and 52 - Sites of     -          Policy CS6 – Environment       Policy EN6 – Biodiversity and   -
                                     international/national nature                                               geology
                                     conservation

                                     Policies 53 and 54 – Sites of     -          Policy CS6 – Environment       Policy EN6 – Biodiversity and   -
                                     local/regional importance for                                               geology
                                     nature conservation

                                     Policy 55 - Wicken Fen            -          Policy CS6 – Environment       -                               -
                                     safeguarding area

                                     Policy 56 - Wildlife protection   -          Policy CS6 – Environment       Policy EN6 – Biodiversity and   -
                                                                                                                 geology

                                     Policy 57 - Habitat improvement   -          Policy CS6 – Environment       Policy EN6 – Biodiversity and   -
                                                                                                                 geology


                                     Chapter 5 - Design and Conservation

                                     District Local Plan policies      Deleted        Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009              Saved
                                                                       at April                                                                  at
                                                                       2008?      Core policies              Development control policies        October
                                                                                                                                                 2009

                                     Policies 58 to 60 - Building      -          Policy CS6 - Environment   Policy EN1 – Landscape and          -
                                     design                                                                  settlement character

                                     Policy 61 - Village design        Yes        -                          -                                   -
                                     statements
140                                  Policy 62 - Housing density       -          Policy CS2 - Housing       Policy H2 – Housing density         -

                                     Policy 63 - Planning out crime    -          Policy CS6 - Environment   Policy EN2 – Design                 -

                                     Policy 64 - People with           -          Policy CS6 - Environment   Policy EN2 – Design                 -
                                     disabilities
                                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
District Local Plan policies           Deleted          Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009              Saved
                                       at April                                                                    at
                                       2008?        Core policies                  Development control policies    October
                                                                                                                   2009

Policy 65 - Energy conservation        -            Policy CS6 - Environment       Policy EN3 – Sustainable        -
                                                                                   construction and energy
                                                                                   efficiency

Policy 66 - Car parking                -            Policy CS8 - Access            Policy S7 – Parking provision   -

Policies 67 to 72 - Conservation       -            Policy CS6 - Environment       Policy EN5 – Historic           -
Areas                                                                              conservation

Policies 73 to 77 - Listed             -            Policy CS6 - Environment       Policy EN5 – Historic           -
Buildings                                                                          conservation

Policy 78 – Buildings of               -            Policy CS6 - Environment       Policy EN5 – Historic           -
architectural or historic merit                                                    conservation

Policy 79 - Scheduled Ancient          -            Policy CS6 - Environment       Policy EN5 – Historic           -
Monuments and Archaeology                                                          conservation

Policy 80 - Historic Parks and         -            Policy CS6 - Environment       Policy EN5 – Historic           -
Gardens                                                                            conservation


Chapter 6 - Countryside

District Local Plan policies       Deleted             Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009               Saved
                                   at April                                                                        at
                                   2008?          Core policies                Development control policies        October
                                                                                                                   2009

Policy 81 - Trees                  -              Policy CS6 – Environment     Policy EN6 – Biodiversity and       -
                                                                               geology

Policy 82 - Landscape              -              Policy CS6 – Environment     Policy EN1 – Landscape and          -
character                                                                      settlement character

Policy 83 - Agricultural land      -              Policies CS1 to CS11         -                                   -

Policies 84 and 85 - Green         -              Policy CS6 - Environment     Policy EN9 – Green Belt             -
Belt

Policy 86 - Development in         -              Policy CS1 – Spatial         -                                   -
the countryside                                   strategy

                                                  Policy CS2 – Housing

                                                  Policy CS3 – Gypsies and
                                                  travellers                                                                 141
                                                  Policy CS4 – Employment

                                                  Policy CS5 – Retail and
                                                  town centre uses
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     District Local Plan policies    Deleted         Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009             Saved
                                                                     at April                                                                  at
                                                                     2008?      Core policies              Development control policies        October
                                                                                                                                               2009

                                     Policy 87 - Design              -          Policy CS6 - Environment   Policy EN1 – Landscape and          -
                                                                                                           settlement character

                                                                                                           Policy EN2 – Design


                                     Policy 88 - Replacement         -          -                          Policy H8 – Alternations or         -
                                     dwellings                                                             replacement of dwellings in the
                                                                                                           countryside

                                     Policies 89 and 90 -            -          Policy CS2 – Housing       Policy H5 – Dwellings for rural     -
                                     Agricultural and Stud Worker                                          workers
                                     dwellings

                                     Policy 91 - Occupancy           -          Policy CS2 - Housing       Policy H5 – Dwellings for rural     -
                                     conditions                                                            workers

                                     Policy 92 - Agriculture         -          Policy CS6 - Environment   Policy EN1 – Landscape and          -
                                                                                                           settlement character

                                     Policy 93 - Rural               -          Policy CS4 – Employment    Policy EC5 – Farm diversification   -
                                     diversification

                                     Policy 94 - Re-use and          -          Policy CS4 - Employment    Policy EC3 – Non-residential        -
                                     adaptation of rural buildings                                         re-use of buildings in the
                                                                                                           countryside

                                     Policy 95 - Re-use and          -          Policy CS4 - Employment    Policy EC4 – Residential re-use     -
                                     adaptation of rural buildings                                         of buildings in the countryside

                                     Policy 96 - Horses in the       -          Policy CS1 – Spatial       Policy EC5 – Farm diversification   -
                                     countryside                                strategy
                                                                                                           Policy EN1 – Landscape and
                                                                                                           settlement character

                                                                                                           Policy EN2 - Design


                                     Policies 97 and 98 - Horse      -          Policy CS4 - Employment    Policy EC7 – Horse racing           -
                                     racing

                                     Policy 99 - Security            -          -                          Policy H5 – Dwellings for rural     -
                                                                                                           workers

                                     Policy 100 - Golf courses       -          Policy CS1 – Spatial       Policy EC5 – Farm diversification   -
                                                                                strategy
142                                  Policy 101 - Trees and          -          Policy CS6 - Environment   Policy EN6 – Biodiversity and       -
                                     woodland                                                              geology

                                     Policies 102 and 103 -          -          Policy CS6 - Environment   Policy EN6 – Biodiversity and       -
                                     Ponds, reservoirs, and                                                geology
                                     watercourses
                                                                                                                   East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
 District Local Plan policies   Deleted          Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009           Saved
                                at April                                                                 at
                                2008?      Core policies              Development control policies       October
                                                                                                         2009

 Policy 104 - Countryside       Yes        -                          -                                  -
 heritage sites


Chapter 7 - Community Facilities and Infrastructure Provision

 District Local Plan policies   Deleted          Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009           Saved
                                at April                                                                 at
                                2008?      Core policies           Development control policies          October
                                                                                                         2009

 Policies 105 and 106 - New     -          Policy CS7 -            Policy S4 – Developer contributions   -
 community facilities                      Infrastructure

 Policy 107 - Open space and    -          Policy CS7 –            Policy S3 – Retention of local        -
 recreational provision                    Infrastructure          facilities and services

 Policy 108 - Open space and    -          Policy CS7 -            Policy S4 – Developer contributions   -
 recreational provision                    Infrastructure

 Policy 109 - Allotments        -          Policy CS7 -            Policy S3 – Retention of local        -
                                           Infrastructure          facilities and services

 Policy 110 - Sport and         -          Policy CS1 – Spatial    Policy EC5 – Farm diversification     -
 outdoor recreation                        strategy
                                                                   Policy EN1 – Landscape and
                                                                   settlement character

                                                                   Policy EN2 – Design

                                                                   Policy EC9 – Tourist accommodation


 Policy 111 – Sport and         -          Policy CS8 - Access     Policy S6 – Transport impact          -
 outdoor recreation
                                                                   Policy EN2 - Design


 Policies 112 and 113 -         -          Policy CS4 -            Policy S5 - Telecommunications        -
 Telecommunications                        Employment

 Policy 114 - Electricity       -          Policy CS6 -            Policy EN1 – Landscape and            -
 transmission lines                        Environment             settlement character

                                                                   Policy EN6 – Biodiversity and
                                                                   geology
                                                                                                                   143
                                     Chapter 8 - Movement
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                      District Local Plan policies       Deleted          Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009            Saved
                                                                         at April                                                                  at
                                                                         2008?      Core policies                   Development control            October
                                                                                                                    policies                       2009

                                      Policy 115 - The movement          -          Policy CS8 - Access             -                              -
                                      strategy

                                      Policies 116 and 117 -             -          Policy CS7 – Infrastructure     Policy S4 – Developer          -
                                      Walking                                                                       contributions
                                                                                    Policy CS8 – Access
                                                                                                                    Policy S6 – Transport impact


                                      Policy 118 - Cycling               -          Policy CS7 – Infrastructure     Policy S4 – Developer          -
                                                                                                                    contributions
                                                                                    Policy CS8 – Access
                                                                                                                    Policy S6 – Transport impact


                                      Policy 119 - Traffic               -          Policy CS7 – Infrastructure     -                              -
                                      management
                                                                                    Policy CS8 – Access


                                      Policy 120 – Road schemes          Yes        -                               -                              -

                                      Policy 121 – Road schemes          -          Policy CS7 – Infrastructure     -                              -

                                                                                    Policy CS8 – Access


                                      Policies 122 and 123 -             -          Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   Policy EN1 – Landscape and     -
                                      Roadside services                                                             settlement character

                                                                                                                    Policy EN2 - Design


                                      Policy 124 - Rail infrastructure   -          Policy CS10 - Soham             -                              -

                                      Policy 125 - Buses &               -          Policy CS7 – Infrastructure     Policy S4 – Developer          -
                                      community transport                                                           contributions
                                                                                    Policy CS8 - Access



                                     Chapter 9 - Tourism

                                      District Local Plan         Deleted               Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009              Saved
144                                   policies                    at April
                                                                  2008?        Core policies                Development control policies
                                                                                                                                                   at
                                                                                                                                                   October
                                                                                                                                                   2009

                                      Policy 126 - Tourism        -            Policy CS4 – Employment      -                                      -

                                                                               Policy CS9 - Ely
                                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
 District Local Plan            Deleted              Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009                   Saved
 policies                       at April                                                                             at
                                2008?       Core policies                 Development control policies               October
                                                                                                                     2009

 Policy 127 - Tourism in        -           Policy CS4 – Employment       Policy EC8 – Tourist facilities and        -
 East Cambs                                                               visitor attractions
                                            Policy CS9 - Ely
                                                                          Policy EC9 – Tourist accommodation

                                                                          Policy EC10 – Holiday and seasonal
                                                                          occupancy conditions


 Policy 128 -                   -           Policy CS4 - Employment       Policy EC9 – Tourist accommodation         -
 Accommodation
                                                                          Policy EC10 – Holiday and seasonal
                                                                          occupancy conditions


 Policy 129 - Fishing and       -           Policy CS6 - Environment      -                                          -
 boating

 Policy 130 – Fishing and       Yes         -                             -                                          -
 boating

 Policy 131- Cycling            -           Policy CS7 – Infrastructure   Policy S6 – Transport impact               -

                                            Policy CS8 - Access           Policy S7 – Parking provision

                                                                          Policy EC8 – Tourist facilities and
                                                                          visitor attractions



Chapter 10 - Town centres and village facilities

 District Local Plan        Deleted                 Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009                    Saved
 policies                   at April                                                                                 at
                            2008?          Core policies                      Development control policies           October
                                                                                                                     2009

 Policy 132 - Town          -              Policy CS5 – Retail and town       Policy S1 – Location of retail and     -
 centres                                   centre uses                        town centre uses

                                           Policy CS9 – Ely                   Policy S2 – Retail retention in town
                                                                              centres
                                           Policy CS10 – Soham

                                           Policy CS11 - Littleport


 Policy 133 - Local         -              Policy CS5 – Retail and town       Policy S1 – Location of retail and     -
                                                                                                                               145
 centres                                   centre uses                        town centre uses

 Policy 134 - Villages      -              Policy CS5 – Retail and town       Policy S1 – Location of retail and     -
                                           centre uses                        town centre uses

 Policy 135 - Changes       -              Policy CS5 – Retail and town       Policy S3 – Retention of local         -
 of use                                    centre uses                        facilities & services
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     District Local Plan         Deleted                 Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009               Saved
                                     policies                    at April                                                                            at
                                                                 2008?          Core policies                   Development control policies         October
                                                                                                                                                     2009

                                     Policy 136 - Farm and       -              Policy CS4 - Employment         Policy S1 – Location of retail and   -
                                     factory shops                                                              town centre uses
                                                                                Policy CS5 – Retail and town
                                                                                centre uses                     Policy EC5 – Farm diversification


                                     Policy 137 - Health         -              Policy CS7 - Infrastructure     Policy S1 – Location of retail and   -
                                     facilities                                                                 town centre uses

                                     Policy 138 -                -              Policy CS5 – Retail and town    Policy S1 – Location of retail and   -
                                     Restaurants and                            centre uses                     town centre uses
                                     take-aways


                                     Chapter 11 - Business

                                     District Local Plan policies           Deleted          Replaced by Core Strategy policies - Oct 2009           Saved
                                                                            at April                                                                 at
                                                                            2008?        Core policies               Development control             October
                                                                                                                     policies                        2009

                                     Policy 139 - Target centres            -            Policy CS1 – Spatial        Policy EC1 – Retention of       -
                                                                                         strategy                    employment sites

                                                                                         Policy CS4 - Employment


                                     Policy 140 - Small businesses          -            Policy CS4 – Employment     Policy EC6 – New                -
                                                                                                                     employment buildings on the
                                                                                                                     edge of settlements

                                     Policy 141 - Small businesses          -            Policy CS4 – Employment     Policy S7 – Parking provision   -

                                     Policy 142 - Existing businesses       -            Policy CS4 – Employment     Policy EC1 – Retention of       -
                                                                                                                     employment sites

                                     Policy 143 – Existing                  -            Policy CS4 – Employment     Policy EC6 – New                -
                                     businesses                                                                      employment buildings on the
                                                                                                                     edge of settlements

                                     Policy 144 - Land supply               -            -                           -                               Yes

                                     Policy 145 criteria ii to vi – Land    -            -                           -                               Yes
                                     supply

                                     Policy 145 criteria i, vii and viii    -            Policy CS4 – Employment     -                               -
146                                  – Land supply
                                                                                         Policy CS10 - Soham


                                     Policy 146 - Large scale industry      -            Policy CS4 – Employment     -                               -
                                     and transport

                                     Policy 147 - Lancaster Way             Yes          -                           -                               -
                                     Business Park
                                                                                                                    East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Chapter 13 - Area Policies

 District Local Plan policies               Deleted          Replaced by Core Strategy policies           Saved
                                            at April                                                      at
                                            2008?      Core policies                   Development        October
                                                                                       control policies   2009

 Policies 148 to 152 – Aldreth/ Ashley/     -          Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   -                  -
 Barway/Black Horse Drove/Bottisham
                                                       Policy CS2 – Housing

                                                       Policy CS4 - Employment


 Policy 153 – Doctor’s surgery, Tunbridge   Yes        -                               -                  -
 Lane, Bottisham

 Policy 154 - Bottisham                     -          Policy CS4 - Employment         Policy EC1 –       -
                                                                                       Retention of
                                                                                       employment sites

 Policy 155 – Bottisham, housing at         -          -                               -                  Yes
 Tunbridge Lane

 Policy 156 - Bottisham                     -          Policy CS6 - Environment        Policy S3 –        -
                                                                                       Retention of
                                                                                       employment sites

 Policies 157 and 158 –                     -          Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   -                  -
 Brinkley/Burrough Green
                                                       Policy CS2 – Housing

                                                       Policy CS4 - Employment


 Policy 159 - Burwell                       -          Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   -                  -

                                                       Policy CS2 – Housing


 Policy 160 – Burwell, mixed use at         -          -                               -                  Yes
 Reach Road

 Policies 161 to 165 –                      -          Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   -                  -
 Chettisham/Cheveley
 /Chippenham/Coveney/Dullingham                        Policy CS2 – Housing

                                                       Policy CS4 - Employment


 Policy 166 – Ely character and views       -          Policy CS6 - Environment        Policy EN1 –       -
                                                                                       Landscape and
                                                                                       settlement
                                                                                                                    147
                                                                                       character

 Policy 167 – Ely design briefs             -          -                               -                  Yes

 Policies 168 to 171 - Ely                  Yes        -                               -                  -
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     District Local Plan policies                Deleted          Replaced by Core Strategy policies             Saved
                                                                                 at April                                                        at
                                                                                 2008?      Core policies                   Development          October
                                                                                                                            control policies     2009

                                     Policy 172 – Ely transport                  -          Policy CS8 – Access             Policy S6 –          -
                                                                                                                            Transport impact
                                                                                            Policy CS9 - Ely
                                                                                                                            Policy EN2 -
                                                                                                                            Design


                                     Policy 173 – Ely hotels                     Yes        -                               -                    -

                                     Policy 174 – Fordham                        -          Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   -                    -

                                                                                            Policy CS2 – Housing

                                                                                            Policy CS4 - Employment


                                     Policies 175 and 176 - Fordham              Yes        -                               -                    -

                                     Policies 177 and 178 – Haddenham/           -          Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   -                    -
                                     Isleham
                                                                                            Policy CS2 – Housing

                                                                                            Policy CS4 - Employment


                                     Policies 179 and 180 – Isleham Baptist      -          -                               -                    Yes
                                     chapel/employment

                                     Policies 181 to 185 – Kennett/ Kirtling/               Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   -                    -
                                     Little Downham/Little Thetford/Littleport
                                                                                            Policy CS2 – Housing

                                                                                            Policy CS4 - Employment


                                     Policy 186 – Littleport town centre         -          Policy CS5 – Retail and town    Policy S1 –          -
                                                                                            centre use                      Location of retail
                                                                                                                            and town centre
                                                                                            Policy CS11 - Littleport        uses


                                     Policy 187 – Littleport employment sites    -          -                               -                    Yes

                                     Policies 188 to 191 – Lode/Long             -          Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   -                    -
                                     Meadow/Mepal/Newmarket
                                                                                            Policy CS2 – Housing
148                                                                                         Policy CS4 - Employment


                                     Policy 192 – Newmarket, housing at          -          -                               -                    Yes
                                     Duchess Drive

                                     Policies 193 to 199 –                       -          Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   -                    -
                                     Prickwillow/Pymoor/ Queen Adelaide/
                                     Reach/ Saxon Street/Snailwell/Soham                    Policy CS2 – Housing
                                                                                                                   East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
District Local Plan policies             Deleted          Replaced by Core Strategy policies             Saved
                                         at April                                                        at
                                         2008?      Core policies                   Development          October
                                                                                    control policies     2009

                                                    Policy CS4 - Employment


Policy 200 - Soham                       -          Policy CS4 – Employment         -                    -

                                                    Policy CS10 - Soham


Policy 201 – Soham railway               -          -                               -                    Yes

Policy 202 – Soham Commons               -          Policy CS6 – Environment        Policy S3 –          -
                                                                                    Retention of local
                                                    Policy CS10 - Soham             facilities and
                                                                                    services

                                                                                    Policy EN1 –
                                                                                    Landscape and
                                                                                    settlement
                                                                                    character

                                                                                    Policy EN2 -
                                                                                    Design


Policies 203 to 216 –                    -          Policy CS1 – Spatial strategy   -                    -
Stetchworth/Stretham/ Stuntney/Sutton/
Swaffham Bulbeck/ Swaffham                          Policy CS2 – Housing
Prior/Upware/Wardy Hill/
Wentworth/Wicken/Wilburton/Witcham/                 Policy CS4 - Employment
Witchford/Woodditton/




                                                                                                                   149
                                     Saved Local Plan Policies (as at October 2009)
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Policies 11 to 14 - Housing supply


                                       Policy 11
                                       Within the City of Ely sufficient land has been allocated for approximately 1,619 new dwellings
                                       through the following allocations:

                                       i.     22 hectares between Lynn Road and Downham Road, Ely for approximately 420 dwellings;
                                       ii.    15.2 hectares between Downham Road and West Fen Road, Ely for approximately 252
                                              dwellings;
                                       iii.   37 hectares between West Fen Road and St Johns Road, Ely for approximately 629
                                              dwellings;
                                       iv.    2.0 hectares between Witchford Road and Cambridge Road, Ely for approximately 40
                                              dwellings;
                                       v.     15.6 hectares west of Prickwillow Road and east of High Barns, Ely for approximately 278
                                              dwellings.



                                       Policy 12
                                       Within the Rural Growth Settlements of Soham and Littleport, sufficient land has been identified
                                       for approximately 875 new dwellings through the following allocations:

                                       i.     11.78 hectares, Land north west of Soham for approximately 225 dwellings.
                                       ii.    35 hectares, Land to the south-west of Littleport for approximately 650 dwellings.



                                       Policy 13
                                       Within the Limited Rural Growth Settlements of Burwell and Sutton, sufficient land has been
                                       identified for approximately 117 new dwellings through the following allocations:-

                                       i.     Part of land between Swaffham Road and Reach Road, Burwell for approximately 40
                                              dwellings;
                                       ii.    3.4 hectares, land north of The Brook, Sutton for approximately 65 dwellings;
                                       iii.   0.6 hectares, land north of Bellairs, Sutton for a maximum of 12 dwellings.



150
                                                                                                      East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
  Policy 14
  Within the Group Settlements of Bottisham, Fordham, Haddenham, Isleham, Little Downham,
  Newmarket Fringe, Stretham, Wilburton and Witchford, sufficient land has been identified for
  approximately 92 new houses through the following allocations:-

  i.     0.8 hectares, land east of Tunbridge Lane, Bottisham for 15 dwellings;
  ii.    0.9 hectares, land between Hillside Meadow and Church Street, Fordham for approximately
         18 dwellings;
  iii.   approximately 11.4 hectares, land between Duchess Drive and Centre Drive on the
         Newmarket Fringe for a maximum of 59 additional dwellings.

  This Policy identifies those settlements where estate-scale allocations have been exceptionally
  made. The justification for these allocations is set out in the relevant area policies.



Policy 16 - Development briefs


  Policy 16
  The Council will prepare and/or approve development briefs for the housing allocations identified
  in Policies 11 to 14 in order to provide guidance to developers on the content, form and timing
  of the proposed development. Where a brief has been prepared and adopted by the Council as
  Supplementary Planning Guidance, it will form a material planning consideration in the
  determination of applications for development.



Policy 155 - Bottisham, housing at Tunbridge Lane


  Policy 155
  Approximately 1.7 hectares of land east of Tunbridge Lane is allocated for the development of
  a maximum of 15 dwellings during the current plan period. Proposals must be accompanied by
  a development brief which demonstrates how this first phase of the allocation will relate to the
  development of the remainder of the site.



Policy 160 - Burwell, mixed use at Reach Road
                                                                                                      151
  Policy 160
  The former general industrial site between Swaffham Road and Reach Road, Burwell, which
  has been vacated, is allocated for a mixed use redevelopment principally for industrial and
  business purposes compatible with the surrounding areas.
                                     Policy 167 - Ely design briefs
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                       Policy 167
                                       The Council will require developers to prepare and agree, prior to development taking place, a
                                       detailed design brief demonstrating how they intend to develop the areas of land identified for
                                       housing in Policy 11. Particular attention must be paid to ensuring that housing design, materials,
                                       layout, open space and landscaping reflect the character of the city and that where appropriate
                                       there is a gradual transition from open countryside to the built up area. Particular attention will
                                       have to be paid to issues relating to the attenuation and discharge of surface water run-off from
                                       housing developments on the western side of Ely in order to maintain the land drainage status
                                       quo.



                                     Policies 179 and 180 - Isleham Baptist Chapel/employment


                                       Policy 179
                                       The Council will consider favourably proposals to relocate the Baptist Chapel from the centre of
                                       Isleham to a site within, or adjoining, the built edge of the settlement, subject to issues of design,
                                       landscaping and parking being satisfactorily resolved and subject to the proposed use not
                                       adversely affecting the amenities of local residents.



                                       Policy 180
                                       The Council will seek to retain the area of land identified for employment/business use to the
                                       east of Hall Barn Road as shown on inset map 18. Applications for alternative forms of
                                       development on this site will be resisted.



                                     Policy 187 - Littleport employment sites


                                       Policy 187
                                       Land is allocated for approximately 19.5 hectares of B1 (Business), B2 (General Industry) and
                                       B8 (Storage & Distribution) uses at the following locations:

152                                    i.     Land to the west of Black Bank road and south of Wisbech Road (Approx. 7.7 hectares)
                                       ii.    Land to the north of Wisbech Road (Approx. 7.4 hectares)Land to the west of Woodfen
                                              Road, (Approx. 3.4 hectares)
                                       iii.   Land at the former railway goods yard to the north-east of Littleport Town Centre (Approx.
                                              1 hectare). This should be set aside for starter units. In view of its proximity to Littleport
                                              railway station, development of the site should also incorporate some parking spaces for
                                              commuters' cars and some provision for public transport.
                                                                                                    East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Policy 192 - Newmarket, housing at Duchess Drive


  Policy 192
  Approximately 11.4 hectares of land between Duchess Drive and Centre Drive is allocated for
  development of a maximum of 59 additional dwellings. Completion of a detailed design brief and
  section 106 obligation will be required before development of this site takes place.



Policy 201 - Soham railway


  Policy 201
  Land to the east of the Ely-Ipswich railway line as indicated on the Inset Map will be reserved
  for railway related use.




                                                                                                    153
154
                                                                                                                  East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Appendix 2 Housing supply and trajectory
This appendix sets out details of past and anticipated housing completions, and is intended to provide
background information in support of Policy CS2 ‘Housing’. It includes:

a.   A brief explanation of the sources of housing supply and methodology used
b.   A ‘housing trajectory’, which allows estimated housing delivery rates to be compared against
     the RSS housing target for the district
c.   Detailed tables of housing source data
d.   A ‘previously developed land’ trajectory, which shows the proportion of housing growth which
     is estimated will take place on brownfield land

a) Sources of housing supply
1.   Completions – This relates to dwellings completed between 2001 and 2008, in the early part of
     the RSS period. Data on housing completions for these years has been taken from
     Cambridgeshire County Council’s Annual Housing Monitoring Survey. A summary of completions
     by settlement is set out in Table 1 below.

2.   Outstanding commitments – This relates to outstanding commitments on large sites, capable
     of accommodating 10 or more dwellings. It includes sites with outstanding planning permission
     at 31st March 2008, and sites granted since 31st March 2008 or with resolution to grant.
     Government guidance in PPS3 states that sites with planning permission can be included within
     supply calculations, providing that it can be demonstrated that sites are developable and likely
     to contribute to housing delivery within the period. This evidence is provided in the Council’s
     Housing Land Availability Assessment (2007 and 2008), where each of the sites is assessed in
     terms of its suitability and deliverability and have been judged to be appropriate to include.
     Delivery timescales are those provided by developers/agents – or estimated where not provided.
     Details are set out in Tables 2a, 2c and 2d below.

      This source also includes 2 sites which are allocated for housing in the District Local Plan
      (2000), but which do not yet have full planning permission for housing. However, these sites
      have been subject to the same suitability and deliverability assessment as the sites with planning
      permission, and it is considered that these are likely to come forward for development in the
      near future. Details are set out in Table 2b below.

3.   Outstanding commitments on small sites - This source relates to sites with outstanding planning
                                               st
     permission for up to 9 dwellings (as at 31 March 2008), with the majority being for 1 or 2 dwellings
     only. Details are set out in Table 3 below. Development of this scale is not subject to significant
     infrastructure constraints, and most are brownfield sites within development envelopes. Evidence
     from recent completions between 2001 and 2008 indicates that this is a strong source of supply,
     and the 553 dwellings in this category are therefore considered deliverable.

4.   Windfall estimates – Government guidance in PPS3 states that windfalls should not normally
     be included in the first 10 years of supply. Normally, only identified sites may be included in the
                                                                                                                  155
     first 10 years of supply. As a result the first 10 years of supply consists of identified sites (including
     small sites with planning permission) with no unidentified windfall included.

      Beyond 10 years an element of unspecified windfall may be included where justified. This
      Council considers that there is good reason and evidence to support the inclusion of two
      elements of windfall estimates beyond the first 10 years of supply (for the period 2018 - 2025):
                                          Small brownfield sites within settlement
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                          Rural exception housing windfall


                                     Small brownfield sites within settlements

                                     Historical completions data (from the County Council’s Annual Housing Completions Survey) indicates
                                     that small site brownfield windfall development forms a very significant source of overall supply in
                                     East Cambridgeshire, and that this windfall source has been very strong and consistent source of
                                     supply in recent years. Small sites are defined as accommodating 9 or less dwellings. This high
                                     windfall element is partly the consequence of particular local circumstances, as East Cambridgeshire
                                     is a rural authority with relatively low densities, and recent significant rises in land values mean various
                                     areas of available land are now being proposed for development. There are over 40 settlements in
                                     the district, and it would be too time consuming to identify all these small specific sites which are
                                     likely to come forward in the future, and ignoring this source would result in an under-estimation of
                                     supply, and a significant ‘over-allocation’ of greenfield sites to meet strategic housing targets.

                                     Historical rates of small brownfield windfall completions have been used to inform the estimated future
                                     rates of development from this source, but have reduced by 20% to account for a decline in the
                                     availability of infill plots within settlement boundaries.

                                     It should also be noted that the proposed methodology underestimates overall small site windfall
                                     capacity within settlements, as it excludes greenfield capacity – Small brownfield supply only has
                                     been estimated. However, East Cambridgeshire is a rural district, and there is a strong trend in the
                                     delivery of greenfield completions within settlements – from agricultural barns, farmyards and small
                                     fields. Over the past 6 years approximately 7% of all housing development has been completed on
                                     small greenfield sites within settlements. It is likely that this source will decrease during the Plan
                                     period, as the stock of small greenfield sites within settlements, is, by logic, smaller than the stock
                                     of brownfield land. However, the high numbers of outstanding planning permissions at 31st March
                                     2008 is also evidence that this supply is likely to continue strongly in the short to medium term.

                                     The windfall estimates have also been slightly adjusted for a small number of settlements, to take
                                     account of unusual patterns of completions between 2001 and 2008. For example, there are some
                                     settlements classed as ‘infill’ where the amount of outstanding planning permissions exceeds the
                                     projected number of dwellings based broadly on historical completions trends (for example, Aldreth
                                     and Black Horse Drove) – and therefore the actual completions rate will be much higher than predicted.
                                     Conversely, there are also infill settlements which have had a surprisingly high number of housing
                                     completions in recent years – but where it is possible this trend may not continue in the future due
                                     to the small size of the settlements (for example, Cheveley and Saxon Street).

                                     Rural exception windfall sites

                                     The Council also considers there is appropriate evidence to support the inclusion of windfall estimates
                                     relating to development of housing on ‘exception’ sites outside settlements, where this housing meets
                                     particular housing needs and/or accords with Government guidance in PPS7. Examples include
156                                  affordable housing schemes, and dwellings for agricultural, stud and other rural-based workers, which
                                     are permitted in the countryside as an exception to normal strict policies of control. Also, the conversion
                                     of rural buildings, and the sub-division of existing housing in the countryside fall into this category.

                                     In relation to affordable housing, there is a high level of need in East Cambridgeshire for additional
                                     dwellings to meet local needs. Whilst some of these sites are delivered via planning obligations
                                     on-site, historical completions data reveals that a significant proportion of affordable dwellings have
                                     been delivered on rural exception sites. This is likely to continue in the future, particularly given the
                                                                                                               East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
fact that most of the villages in East Cambridgeshire are small and are proposed as ‘infill’ only villages
in the LDF – therefore little affordable housing is likely to be delivered in these settlements via planning
obligations. The identification of rural exception sites for allocation in the LDF is not considered to be
an effective use of Council resources – it would be a time consuming process, be unlikely to yield
many sites, and may result in delivery problems with owners seeing hope value and holding out for
general market housing.

In relation to dwellings for rural workers in the countryside, there is a large demand for such dwellings
as East Cambridgeshire is a rural district with high quality fen farmland and a sizable agricultural
economy. Occupancy conditions ensure that these properties remain in such use, and are a form of
low-cost housing meeting specific rural requirements. In addition, there are unique circumstances,
as the presence of the national headquarters of UK horse racing, stud farms and 2 racecourses in
Newmarket, means that there is a high level of demand for stud worker dwellings. The Council needs
to be flexible to respond to the needs of these local businesses, and therefore it is impossible to
allocate these sites in the LDF in advance.

The estimated supply from this source is set out in Table 4 below. Whilst historical completion rates
have been used as the basis of estimating future growth, the figures have been manipulated to take
account of likely future demand and some anomalies in recent supply. For example, in the case of
agricultural and stud worker dwellings the projected figures have been significantly discounted, in
order to account for the fact that there is already a significant stock of these dwellings in the
countryside, and there is unlikely to be a sustained increase in the number of new farms and studs.

5.   Capacity on large potential sites within settlements – This source relates to large sites (capable
     of accommodating 10+ dwellings) within settlement boundaries which have been identified in
     the Council’s Housing Land Availability Assessment as having potential for development – e.g.
     they have been assessed as potentially suitable, deliverable and available for housing
     development. It is proposed that these opportunity sites should be explored for potential allocation
     in the site specific DPD's. Delivery rates are those estimated by developers/owners, or estimated
     by the Council where this information has not been provided.

6.   Potential broad locations outside settlements – Sources 6 and 7 relate to the ‘shortfall’ in
     provision which needs to be met over the Plan period – e.g. the number of additional dwellings
     which will need to come forward on new sites allocated outside current settlement boundaries.
     Source 6 relates to broad areas which have been identified in the Core Strategy as being suitable
     for housing growth - with the exact sites and boundaries to be determined through production
     of the site specific Development Plan Documents. The phasing periods suggested in section
     4.2 of the Core Strategy have been reflected in the delivery rates.

7.   Additional allocations to be identified - This source is the approximate amount of additional
     dwellings which the Council will need to identify in the site specific Development Plan Documents.
     The phasing periods shown in Table 7 are very broad estimates, as the distribution, location
     and phasing of allocations will need to be determined in the site specific DPDs.

                                                                                                               157
                                     b) Housing trajectory
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     The housing trajectory sets out how various sources of supply will contribute to provision, and when
                                     it is expected that development will occur. The trajectory is based on actual housing completions
                                     between 2001 and 2008, and estimated completions on outstanding commitments, windfall and
                                     potential allocated sites up to the year 2025. It is published annually as part of the Council’s Annual
                                     Monitoring Report. Regular updating allows the Council to monitor progress and manage provision
                                     to ensure the required minimum amount RSS figures are delivered.

                                     PPS3 ‘Housing’ also requires that local authorities ensure that, at any point in time, there is a supply
                                     of suitable, available and achievable housing sites for the next 5 years. This total cannot include
                                     windfall. The Council’s ‘Five Year Land Supply Assessment’ can be viewed on the Council’s website
                                     at www.eastcambs.gov.uk. The document reveals that there is an estimated supply of 7.29 years of
                                     housing in the district as at March 2008, on identifiable suitable sites.

                                     The graph below illustrates the trajectory, whilst a summary of the trajectory results by source is given
                                     in the table below. Details of the data informing the trajectory is set out in the table below the graph,
                                     and in section c) below.

                                     Summary of housing trajectory results by source

                                     Ref.              Type of source                                                   Estimated dwellings 2001-25

                                     1                 Completions 2001-8                                               4632

                                     2a + 2b           Outstanding commitments (large sites)                            1626
                                                            Housing allocations                                         (989)
                                     2c + 2d                Other large committed sites                                 (637)


                                     3                 Outstanding Commitments on small sites                           553

                                     4a                Windfall estimates                                               840
                                                            Small brownfield windfall sites                             (651)
                                     4b                     Rural exception windfall sites                              (189)


                                     5a                Capacity on large potential sites within settlement boundaries   1079
                                                           Brownfield                                                   (420)
                                     5b                    Greenfield                                                   (659)


                                     6                 Additional allocations outside settlements                       1250

                                     7                 Additional allocations to be identified                          483

                                                       TOTAL PREDICTED SUPPLY                                           10,463

                                                       RSS Minimum target 2001 - 25                                     10,320

158
      Housing Trajectory 2001-2025




                                     East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




159
                                                                                                                                                 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                            160
Table of housing trajectory sources

                                          01/   02/   03/   04/   05/   06/   07/   08/   09/   10/   11/   12/   13/   14/   15/   16/   17/   18/   19/   20/   21/   22/   23/   24/
                                          02    03    04    05    06    07    08    09    10    11    12    13    14    15    16    17    18    19    20    21    22    23    24    25

1. Completions                            799   589   606   401   796   688   753

2a. Housing allocations with                                                        166   163   152   71    60    60    60    46
permission

2b. Housing allocations without                                                                 40    71    70    30
permission

2c. Other large committed sites with                                                116   179   154   72    36    15
permission at 31.3.08

2d. Large committed sites with                                                            44    21
permission since 31.03.08

3. Small committed sites with                                                       110   110   111   111   111
permission at 31.3.08

4a. Windfall estimates (small                                                                                                                   93    93    93    93    93    93    93
brownfield sites)

4b. Windfall estimates (rural exception                                                                                                         27    27    27    27    27    27    27
sites)

5a. Large potential sites within                                                          20    86    115   65    61    43    30
settlements (brownfield)

5b. Large potential sites within                                                          11    15    118   116   95    79    43    24    20    15    30    50    33    10
settlements (greenfield)

6. Broad locations for growth                                                                         50    50                150   350   350   200               25    25    25    25

7. Additional allocations                                                                                         96    96    97    97    97

Total net additional dwellings            799   589   606   401   796   688   753   392   527   579   608   508   357   278   366   471   467   335   150   170   178   155   145   145

Annualised RSS rate                       430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430   430

Annual requirement taking account of      430   414   406   396   396   375   358   335   331   318   299   276   256   247   244   230   200   162   133   130   120   101   74    2
completions/projected supply
c) Housing source data
1. Completions 2001-2008 (summary by settlement)

Completions

Parish/settlement                     Allocation Large        Large        Small        Small        Large        Small        Small        Total 01-08
                                      sites      brownfield   greenfield   brownfield   greenfield   sites        brownfield   greenfield
                                                 windfall     windfall     windfall     windfall     outside      outside      outside
                                                 within       within       within       within       settlement   settlement   settlemert
                                                 settlement   settlement   settlement   settlement   boundary     boundary     boundary
                                                 boundary     boundary     boundary     boundary

Ashley                                                                     7            3                                      7            17

Bottisham                             11                                   22                        12           2                         47

Brinkley                                                                   1                                                   2            3

Burrough Green                                                             2            -2                                     9            9

Burwell                               85         76                        55           14           20                        1            251

Cheveley (excluding Newmarket                                 37           20           1                                      6            64
Fringe)

Chippenham                                                                 1                                      5            3            9

Coveney                                                                                                                        1            1

Wardy Hill (Coveney)                                                       6                                                                6

Dullingham                                                                 6            1                         4            8            19

Ely (excluding Queen Adelaide,        1596       200          21           117          5                                      1            1940
Chettisham, Stuntney + Prickwillow)

Chettisham (Ely)                                                           1                                                                1

Prickwillow (Ely)                                                          12           4                         -2                        14

Queen Adelaide (Ely)                                                       3                                                                3

Stuntney (Ely)                                                             1            4                                      -1           4




                                                                                                                       East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                       161
                                                                                                                     East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                       162
Parish/settlement                   Allocation Large        Large        Small        Small        Large        Small         Small        Total 01-08
                                    sites      brownfield   greenfield   brownfield   greenfield   sites        brownfield    greenfield
                                               windfall     windfall     windfall     windfall     outside      outside       outside
                                               within       within       within       within       settlement   settlement    settlemert
                                               settlement   settlement   settlement   settlement   boundary     boundary      boundary
                                               boundary     boundary     boundary     boundary

Fordham                                                                  17           23           13           4                          57

Haddenham                                                   15           26           28                        4             2            75

(excluding Aldreth)


Aldreth (Haddenham)                                                      4            2                                                    6

Isleham                                                                  23           26           16           -1            3            67

Kennett                                                                  2                                                    7            9

Kirtling                                                                                                                      5            5

Little Downham (excluding Pymoor)              20           23           43           8                         1             6            101

Pymoor                                                                   6            1                                                    7

(Little Downham)


Little Thetford                                                          2            2            30                         6            40

Littleport (excluding Black Horse   224        117          15           94           18                        5             3            476
Drove)

Black Horse Drove (Littleport)                                           2            3                                                    5

Long Meadow (Lode)                                                       1                                                                 1

Lode (excluding Long Meadow)                                             3            1                         1             3            8

Mepal                               78         22                        4            6                         1             1            112

Newmarket Fringe (Cheveley and                                           10           5                         2                          17
Woodditton)
Parish/settlement                    Allocation Large        Large        Small        Small        Large        Small        Small        Total 01-08
                                     sites      brownfield   greenfield   brownfield   greenfield   sites        brownfield   greenfield
                                                windfall     windfall     windfall     windfall     outside      outside      outside
                                                within       within       within       within       settlement   settlement   settlemert
                                                settlement   settlement   settlement   settlement   boundary     boundary     boundary
                                                boundary     boundary     boundary     boundary

Reach                                                                     2            2                         -1           1            4

Snailwell                                                                 2                                                   1            3

Soham                                357        38           20           135          14           39           3            3            609

(excluding Barway)


Barway (Soham)                                                                         1                                                   1

Stetchworth                                                               8            1                         1                         10

Stretham                                                                  27           11           37                        1            76

Sutton                               132        71           16           64           28                        1            1            313

Swaffham Bulbeck                     28                                   -2                                     1            5            32

Swaffham Prior                                                            2                                      1            1            4

Wentworth                                                                 3            5                         1            1            10

Westley Waterless                                                                                                1                         1

Wicken                                                                    9            1                                      9            19

Wilburton                                                                 22           31                        9            4            66

Witcham                                                                   10                                     1                         11

Witchford                            32                      15           27           1                         2                         77

Woodditton (excluding Saxon Street                                        1            4                         3            6            14
and Newmarket Fringe)

Saxon Street (Woodditton)                                                 8                                                                8

TOTAL                                2543       544          162          807          256          167          47           106          4632




                                                                                                                      East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                     163
                                                                                                                                East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                        164
2. Outstanding commitments

2a. Housing allocations with outstanding planning permission at 31.03.08

 Parish       Address             Site area(ha)   Total   Completions   Total          Estimated total per year                          Further Comments
                                                  with    at 31.3.08    out-standing
                                                  pp                                   08/   09/   10/   11/   12/   13/   14/     15/
                                                                                       09    10    11    12    13    14    15      16

 Bottisham    Land east of        1.48 gross      42      11            31             12    12    7                                     Greenfield. 06/01083
                                                                                                                                                         nd
              Tunbridge Lane      1.4 net                                                                                                approved on 22
                                                                                                                                         December 2006.

 Cheveley     Land between        11.47 (gross)   59      37            22             13    9                                           Greenfield. 06/00532/RM
                                                                                                                                                      th
              Duchess Drive                                                                                                              approved 24 July 2006.
              and Centre Drive,
              Newmarket

 Ely          Westfield Farm,     3.76 gross      116     71            45             15    15    15                                    Greenfield. 06/00174/F
              St. John’s Road     2.45 net                                                                                               resolution to grant
                                                                                                                                         planning permission
                                                                                                                                         subject to S.106.

 Ely          Phase 3, land off   11.75 gross     378     157           221            70    70    70    11                              Greenfield. 05/00335/RM,
                                                                                                                                                    th
              Prickwillow Road    9.4 net                                                                                                granted 27 June 2005.

 Littleport   Highfield Farm,     28.6 gross      650     224           426            40    40    60    60    60    60    60      46    Greenfield. 02/00950/RM
                                                                                                                                                    th
              Ely Road            21.2 net                                                                                               granted 15 April 2004.

 Soham        Residue             1.4 gross       44      12            32             15    17                                          Greenfield residue of
              north-west of       1.26 net                                                                                               allocation. 05/01269/F
                                                                                                                                                     st
              21-35 Thorn                                                                                                                approved 1 Feb. 2006
              Close

 Sutton       North of 50-62      3.09 gross      110     109           1              1                                                 Greenfield. 04/00379/F
                                                                                                                                                    th
              The Brook                                                                                                                  granted 13 July 2004.

 TOTAL                                                                  778            166   163   110   152   60    60    60      46
2b. Housing allocations without full planning permission at 31.03.08

 Parish       Address                Site area(ha)   Density(net)   Estimated   Estimated total per year                        Further Comments
                                                                    capacity
                                                                                08/09   09/10   10/11   11/12   12/13   13/14

 Ely          West of 93-135         2 gross         45             81                          20      31      30              Greenfield site with expired outline
              Lynn Road              1.8 net                                                                                    permission (97/00764/O).

 Littleport   Residue at Highfield   3.9 gross       42             130                         20      40      40      30      Greenfield. Planning application for
                                                                                                                                                              th
              Farm                   3.12 net                                                                                   128 dwellings received on 27 Nov.
                                                                                                                                2006, but invalid on receipt.

 TOTAL                                                              211         0       0       40      71      70      30




                                                                                                                                  East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                         165
                                                                                                                              East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                      166
2c. Other large committed sites with outstanding planning permission at 31.03.08

 Parish       Address              Area    Total   Completions     Total          Estimated total per year                        FURTHER COMMENTS
                                   in ha           as at 31/3/08   out-standing
                                                                                  08/9   09/10   10/11   11/12   12/13   13/14

 Burwell      Baron Cove, Weirs    1.61    39      0               39             19     20                                       Brownfield. Log cabin holiday
                                                                                                                                                      th
              Drove                                                                                                               homes permitted 12 March
                                                                                                                                  2008 (07/01311)

 Burwell      Adjacent to 15-42    0.62    16      10              6              6                                               Brownfield. 04/00163/F
                                                                                                                                                st
              Kingfisher Drive                                                                                                    granted on 21 Dec. 2005.

 Ely          85-87 Lynn Road      0.29    17      0               17             10     7                                        Brownfield. 07/00618/F
                                                                                                                                                  th
                                                                                                                                  approved on 13 Sept. 2007.

 Haddenham    40 West End          0.46    14      0               14             4      10                                       Greenfield. 07/00762/F
                                                                                                                                                  th
                                                                                                                                  approved on 26 Nov. 2007.

 Little       North of 94 Main     0.59    23      0               23             8      8       7                                Brownfield. 07/00497 granted
                                                                                                                                       th
 Downham      Street                                                                                                              on 16 Nov. 2007.

 Littleport   Land rear of 88-96   0.68    24      0               24                    12      12                               Greenfield. 07/00298/F
                                                                                                                                                  th
              Wisbech Road                                                                                                        approved on 11 June 2007.

 Littleport   Former industrial    0.71    23      5               18             6      6       6                                Brownfield. 05/00995/F
                                                                                                                                           th
              estate, Padnal                                                                                                      granted 6 Dec. 2005.

 Littleport   Beech Court &        3.79    159     0               159                   36      36      36      36      15       Brownfield. 07/01097/F
                                                                                                                                                th
              Village College,                                                                                                    granted on 18 Dec. 2007.
              Parsons Lane

 Soham        44 The Butts         0.51    19      0               19                    10      9                                Brownfield. 07/01333/F
                                                                                                                                                  th
                                                                                                                                  approved on 29 Feb. 2008
                                                                                                                                  (20 new, 1 demolition).
                                                                                                                                  Pending application 08/00959
                                                                                                                                  for 20 dwellings.

 Soham        Lion Mills           4.28    151     4               147            20     40      51      36                       Brownfield. 07/00386/F
                                                                                                                                                th
                                                                                                                                  granted on 19 Dec. 2007.
 Parish         Address             Area    Total     Completions      Total            Estimated total per year                             FURTHER COMMENTS
                                    in ha             as at 31/3/08    out-standing
                                                                                        08/9   09/10    10/11    11/12    12/13    13/14

 Soham          Land rear of 16     0.29    13        0                13               13                                                   Brownfield. 05/01390/F
                                                                                                                                                       st
                Townsend                                                                                                                     granted 21 March 2005.

 Soham          AA Griggs, 46       2.01    95        2                93               30     30       33                                   Brownfield. Application
                                                                                                                                                            st
                Townsend                                                                                                                     approved on 21 March 2007
                                                                                                                                             (06/01110/RM).

 TOTAL                                                                 572              116    179      154      72       36       15


2d. Large committed sites with permission granted since 31.03.08, or with resolution to grant planning permission

 Parish       Address               Site area    Density    Total to    Estimated total per year                                        FURTHER COMMENTS
                                    net (ha)     (net)      be built
                                                                        08/09   09/10    10/11      11/12    12/13    13/14    14/15

 Bottisham    Land east of St.      0.72         19         14                  14                                                      Greenfield. Affordable housing
                                                                                                                                                               th
              Peter’s Field                                                                                                             scheme granted on 12 May 2008
                                                                                                                                        (08/00149).

 Kennett      Adjacent to 31 Dane                           10                  10                                                      Greenfield. Affordable housing
                                                                                                                                                               th
              Hill Road                                                                                                                 scheme granted on 15 April 2008
                                                                                                                                        (08/000051/F)
                                                                                                                                                                         st
 Littleport   Old Station Goods     1 ha         33         30                  15       15                                             Brownfield. 07/00486/O granted 31
              Yard                  gross                                                                                               July 2008.

 Sutton       73-79 High Street     0.12                    11                  5        6                                              Brownfield. 08/00362/F granted on
                                                                                                                                         rd
                                                                                                                                        3 July 2008.

 TOTAL                                                      65          0       44       21         0        0        0        0




                                                                                                                                         East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                        167
                                     3. Outstanding commitments on small sites
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Outstanding commitments

                                     Parish/ settlement                          Outstanding commitments at 31.3.08
                                     Ashley                                      2
                                     Bottisham                                   27
                                     Burrough Green                              4
                                     Burwell                                     44
                                     Cheveley (excluding Newmarket Fringe)       6
                                     Newmarket Fringe                            6
                                     Chippenham                                  6
                                     Coveney (excluding Wardy Hill)              2
                                     Wardy Hill (Coveney)                        0
                                     Little Downham (excluding Pymoor)           10
                                     Pymoor (Little Downham)                     6
                                     Dullingham                                  9
                                     Prickwillow (Ely)                           7
                                     Stuntney (Ely)                              0
                                     Chettisham (Ely)                            1
                                     Ely                                         67
                                     Fordham                                     14
                                     Haddenham (excluding Aldreth)               31
                                     Aldreth (Haddenham)                         3
                                     Isleham                                     15
                                     Kennett                                     1
                                     Kirtling                                    5
                                     Littleport (excluding Black Horse Drove)    83
                                     Black Horse Drove (Littleport)              10
                                     Lode                                        2
                                     Mepal                                       9
                                     Reach                                       3
                                     Snailwell                                   7

168                                  Soham                                       88
                                     Stretham                                    17
                                     Stetchworth                                 2
                                     Sutton                                      24
                                     Swaffham Bulbeck                            7
                                     Swaffham Prior                              7
                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Parish/ settlement                                      Outstanding commitments at 31.3.08
Little Thetford                                         1
Wentworth (excluding Witchford)                         0
Witchford                                               10
Wicken                                                  6
Wilburton                                               7
Witcham                                                 1
Woodditton (excluding Saxon Street and Newmarket Fringe) 2
Saxon Street (Woodditton)                               1
TOTAL                                                   553




                                                                                             169
                                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                       170
4. Windfall estimates (non-site specific)

4a. Small brownfield windfall sites within settlements

 Parish/settlement                            Completions                                         Projection   Manipulated Projection 2008 -     Manipulated
                                                                                                  2008 – 25    25                                Projection
                                              01/   02/   03/   04/   05/   06/   07/   Total     (av. x 17                                      2018 – 25
                                              02    03    04    05    06    07    08    01 - 08   yrs)                                           (av x 7 yrs)

 Aldreth (Haddenham)                          0     0     0     0     1     0     3     4         10           -20% = 8                          3

 Ashley                                       0     3     0     2     0     1     1     7         17           -20% = 14                         4

 Black Horse Drove (Littleport)               0     0     0     1     0     0     0     1         2            +10 – 20% = 10                    4

 Bottisham                                    1     5     3     10    1     1     1     22        53           -20% = 48                         20

 Brinkley                                     0     0     0     1     0     0     0     1         2            2                                 1

 Burwell                                      1     8     8     4     24    12    -2    55        134          - 20% = 107                       44

 Chettisham (Ely)                             0     0     0     0     0     0     1     1         2            2                                 1

 Cheveley (excluding Newmarket Fringe)        6     2     6     5     -1    1     1     20        49           - 20% = 39                        16

 Coveney (excluding Wardy Hill)               0     0     0     0     0     0     0     0         0            +2 = 2                            1

 Chippenham                                   0     0     0     1     0     0     0     1         2            2                                 1

 Dullingham                                   1     0     5     0     0     0     0     6         15           - 20 % = 12                       5

 Ely (excluding Chettisham, Queen Adelaide,   24    31    24    2     7     7     27    122       296          - 42 – 20% = 204                  84
 Prickwillow and Stuntney)

 Fordham                                      1     4     6     1     2     1     2     17        41           - 20% = 33                        14

 Haddenham (excluding Aldreth)                6     10    4     3     3     -1    1     26        63           +16 - 20% = 63                    26

 Isleham                                      1     3     4     1     -1    8     7     23        56           – 20% = 45                        19

 Kennett                                      0     0     0     0     0     0     2     2         5            - 20% = 4                         2
Parish/settlement                          Completions                                         Projection   Manipulated Projection 2008 -       Manipulated
                                                                                               2008 – 25    25                                  Projection
                                           01/   02/   03/   04/   05/   06/   07/   Total     (av. x 17                                        2018 – 25
                                           02    03    04    05    06    07    08    01 - 08   yrs)                                             (av x 7 yrs)

Little Downham (excluding Pymoor)          8     4     6     8     3     4     10    43        104          - 16 – 20% = 70                     29

Little Thetford                            0     1     0     0     1     0     0     2         5            – 20% = 4                           2

Littleport (excluding Black Horse Drove)   13    18    10    8     17    17    11    94        228          - 20% = 182                         75

Lode (excluding Long Meadow)               0     1     0     0     1     1     0     3         7            - 20% = 6                           2

Long Meadow (Lode)                         0     0     0     1     0     0     0     1         2            2                                   1

Mepal                                      1     2     0     1     0     1     -1    4         10           - 20% = 8                           4

Newmarket Fringe (Cheveley, Woodditton)    0     1     5     -1    -1    -1    7     10        24           + 20 – 20% = 35                     15

Prickwillow (Ely)                          2     0     -5    9     -1    5     2     12        29           - 8 – 20% = 17                      7

Pymoor (Little Downham)                    1     2     0     2     1     0     0     6         15           - 20% = 12                          5

Queen Adelaide (Ely)                       0     0     0     0     0     3     0     3         7            - 20% = 6                           2

Reach                                      1     0     0     0     0     1     0     2         5            +3 – 20% = 6                        2

Saxon Street (Woodditton)                  0     0     0     -1    8     1     0     8         19           - 6 – 20% = 10                      4

Snailwell                                  0     0     2     0     0     0     0     2         5            – 20% = 4                           2

Soham (excluding Barway)                   32    20    10    3     26    15    27    133       323          - 20% = 258                         106

Stetchworth                                0     0     2     0     0     -2    8     8         19           – 20% = 15                          6

Stretham                                   2     6     1     2     1     5     10    27        65           - 20% = 52                          22

Stuntney (Ely)                             0     0     0     0     0     0     1     1         2            2                                   1

Sutton                                     8     5     7     16    14    11    3     64        155          – 20% = 124                         51

Swaffham Bulbeck                           0     0     0     0     0     0     -2    -2        0            +2=2                                1




                                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                       171
                                                                                                                         East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                       172
Parish/settlement                        Completions                                         Projection   Manipulated Projection 2008 -      Manipulated
                                                                                             2008 – 25    25                                 Projection
                                         01/   02/   03/   04/   05/   06/   07/   Total     (av. x 17                                       2018 – 25
                                         02    03    04    05    06    07    08    01 - 08   yrs)                                            (av x 7 yrs)

Swaffham Prior                           -1    0     0     1     1     0     1     2         5            + 7 – 20% = 10                     4

Wardy Hill (Coveney)                     1     0     0     0     3     1     1     6         15           - 20% = 12                         5

Wentworth                                0     0     0     0     2     0     1     3         7            – 20% = 6                          2

Wicken                                   0     0     1     4     0     1     3     9         22           - 20% = 18                         8

Wilburton                                2     1     5     9     2     2     0     21        51           - 20% = 41                         17

Witcham                                  1     0     0     0     5     3     1     10        24           - 20% =19                          8

Witchford                                2     1     2     7     6     10    0     28        68           -20% =54                           22

Woodditton (excluding Saxon Street and   0     0     1     0     0     0     0     1         2            2                                  1
Newmarket Fringe)

TOTAL                                    114   128   107   100   125   108   127   809       1965         - 20% = 1572                       651
4b. Rural exception windfall sites

 Parish/settlement              Completions                                       Projection 2008 – 25 (av. x 17   Manipulated Projection 2008-25      Manipulated
                                                                                  yrs)                                                                 Projection
                                01/   02/   03/   04/   05/   06/   07/   Total                                                                        2018–25 (av.
                                02    03    04    05    06    07    08    01-08                                                                        x 7 yrs)

 Affordable housing             0     14    0     34    34    16    43    141     342                              Minus 72 (Tables 2d/4b) = 270       111

 Agricultural dwellings         1     2     1     1     21    2     0     28      68                               Minus 75% = 17                      7

 Stud worker dwellings          5     6     2     9     9     8     5     44      107                              Minus 40% = 64                      27

 Other occupancy dwellings      0     0     1     2     0     1     1     5       12                               12                                  5

 Conversion                     2     6     0     1     2     8     7     26      63                               – 10% = 57                          24

 Infill                         1     1     0     1     1     2     10    16      39                               - 20% = 31                          13

 Sub-division                   0     0     0     0     0     1     0     1       3                                3                                   2

 TOTAL                          9     29    4     48    67    38    66    261     634                              454                                 189




                                                                                                                                    East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                          173
                                                                                                                                         East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                           174
5. Other large specific sites

5a. Potential large specific brownfield sites

 Parish       Address            Site      Density   Est.        Estimated total per year                                                        Further
                                 area      (net)     capacity                                                                                    comments
                                 (gross                          08/   09/   10/   11/   12/   13/   14/   15/   16/   17/   18/   19/     20/
                                 & net                           09    10    11    12    13    14    15    16    17    18    19    20      21
                                 ha)

 Ely          Standens,          1.82      NA        36                                  20    16                                                Housing on riverside would
              Station Road                                                                                                                       raise quality of area.
                                                                                                                                                 Pre-application discussions
                                                                                                                                                 in March 07.

 Ely          32 Lisle Lane      0.35      38        13                                              13                                          Large garden and vacant
                                                                                                                                                 scrubland. Within 400
                                                                                                                                                 metres of STW.

 Ely          Old Dairy,         0.21      47        10                                  10                                                      Vacant and derelict for
              Beald Way                                                                                                                          many years.

 Ely          Walsingham         2.1       86        118 (net)               28    30    30    30                                                Re-development of 44
              Way                                                                                                                                Hereward properties at
                                 1.89                                                                                                            higher density. Application
                                                                                                                                                 pending in Oct.’08 for part
                                                                                                                                                 of the site (08/00833).

 Ely          Old                0.1       100       10                            10                                                            Mix of retail & housing
              Woolworths,        (gross)   (gross)                                                                                               proposed in 2007
              Fore Hill                                                                                                                          pre-application
                                                                                                                                                 discussions.

 Ely          Land north of                          60                                              30    30                                    Area owned by District
              Nutholt Lane                                                                                                                       Council and identified in
                                                                                                                                                 Core Strategy as key area
                                                                                                                                                 for re-development.
                                                                                                                                                 Potential for flats.

 Littleport   40 Wisbech         0.68      25        35                      10    20    5                                                       Committee resolved to
                                                                                                                                                                      th
              Road                                                                                                                               grant permission on 5
 Parish       Address           Site       Density   Est.        Estimated total per year                                                      Further
                                area       (net)     capacity                                                                                  comments
                                (gross                           08/   09/   10/   11/   12/   13/   14/   15/   16/   17/   18/   19/   20/
                                & net                            09    10    11    12    13    14    15    16    17    18    19    20    21
                                ha)

                                                                                                                                               Sept. 07 subject to s.106.
                                                                                                                                               Application then withdrawn.

 Littleport   Land at and r/o   0.47       35        16 (est.)               8     5                                                           Permission granted for
              85/87/89 Ely      net                  – 3 = 13                                                                                  04/00411/O but now
              Road                                                                                                                             expired.

 Soham        Keith Leonard     1.07       85        91                20    40    31                                                          08/00867/F pending for 92
              House                                                                                                                            elderly care units (and 1
                                                                                                                                               demolition).

 Sutton       Land adjacent     0.64       33        19                            19
              123 High Street   0.58

 Sutton       Land adjacent     0.83       20        15                                        15                                              Low density due to trees on
              125 West          0.75                                                                                                           site.
              Lodge Lane

 TOTAL                                               420         0     20    86    115   65    61    43    30    0     0     0     0     0


5b. Potential large specific greenfield windfall sites

Parish        Address               Site Density Est. Estimated total per year                                    Further
                                    area (net)   cap                                                              Comments
                                                      08/ 09/ 10/ 11/ 12/ 13/ 14/ 15/ 16/ 17/ 18/ 19/ 20/ 21/ 22/
                                                      09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Bottisham Land between Bell         3.88    38       118                           40    40    38                                              Pre-application discussions
          Road and High             3.1                                                                                                        in Spring/Summer ‘07.
          Street

Burwell       Land rear of Health   0.4     33       13                            13                                                          Owned by County Council.
              Centre, Newmarket                                                                                                                Tenant farmer due to retire
              Road                                                                                                                             in next 10 years.




                                                                                                                                         East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                         175
                                                                                                           East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                       176
Parish       Address              Site Density Est. Estimated total per year                                    Further
                                  area (net)   cap                                                              Comments
                                                    08/ 09/ 10/ 11/ 12/ 13/ 14/ 15/ 16/ 17/ 18/ 19/ 20/ 21/ 22/
                                                    09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Burwell      Land adjacent The    0.38   40     15                                                     5     10    Owner has indicated could
             Bungalow,                                                                                             sell in the distant future.
             Newmarket Road

Cheveley     Land east of St.     0.64   51     33         15   18                                                 Owned by Forest Heath
             Johns Avenue,        0.58                                                                             DC, likely to be developed
             Newmarket                                                                                             for affordable or general
                                                                                                                   market housing.
                                                                                                                   Application for 33 dwellings
                                                                                                                   withdrawn (03/01361/F)

Littleport   Land adjacent 80     0.48   0.48   16              16                                                 Owners recently sold part
             Wisbech Road                                                                                          of field and obtained
                                                                                                                   permission for 24 units
                                                                                                                   (07/00298F).

Littleport   Land north of        2.1    42     71                        20   31   20                             Owned by development
             Grange Lane          1.7                                                                              company

Littleport   12 Woodfen Road      0.39   35     14                   14                                            Owner has indicated could
                                                                                                                   sell

Littleport   Land adjacent 4 Ely 0.87    45     35              20   15                                            Owner has indicated could
             Road                0.78                                                                              sell

Littleport   Land west of 4 Ely   3.25   36     94              30   34   30                                       Owner has indicated could
             Road                 2.6                                                                              sell

Soham        Land adjacent        0.52   40     19              19                                                 Owned by County Council.
             Weatheralls School   0.47

Soham        Land north of        0.33   40     13                                  13                             Owner has indicated could
             Foxwood South                                                                                         sell

Soham        Land rear of Croft   0.84   45     34                                  10   24                        Owner has indicated could
             House                0.76                                                                             sell

Soham        Land north of 52     0.37   40     15                        5    10                                  Owner has indicated could
             Station Road                                                                                          sell
Parish      Address            Site Density Est. Estimated total per year                                    Further
                               area (net)   cap                                                              Comments
                                                 08/ 09/ 10/ 11/ 12/ 13/ 14/ 15/ 16/ 17/ 18/ 19/ 20/ 21/ 22/
                                                 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23

Soham       Land south of      0.44   45   18                                                             10   8          Owner has indicated could
            Campion Close      0.4                                                                                        sell

Soham       Land rear of 41    2.61   45   90                                                        30   40   20         Land may come forward in
            Fordham Road       2                                                                                          distant future

Sutton      Land west of Red   1.2    32   35                                              20   15                        Owner has indicated could
            Lion Lane                                                                                                     sell

Wilburton   Whitecross Road    0.61   18   11        11                                                                   Application pending in
                                                                                                                          Oct.08 for 11 gypsy
                                                                                                                          caravans (08/0088/F)

Witchford   Land off Barton    0.38   39   15                  15                                                         Owned by the District
            Close                                                                                                         Council. Looking to
                                                                                                                          develop site for affordable
                                                                                                                          housing with some element
                                                                                                                          of general market to
                                                                                                                          cross-subsidise.

TOTAL                                      659   0   11   15   118 116 95   79   43   24   20   15   30   50   33    10




                                                                                                                    East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                      177
                                                                                                                   East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                            178
6. Potential broad locations outside settlements

Estimated phasing rates

                11/   12/    13/   14/      15/   16/   17/    18/   19/    20/    21/   22/   23/   24/   TOTAL
                12    13     14    15       16    17    18     19    20     21     22    23    24    25

 Ely                                        150   150   200    100                 25    25    25    25    700

 Soham          50    50                          100   100    100                                         400

 Bottisham                                        50                                                       50

 Burwell                                          50    50                                                 100

 TOTAL          50    50     0     0        150   350   350    200   0      0      25    25    25    25    1250


7. Additional allocations to be identified

Estimated phasing rates

           2013-14      2014-15        2015-16    2016-17     2017-18      TOTAL

 TOTAL     96           96             97         97          97           483
                                                                                                          East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
d) Previously developed land trajectory
Government guidance in PPS3 states that the Core Strategy should include a previously developed
land target and trajectory. The graph and table below set out the amount of housing which it is
estimated may come forward on brownfield land, for each year of the Plan period. The columns in
the graph illustrate the different sources of this supply, whilst the line in the graph shows how these
totals compare to the overall estimated levels of housing delivery (e.g. from both brownfield and
greenfield sources). It should be noted that the PDL trajectory is based on a total supply estimate of
9980 dwellings, as the source of 'additional allocations' has been excluded. The reason for the
exclusion is that at present, the location of these allocations is unknown.

The proposed East Cambridgeshire target in Policy CS2 of at least 35% is broadly based on estimates
of how much development could be accommodated on brownfield land over the Plan period – as
detailed in the graph and table below.

                                  Previously developed land trajectory




                                                                                                          179
                                     Previously developed land information
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                      Year      Completions   Outstanding    Windfall    Other        Potential     TOTAL    TOTAL   % on PDL
                                                on PDL        commitments    PDL         large        allocations   on PDL           against
                                                              on PDL         estimates   identified   outside                        total
                                                                                         PDL          settlements                    growth
                                                                                         sites

                                      2001-2    238                                                                 238      799     30%

                                      2002-3    245                                                                 245      589     42%

                                      2003-4    230                                                                 230      606     38%

                                      2004-5    132                                                                 132      401     33%

                                      2005-6    250                                                                 250      796     31%

                                      2006-7    175                                                                 175      688     25%

                                      2007-8    290                                                                 290      753     39%

                                      2008-9                  200                                                   200      392     51%

                                      2009-10                 265                        20                         285      527     54%

                                      2010-11                 251                        86                         337      579     58%

                                      2011-12                 160                        115                        275      608     45%

                                      2012-13                 124                        65                         189      508     37%

                                      2013-14                 15                         61                         76       261     29%

                                      2014-15                                            43           100           143      182     79%

                                      2015-16                                            30           100           130      269     48%

                                      2016-17                                                         50            50       374     13%

                                      2017-18                                                                       0        370     0%

                                      2018-19                                93                                     93       335     28%

                                      2019-20                                93                                     93       150     62%

                                      2020-21                                93                                     93       170     55%

                                      2021-22                                93                                     93       178     52%

                                      2022-23                                93                                     93       155     60%

180                                   2023-24                                93                                     93       145     64%

                                      2024-25                                93                                     93       145     64%

                                      TOTAL     1560          1015           615         420          250           3896     9980    39%
181
                                     Appendix 3 Parking standards
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Maximum parking provision

                                                                                   Maximum parking provision

                                                         (Measurements of floor space refer to gross areas, unless otherwise stated)


                                       Use class and            Staff/residents         Public/visitors    Minimum cycle                  Notes
                                      nature of activity                                                   parking provision
                                                                     cars                       cars


                                     Retail & Financial services

                                     A1: Retail (food)        Allowance included Up to 1 car space per                         2
                                                                                                           1 cycle space per 25m   The car parking
                                                              in standard for public 14m2                                          standards apply to all
                                                              and visitors                                                         sizes of scheme, but
                                                                                                                                   for those up to
                                     A1: Retail (non food) Allowance included Up to 1 car space per                            2
                                                                                                           1 cycle space per 50m           2
                                                                                                                                   1000m (gross) a
                                                           in standard for public 20m2                                             higher level of
                                                           and visitors                                                            provision may be
                                                                                                                                   allowed in locations
                                     A2: Financial and     Allowance included Up to 1 car space per                            2
                                                                                                           1 cycle space per 30m
                                                                                                                                   that do not have
                                     professional services in standard for public 25m2
                                                                                                                                   good access by
                                                           and visitors
                                                                                                                                   walking, cycling or
                                                                                                                                   public transport

                                     Food and Drink

                                     A3, A4, A5:          Allowance included Up to 1 car space per                             2
                                                                                                           1 cycle space per 20m
                                     Restaurants & cafés, in standard for public 5m2
                                     pubs/bars & hot food and visitors
                                     takeaways

                                     A: Sui Generis           Up to 7 spaces per     On merit              On merit
                                                              10 staff members
                                     (including, retail
                                     warehouse clubs,
                                     launderettes,                                                                                 Road side
                                     taxi/vehicle hire                                                                             restaurants/transport
                                     premises,                                                                                     cafés will require
                                     amusement centres)                                                                            lorry parking
                                                                                                                                   provision on merit.


                                     A: Sui Generis           Up to 1 car space      Up to 1 car space per On merit
                                     (including motor         per staff member            2
                                                                                     45m of display area, 1
                                     vehicle sales, motor                                     2
                                                                                     per 35m for motor
                                     repair garages,                                 service centre, 1 per
                                     petrol filling stations)                             2

182                                                                                  20m retail floor area
                                                                                     (at petrol filling
                                                                                     stations)
                                                                                                                       East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
                                           Maximum parking provision

                  (Measurements of floor space refer to gross areas, unless otherwise stated)


  Use class and          Staff/residents        Public/visitors      Minimum cycle                   Notes
 nature of activity                                                  parking provision
                              cars                   cars


Business
                                                                                          2
B1: Business           Up to 1 car space     Allowance included in   1 cycle space per 30m    The car parking
                               2
                       per 30m               standard for staff                               standards apply to all
                                                                                              sizes of scheme, but
                                                                                              for B1 proposals up
B2: General            Up to 1 car space     Allowance included in   1 cycle space per 50m
                                                                                          2              2
                                                                                              to 2,500m (gross) a
industrial             per 50m
                               2
                                             standard for staff                               higher level of
                                                                                              provision may be
                                                                                              allowed in locations
                                                                                              that do not have
B8: Storage and        Up to 1 car space     Allowance included in   On merit
                                                                                              good access by
Distribution           per 100m
                                2
                                             standard for staff
                                                                                              walking, cycling or
                                                                                              public transport

Communal
accommodation

C1: Hotels             Up to 1 car space     Up to 1 car space per   1 cycle space per 3   Additional car
                       per for each resident guest bedroom           staff members working parking can be
                       staff member, plus                            at the same time      provided for bars,
                       up to 1 space for                                                   restaurants and
                       every 2 non-resident                                                other facilities
                       staff members                                                       available to the
                                                                                           public, using the
                                                                                           relevant standards
C2: Residential        Up to 1 car space     Up to 1 car space per   1 cycle space per 3   for those uses.
Institutions           per for each resident 4 residents             members of staff
                       staff member, plus                                                  Staff car and cycle
                       up to 1 space for                                                   parking relates to the
                       every 2 non-resident                                                total number of
                       staff members                                                       workers required on
                                                                                           staff at particular
                                                                                           times (including
                                                                                           overlapping shifts)


Dwellings

C3: Dwellings (town    1 car space per       Up to 1 car space per   1 cycle space per        Cycle parking for
centres as defined     dwelling (average     6 units                 bedroom                  dwellings can be
on the Proposals       per development)                                                       accommodated
Map)                                                                                          within garages,
                                                                                              provided there is
                                                                                                                       183
C3: Dwellings (other 2 car spaces per        Up to 1 car space per   1 cycle space per
locations)           dwelling (average       4 units                 dwelling                 room for both car
                     per development)                                                         and cycle parking
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                                                   Maximum parking provision

                                                        (Measurements of floor space refer to gross areas, unless otherwise stated)


                                       Use class and            Staff/residents         Public/visitors      Minimum cycle             Notes
                                      nature of activity                                                     parking provision
                                                                     cars                    cars


                                     Community facilities

                                     D1: Non-residential      Up to 1 car space for Up to 1 car space per    1 cycle space per 5
                                     Institutions             each staff member     30m
                                                                                        2
                                                                                                             staff members, plus at
                                     (museums,                                                               least 1 space per 35m
                                                                                                                                   2




                                     libraries,
                                     galleries,exhibition
                                     halls)


                                     D1: Non-residential      Allowance included     Up to 1 car space per   1 cycle space per 8
                                     Institutions (public     in standard for        4 seats, or up to 1     seats or at least 1
                                     halls and places of      public/visitors        space per 15m
                                                                                                     2
                                                                                                             space per 20m
                                                                                                                             2


                                     worship)

                                     D1: Non-residential Up to 1 car space for Up to 1 car space per         Crèches/nurseries: 1
                                     Institutions (schools, each member of staff class, up to a limit of 8   space per 2 staff
                                     crèches/nurseries)                          spaces                      members working at
                                                                                                             the same time. Primary
                                                                                                             schools: 6 cycle spaces
                                                                                                             per class; Secondary
                                                                                                             schools: 12 spaces per
                                                                                                             class

                                     D1: Non-residential      Allowance included     Up to 5 car spaces per 2 cycle spaces per
                                     Institutions (clinics,   in standard for        consulting room        consulting room
                                     health centres,          public/visitors
                                     surgeries)

                                     D2: Assembly and         Allowance included     Up to 1 car space per   1 cycle space per
                                     Leisure (cinemas,        in standard for        5 seats                     2
                                                                                                             50m , or at least 1
                                     and conference           public/visitors                                space per 8 seats
                                     facilities)
                                                                                                                                   2
                                     D2: Assembly and         Allowance included     Up to 1 car space per   1 cycle space per 30m
                                                                                         2
                                     Leisure (other uses)     in standard for        22m                     of net floor area and 1
                                                              public/visitors                                space per 15 spectator
                                                                                                             seats




184
                                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Minimum disabled parking provision

                                          Minimum disabled parking provision

         Nature of activity                            Staff                     Public/visitors             Notes

 Existing business premises              At least 1 space for each disabled   At least 2% of car park   Additional spaces
                                         employee                             capacity (minimum of      may be required
                                                                              1 space)                  for hotels and
                                                                                                        other places that
 New business premises                   At least 5% of car park capacity     Allowance included in     cater for large
                                         (minimum of 1 space)                 standard for staff        nu m b e r s    of
                                                                                                        disabled people
 Shopping areas; leisure and             At least 1 space for each disabled   At least 6% of car park
 recreational facilities; other places   employee                             capacity (minimum of
 open to the public                                                           1 space)




                                                                                                                             185
186
                                                                                                                 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Appendix 4 Glossary
Glossary

           Accessibility                People’s ability to get to essential services and facilities, work and
                                        public transport

           Adoption                     The final confirmation of a Local Development Document as having
                                        statutory status by a Local Planning Authority

AH         Affordable housing           Housing (usually rented or shared ownership) which meets the
                                        needs of households unable to afford a home on the open market

AMR        Annual Monitoring Report     A report produced in December each year assessing the progress
                                        of preparing the LDF and the extent to which policies are being
                                        achieved

           Biodiversity                 The whole variety of life encompassing all genetics, species and
                                        ecosystem variations, including plants and animals.

BAP        Biodiversity Action Plan     A strategy prepared for the local area aimed at conserving
                                        biological diversity

           Brownfield site/land         Also known as previously developed land. Land that is or was
                                        occupied by a permanent structure (excluding agricultural or
                                        forestry buildings), and associated fixed-surface infrastructure.
                                        The definition covers the curtilage of the development, which may
                                        include gardens. PPS3 (Housing) has a detailed definition (opposite
                                        of greenfield land)

CIL        Community Infrastructure     Introduced in Planning Reform Bill. Proposed levy based on costed
           Levy                         assessment of infrastructure requirement arising from development
                                        in the district. Supplements planning obligations which will continue
                                        to secure affordable housing and continue to address site-specific
                                        issues.

           Community services and       Includes open space, sport and recreational facilities, affordable
           facilities                   housing, education, health, public transport services and cultural
                                        services (See also Infrastructure).

           Community Strategy           See Sustainable Community Strategy

           Conservation Area            An area of special architectural and / or historic interest that
                                        deserves preservation or enhancement of its character or
                                        appearance.

           Constraint                   A limiting factor that affects development, such as an environmental
                                        designation.

           Contaminated land            Land that has been polluted or harmed in some way making it unfit
                                        for safe development and use unless cleaned.

           Consultation                 Informal engagement with the specific and general consultees.

           Core Strategy                The LDF document which sets out the long-term spatial vision for         187
                                        the district, strategic policies and development control policies. It
                                        will have the status of a DPD

DCLG       Department for Communities Government Department with responsibility for planning. Successor
           and Local Government       to ODPM as of May 2006.

DEFRA      Department for Environment, Government Department
           Food and Rural Affairs
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Glossary

                                                Developer’s contribution      Contribution from a developer to ensure that certain extra works
                                                                              or facilities required as a result of a development are undertaken.
                                                                              For example, the provision of highways infrastructure secured
                                                                              through 'planning obligations' or 'legal agreements'.

                                                Development                   Development is defined under the 1990 Town and Country Planning
                                                                              Act as "the carrying out of building, engineering, mining or other
                                                                              operation in, on, over or under land, or the making of any material
                                                                              change in the use of any building or other land." Most forms of
                                                                              development require planning permission.

                                                Development brief             A document that outlines detailed planning requirements for the
                                                                              development of a site.

                                                Development Control Policies A suite of policies, often criteria based, that are required for
                                                                             development control to ensure that all development within the area
                                                                             meets the vision and strategy set out in the Core Strategy. The
                                                                             Development Control Policies are contained in the Core Strategy
                                                                             Document.

                                                Development envelope          Identifies the area in which development proposals would be
                                                                              acceptable, subject to complying with other policies contained in
                                                                              the Development Plan. It seeks to prevent development from
                                                                              gradually extending into the surrounding countryside. Also referred
                                                                              to as ‘settlement boundary’.

                                                Development Plan              This comprises the Regional Spatial Strategies and Development
                                                                              Plan Documents contained in the LDF. It also contains any ‘saved’
                                                                              policies that affect the area. Together these make up the policies
                                                                              taken into account when determining planning applications.

                                     DPD        Development Plan Document A document prepared by the relevant plan-making authority as
                                                                          part of the LDF, which forms part of the Statutory Development
                                                                          Plan having been through Independent Examination.

                                     Dph        Dwellings per hectare         The density of a housing scheme. At least 30 in most
                                                                              circumstances as required by PPS3: Housing

                                     EA         Environment Agency            The public organisation with responsibility for protecting and
                                                                              improving the environment in England and Wales.

                                     EEDA       East of England Development The Body tasked with improving the region’s economic
                                                Agency                      performance, by promoting sustainable economic growth and
                                                                            regeneration in the East of England.

                                     EERA       East of England Regional      Consists of a partnership of elected representatives from local
                                                Assembly                      authorities in the East of England and appointed representatives
                                                                              from social, economic and environmental interests. It exists to
                                                                              promote the economic, social and environmental well-being of the
                                                                              region, and one of its tasks is to draw up the East of England Plan.

188                                             East of England Plan          The regional plan prepared by the East of England Regional
                                                                              Assembly which sets out policies for the future of the region to
                                                                              2021. The East of England covers the counties of Essex,
                                                                              Hertfordshire, Bedfordshire, Suffolk, Cambridgeshire, and Norfolk.
                                                                              Also known as Regional Spatial Strategy (RSS)

                                                Edge of centre                A location that is within easy walking distance (often considered
                                                                              up to 300 metres) of the town centre.
                                                                                                                East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Glossary

EIA        Environmental Impact        An assessment of the potential environmental effects of land use
           Assessment                  change, enabling decisions to be taken with the full knowledge of
                                       likely environmental consequences.

           Evidence base               The researched, documented, analysed and verified basis for all
                                       the components of a Local Development Framework

EiP        Examination in Public       Inquiry led by an Independent Planning inspector into proposals
                                       for and objections to DPDs. The purpose is to consider if the DPD
                                       is ‘sound’ against established tests.

           Flood Risk Zones            Zones of flood risk as defined by Government in PPS25. Includes
                                       Zone 1 ‘Low Probability of flood’, Zone 2 ‘Medium Probability’,
                                       Zone 3a ‘High Probability’, and Zone 3b ‘The Functional Floodplain’.

           Farm diversification        The expansion, enlargement or variation of the range of products
                                       or fields of operation of a farm (branching out from traditional
                                       farming activities, for example new income generating enterprise
                                       like renewable energy, tourism and food processing).

           General conformity          The process by which the East of England Regional Assembly (as
                                       Regional Planning Body) considers whether a DPD is in ‘general
                                       conformity’ with the Regional Spatial Strategy. Also other DPDs
                                       must conform to the Core Strategy DPD

           Geo-diversity               The number and variety of the non-living earth features found
                                       within a specified geographic region, including the variability within
                                       and between these features.

           Geology                     The science that deals with the dynamics and physical history of
                                       the earth, the rocks of which it is composed, and the physical,
                                       chemical, and biological changes that the earth has undergone or
                                       is undergoing

GO-East    Government Office for the   The integrated government offices that serve their respective
           East of England             regions (GO-East in this region).

GF         Greenfield site/land        Land (or a defined site) which has never been built on before, or
                                       where the remains of any structure or activity have blended into
                                       the landscape over time. Applies to most land outside the
                                       development envelope (opposite of brownfield land).

           Green Belt                  An area of open land where strict planning controls apply in order,
                                       in particular, to check further growth of a large built up area.
                                       Designated in the Development Plan, areas of Green Belt are to
                                       be found in the south of the district.

           Green Corridor              An area of open land which penetrates into an urban area for
                                       amenity and recreation.

           Groundwater                 Water held in water-bearing rocks and spaces underground, which
                                       sustains the flow of water in rivers and is an essential source of
                                       water for public supply, industry and agriculture.                       189
           Highway Authority           A local authority (Cambridgeshire County Council for this district)
                                       with the responsibility of planning and maintaining the highways
                                       network (excepting trunk roads and motorways) and transportation
                                       within their areas.

HLAA       Housing Land Availability   A study produced (and kept under review) to estimate the potential
           Assessment                  amount of land available for housing in the district.
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Glossary

                                                Housing Needs Assessment       A study which assesses the future housing needs of the district in
                                                                               respect of size, type and affordability of dwellings. Replaced in
                                                                               2008 by Strategic Housing Market Assessment.

                                                Housing stock                  The total amount of housing within a plan area, which may be
                                                                               divided into components such as private housing stock or rented
                                                                               housing stock

                                     ICNIRP     International Commission for   Body which oversees protection against radiation for
                                                Non-Ionising Radiation         telecommunications etc.
                                                Protection

                                                Implementation                 Carrying out the proposed actions to required standards that are
                                                                               set out in the plan

                                                Independent Examination        An examination held in public by a Government appointed Inspector
                                                                               from the Planning Inspectorate.

                                                Infrastructure                 Basic services necessary for development to take place, - utility
                                                                               services (water supply, foul sewerage networks, sewage treatment
                                                                               works and energy provision) drainage/flood protection and the
                                                                               transport network (see also Community services and facilities).

                                                Inset Maps                     Part of the Proposals Map, but at a more detailed scale

                                                Intermediate Housing           Housing at prices or rents above those of social-rent but below
                                                                               market prices or rents. This includes shared equity products (e.g.
                                                                               HomeBuy) and intermediate rent (i.e. rents above social rented
                                                                               level but below market rents).

                                                Issues and options             Early production stage in the preparation of DPDs which includes
                                                                               publication of Issues and Options Consultation documents.

                                                Key Diagram                    Illustrates the broad strategy set out in the Core Strategy.

                                                Landscape character            A distinct pattern or a consistent combination of elements in the
                                                                               landscape of an area.

                                                Legal Agreement                A legally binding contract, between a developer and the local
                                                                               planning authority that constitutes a planning obligation (also see
                                                                               'Developer Contribution')

                                                Listed Building                A building mentioned in statutory lists as being of special
                                                                               architectural or historic interest. There are different grades of listing
                                                                               to indicate relative interest.

                                     LDD        Local Development Document The collective term for DPDs, SPDs and the Statement of
                                                                           Community Involvement.

                                     LDF        Local Development              The overall name for the folder or portfolio of Local Development
                                                Framework                      Documents and the LDS and AMR

190                                  LDS        Local Development Scheme       This sets out the programme for the preparation of the Local
                                                                               Development Documents

                                     LNR        Local Nature Reserve           Places with wildlife or geological features that are of local special
                                                                               interest. Often managed by local community volunteers

                                     LPA        Local Planning Authority       The local authority or council that is empowered by law to exercise
                                                                               planning functions.
                                                                                                                  East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Glossary

LSP         Local Strategic Partnership   A partnership of public service providers, private organisations
                                          and community groups. One of its main tasks is to prepare and
                                          implement the Community Strategy.

LTP         Local Transport Plan          A five year transport strategy produced by the Highway Authority
                                          (Cambridgeshire County Council) setting out the key objectives
                                          and priorities for the area.

            Monitoring (and review)       The process of measuring (in terms of quantity and quality), the
                                          changes in conditions and trends, impact of policies, performance
                                          of the plan against its objectives and targets, and progress in
                                          delivering outputs.

            Needs                         The necessary requirements of the public, which may be less or
                                          different than their demands.

            Objective                     A Statement that specifies the direction and amount of desired
                                          change in trends or in conditions.

ODPM        Office of the Deputy Prime    Government Department replaced by DCLG in May 2006
            Minister

            Open space                    Areas of land which make an important contribution to the
                                          appearance or opportunities for informal recreation in an area

            Out of centre                 A location which is not in or on the edge of centre, but is not
                                          necessarily outside the urban area

            Parish Plan                   A vision of how a town or village should be, which may address
                                          social, economic and environmental issues

            Participation                 Wide formal engagement with the community.

            Planning Condition            A written condition on a planning permission that restricts the
                                          development in some way to achieve a stated purpose

            Planning Obligation (and      Legal agreements between a planning authority and a developer
            agreement)                    that secure contributions (in cash or kind) to the infrastructure and
                                          services necessary to facilitate proposed developments are
                                          undertaken. For example, the provision of highways. Often called
                                          "Section 106" agreements

PPG & PPS   Planning Policy Guidance      National planning guidance issued by the government.
            Note & Planning Policy
            Statement

            Preferred options             Document produced as part of the preparation of a DPD and issued
                                          for formal public participation. It shows the preferred direction of
                                          a DPD.

PDL         Previously developed land     See ‘brownfield’

            Primary retail frontage       Area of Ely Town Centre which includes a high proportion of retail
                                          uses. Shown on Proposals Map.
                                                                                                                  191
            Proposal                      A positive worded policy of the LPA that proposes a course of
                                          action or an allocation of land for a particular use or development.

            Proposals Map                 The Proposals Map illustrates all policies contained in DPD’s,
                                          together with any saved policies. It is updated each time a DPD is
                                          adopted
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Glossary

                                     PRV        Protected Roadside Verge      A section of road verge that has been surveyed and selected for
                                                                              protection because of its wildlife interest

                                                Ramsar site                   An international designation to protect areas that act as vital
                                                                              habitats for birds

                                     RPG        Regional Planning Guidance    The strategic plan for the region prepared under the former
                                                                              planning system, now replaced by RSS

                                     RSS        Regional Spatial Strategy     The regional plan prepared by the East of England Regional
                                                                              Assembly which sets out policies for the future of the region to
                                                                              2021. The East of England covers the counties of Essex,
                                                                              Hertfordshire, Bedfordshire, Cambridgeshire, Suffolk and Norfolk.
                                                                              See ‘East of England Plan’

                                                Representations               Comments made on consultation documents

                                                Residential amenity           Living conditions in and around a dwelling

                                                Saved plan/policy             A policy from an existing development plan that has been saved
                                                                              on commencement of the Planning & Compulsory Purchase Act
                                                                              2004 or from the date of adoption. It will remain in force until
                                                                              replaced by new LDD policies or the transitional period has expired.

                                                Secondary frontage            Area of Ely Town Centre which provides greater opportunities for
                                                                              diversity of uses.

                                     S106       Section 106                   See ‘Planning Obligations’

                                                Sequential approach           The logical choice of development sites following a sequence
                                                                              designed to either maximise the use of previously developed land,
                                                                              or favour retail sites within town centres for example, see PPS6.

                                                Service providers             The public sector agencies and private sector organisations that
                                                                              provide services to the public, such as water, drainage, electricity
                                                                              and gas

                                                Site specific DPD             A DPD addressing allocations of sites for specific or mixed use
                                                                              development. Policies will identify any specific requirements for
                                                                              individual proposals.

                                                Social-rented housing         Rented housing owned by Registered Social Landlords for which
                                                                              guideline target rents are determined through the national rent
                                                                              regime, set out in the 'Guide to Social Rent Reforms' published in
                                                                              March 2001. Also rented housing owned by other persons and
                                                                              provided under equivalent rental arrangements to the above, as
                                                                              agreed with the local authority or funded with grant from the
                                                                              Housing Corporation, as provided for in the Housing Act 2004.

                                                Soundness (of plan)           A judgement of quality and procedure based upon key elements
                                                                              of the plan making process. (see the tests of soundness in PPS12).

192                                             Spatial Portrait              A succinct description of the area, designed to portray its individual
                                                                              character, key trends and the current ‘drivers for change’

                                                Spatial planning              Is about places, how they function and how they relate together.

                                                Spatial Vision                A brief description of how the area will be changed at the end of
                                                                              the plan period (15 – 20 years)

                                     SSSI       Sites of Special Scientific   Designated site of national importance to wildlife and/or geology
                                                Interest
                                                                                                                East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Glossary

           Stakeholders                  Individuals and organisations with an interest in a particular area
                                         or issue

SCI        Statement of Community        Document setting out how and when stakeholders and other
           Involvement                   interested parties will be consulted and involved in the preparation
                                         of the LDF (and the consideration of individual planning
                                         applications)

           Statutory                     Required by law (statute), usually through an Act of Parliament

           Statutory undertakers         Companies concerned with water, gas, electricity and
                                         telecommunications that hold a licence granted by the Department
                                         of Trade and Industry.

SEA        Strategic Environmental       An assessment of the environmental effects of policies, plans and
           Assessment                    programmes, required by European legislation, which will be part
                                         of the public consultation on the policies.

SFRA       Strategic Flood Risk          As assessment of the flood defences and consequent risk of
           Assessment                    flooding for development at district level. Designed taking account
                                         of PPS25 Flood Risk.

SHMA       Strategic Housing Market      A regional or sub-regional assessment (in this district at Cambridge
           Assessment                    Sub-Regional level) of market trends to assess housing demand
                                         and supply, housing need and types of tenure, size etc. to inform
                                         future requirements.

           Submission stage              Stage at which a DPD is formally submitted to the Government
                                         and start of the examination of the soundness of a DPD by an
                                         Independent Inspector.

SuDS       Sustainable Drainage          Type of drainage system for dealing with surface water run-off
           Systems                       from a development scheme, which mimics natural drainage
                                         processes.

SPD        Supplementary Planning        Supplementary document to a DPD which contains additional detail
           Document                      and information on policies or proposals.

SA         Sustainability Appraisal      Process of assessing the impacts of policies and proposals against
                                         social, environmental and economic objectives.

SCS        Sustainable Community         A strategy for East Cambridgeshire, prepared by the LSP, which
           Strategy                      promotes the economic, environmental and social well-being of
                                         the area. It co-ordinates the actions of local public, private,
                                         voluntary and community sectors, contributing to district wide
                                         sustainable development


           Sustainable development       Development which enables people to satisfy their needs and
                                         secure quality of life without compromising the quality of life for
                                         the future generation.

TIA        Transport Impact Assessment An assessment of the expected additional traffic generation (all         193
                                       modes) for new development

TP         Travel Plan                   Plan setting out a series of measures to encourage the use of
                                         modes other than the private car

           Viability                     An economic measure of health

           Vitality                      A social and cultural measure of health
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Glossary

                                                Waste Planning Authority   The authority responsible for waste planning, in this district
                                                                           Cambridgeshire County Council.

                                                Windfall site              A housing site which cannot be specifically identified




194
195
                                     Appendix 5 Natural and cultural sites
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     This appendix sets out details of the sites in East Cambridgeshire which have been identified as
                                     being important in natural or cultural terms. The tables below list the sites and provide locational
                                     details. The tables also indicate the Inset Map numbers where the sites can be viewed in the Proposals
                                     Map Development Plan Document. Reference to the 'PM' in this context means the main district map
                                     in the Proposals Map document. The following categories of sites are included:

                                           Sites of International and Local Importance for nature conservation
                                           Sites of Special Scientific Interest
                                           County Wildlife Sites
                                           Local Nature Reserves
                                           Protected Roadside Verges
                                           Areas of Ancient Woodland
                                           Scheduled Ancient Monuments
                                           Historic Parks and Gardens
                                           Conservation Areas


                                     Sites of International, National and Local Importance for Nature Conservation

                                     Map                Site Description and Explanation                     UK            Sites
                                                                                                             Description

                                     Sites of International Importance

                                     27, 30, 40         Ramsar Sites are listed under the Convention on        SSSI        Ouse Washes
                                                        Wetlands of International Importance and are important
                                     11,16, 34          in terms of Wildfowl Habitat                                       Chippenham Fen

                                     PM


                                     27,30, 40          Special Protection Areas (SPA’s) are classified under SSSI,        Ouse Washes
                                                        the EC Directive on the Conservation of Wild birds.
                                     PM                 Within these areas special priority is given to the   SPA
                                                        protection of birds, their eggs, nests and habitats.

                                     27, 30, 40,        Special Areas of Conservation (SACs) are classified SSSI,          Ouse Washes
                                                        under the EC Habitats Directive aimed at promoting
                                     44, 48             measures to maintain or restore natural habitats and SAC           Wicken Fen,
                                                        wild species
                                     11, 16, 34                                                                            Chippenham Fen

                                     PM


                                     Sites of National Importance
196                                  44, 48,            National Nature Reserves (NNRs) declared under       SSSI          Wicken Fen,
                                                        section 19 of the national parks and Access to the
                                     11, 16, 34         Countryside Act 1949.                                              Chippenham Fen

                                     PM
                                                                                                              East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
 Map                   Site Description and Explanation                    UK               Sites
                                                                           Description

                       Sites of Special Scientific Interest (SSSIs) are    SSSI             See table below
                       designated under the Wildlife and Countryside Act
                       1981 (as amended)

 Sites of Regional/Local Importance

 21, PM                Local Nature Reserves (LNRs) designated by local LNR                 See table below
                       authorities under section 21 of the National parks and
                       Access to the Countryside Act 1949.

                       County Wildlife Sites                               CWS              See table below

                       Protected Roadside Verges                           PRV              See table below

Sites of Special Scientific Interest in East Cambridgeshire

            Map                 Site                                             Grid Reference

          PM, 16, 34            Breckland Rough                                                   TL632699

           PM, 44               Cam Washes                          TL538725 -                    TL530692

              9                 Chettisham Meadows                                                TL541830

       PM, 11, 16, 34           Chippenham Fen (National                                          TL648697
                                Nature Reserve)

             PM                 Delph Bridge Drain                                                TL568768

     PM, 32, 36, 42, 52         Devil's Dyke                        TL568660 -                    TL653584

       PM, 27, 30, 40           Ouse Washes                         TL393747 -                    TL571987

             PM                 Out and Plunder Woods                                             TL660549

            PM, 7               Park Wood                                                         TL641546

            15, 31              Ely Pits and Meadows                TL550806 -                    TL564808

             PM                 Shippea Hill                                                      TL637850

             34                 Snailwell Meadows                                                 TL638678

           PM, 35               Soham Wet Horse Fen                 TL612725 -                    TL612729
                                                                    TL605723 -

             PM                 Stow Cum Quy Fen                                                  TL516628

             PM                 Ten Wood                                                          TL664558

             PM                 Upware Bridge Pit North                                           TL543725

             PM                 Upware North Pit                                                  TL544728    197
             PM                 Upware South Pit                                                  TL539709

          PM, 44, 48            Wicken Fen (National                                              TL555700
                                Nature Reserve)

             PM                 SSSI partly within East
                                Cambridgeshire District:
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                                Map              Site                                         Grid Reference

                                                PM               Newmarket Heath                                               TL610625
                                                                                                                               TL663646




                                     County Wildlife Sites within East Cambridgeshire

                                     LDF Ref    CW Site     Site Name                        Grid Reference     Parish                    Map
                                                No

                                         1      7442        Ashley B1085 RSV                 TL7062             Ashley                    PM

                                         2      7445        Track west of Lower Windmill     TL717617           Ashley                    PM

                                         3      7359        Mill Road hedgerows              TL698627           Ashley                    PM

                                         4      7063        Bottisham Park                   TL546 1            Bottisham                 PM,5

                                         5      7050        Heath Road/Street Way Green      TL5758             Bottisham                 PM
                                                            Lanes

                                         6      7243        Brinkley Wood                    TL615554           Brinkley                  PM

                                         7      7052        St George's churchyard           TL581567           Brinkley                  PM

                                         8      7515        Brinkley Hall Veteran Trees      TL628549           Brinkley              6, 7, 47

                                         9      7280        Bushy Grove                      TL652549           Burrough Green            PM

                                         10     7086        Burwell Brick Pit                TL577689           Burwell                   PM

                                         11     7087        The Swamp                        TL584657           Burwell                    8

                                         12     7083        Burwell Disused Railway          TL5765             Burwell                    8

                                         13     7088        Spring Close                     TL587660           Burwell                    8

                                         14     7338/2      Warren Hill and adjacent areas   TL6563             Cheveley                  PM

                                         15     7514        Cheveley Park Stud VeteranTrees TL672614            Cheveley              PM, 10

                                         16     7364        Chippenham Park                  TL6669             Chippenham                PM

                                         17     7379        Havacre Meadows and Deal Nook TL6870                Chippenham                PM

                                         18     7422        Freckenham Road RSV              TL667 1            Chippenham                PM

                                         19     7516        Chippenham Avenue Fields         T662674            Chippenham                PM

                                         20     7293        Great Widgham Wood               TL667552           Dullingham                PM

                                         21     7281        Little Widgham Wood              TL663550           Dullingham                PM

198                                      22     7283        Parish boundary hedgerow         TL6556             Dullingham                PM

                                         23     7119        Angel Drove drains               TL5379             Ely                        15

                                         24     7176        Beald Drove pollard willows      TL524808           Ely                        15

                                         25     7192        Chettisham meadows               TL5483             Ely                       PM

                                         26     7454        Ely Beet Pits                    TL5680             Ely                        31
                                                                                                      East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
LDF Ref   CW Site   Site Name                          Grid Reference   Parish             Map
          No

  27      7197      Ely Cemetery                       TL547808         Ely                 15

  28      7450      Roswell Pits and adjacent area     TL5580           Ely                 15

  29      7223      Middle Fen Bank pollard willows    TL579816         Ely                 PM

  30      7227      River Lark and associated habitat TL68              Ely                 PM

  31      7226      Black Wing drains                  TL5981           Ely                 PM

  32      7003/1    Aldreth Ponds                      TL444731         Haddenham            1
                                                                        (Aldreth)

  33      7012      Fen Side pollard willows           TL462738         Haddenham           PM

  34      7017/3    River Great Ouse                   TL37             Haddenham        PM, 15,24

  35      7025      Guppy’s Pond & Hinton Hedges       Tl469759         Haddenham           17

  36      7002      Haddenham Engine/Adventurer's TL4273                Haddenham           PM
                    Head drainage system

  37      7403      Isleham Railway Cutting            TL6372           Isleham             PM

  38      7372      Chippenham Gravel Pit              TL685688         Kennett             PM

  39      7376      Kennett churchyard                 TL699683         Kennett             PM

  40      7447      Kennett restored gravel pit        TL706684         Kennett             PM

  41      7374      Halfmoon Plantation pit            TL6968           Kennett             PM

  42      7429      Great Wood                         TL704549         Kirtling            PM

  43      7301      Lucy Wood and adjacent features TL6856              Kirtling            20

  44      7048      Byall Fen pumping station drains   TL5085           Little Downham      PM

  45      7427      Little Ouse River                  TL68             Littleport       PM, 15, 22

  46      7056      Anglesey Abbey                     TL5262           Lode                PM

  47      7060      Swaffham Poor's Fen                TL532643         Lode                PM

  48      7105/2    River Cam                          TL57             Lode                44

  49      7034      Mepal gravel pits                  TL4283           Mepal               PM

  50      7038      River Close parkland               TL440811         Mepal               27

  51      7035      Sutton and Mepal Pumping           TL4181           Mepal               PM
                    Station Drains

  52      7335      Old Rectory meadows                TL643673         Snailwell           34
                                                                                                      199
  53      7360      The Limekilns and adjacent areas TL6665             Snailwell           34

  54      7330/2    Snailwell grasslands and woods     TL6367           Snailwell           34

  55      7382      East Fen Common                    TL6073           Soham               35

  56      7140      Mere Side grasslands               TL586737         Soham               35

  57      7154      Qua Fen Common                     TL5974           Soham               35
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     LDF Ref   CW Site     Site Name                      Grid Reference   Parish                 Map
                                               No

                                          58   7149        Soham Cemetery                 TL599723         Soham                  35

                                          59   7142        Broadpiece                     TL581743         Soham                 35, PM

                                          60   7284        Basefield Wood                 TL651570         Stetchworth            PM

                                          61   7285        Combers Wood                   TL652578         Stetchworth            PM

                                          62   7286        Great Chitlings Wood           TL654573         Stetchworth            PM

                                          63   7287        Little Chitlings Wood          TL655576         Stetchworth            52

                                          64   7274        Marmer's Wood                  TL645573         Stetchworth            PM

                                          65   7290        Pickmore Wood                  TL65258I         Stetchworth            PM

                                          66   7005        Old Bedford Low Bank drains    TL4l78           Sutton                 PM

                                          67   7036        Hundred Foot Bank swamp and    TL432801         Sutton                39,40
                                                           ditch

                                          68   7064/1      Cow Bridge pollard willows     TL554633         Swaffham Bulbeck       41

                                          69   7079        Beacon Course green lane       TL5962           Swaffham Prior         PM

                                          70   7077        Driest Droveway                TL562649         Swaffham Prior         PM

                                          71   7079/2      July Course grass lands        TL6062           Swaffham Prior         PM

                                          72   7076        Swaffham Prior Meadow          TL567645         Swaffham Prior         42

                                          73   7028        Wentworth pollard willows      TL479777         Wentworth              PM

                                          74   7249        Ladies Grove and Hay Wood      TL624556         Westley Waterless      47

                                          75   7517        Kingfisher’s Bridge wetland    TL544732         Wicken                 PM

                                          76   7133        New River and Monk's Lode      TL5970           Wicken                 PM

                                          77   7288        Charcoals Wood                 TL658575         Woodditton             PM

                                          78   7295        Ditton Park Wood               TL668569         Woodditton             PM

                                          79   7460        Links Golf Course              TL6261           Woodditton             PM

                                          80   7297        Wood south of Parsonage Farm   TL670582         Woodditton             PM

                                          81   7289/2      Woodditton Kirtling road RSV   TL6657           Woodditton             52

                                     Local Nature Reserves in East Cambridgeshire

                                     Map                            Site                                        Grid Reference
200                                  21                             Little Downham                              TL523833

                                     PM                             Isleham                                     TL636726
                                                                                                             East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Protected Roadside Verges

Map          County Ref     Site                       Designation      Road             Grid Reference
             No                                                         Classification

PM           E1             Ashley                     CWS/PRV          B1085            TL710625 - 709425

PM           E4             Chippenham                 CWS/PRV          Unclassified road TL662713
                                                                        to Freckenham

PM           E5             Kirtling (Rd to Longacre   PRV              Unclassified     TL675556
                            Farm)

34           E6             Snailwell (S of the stud to PRV             Unclassified     TL640668-642671
                            the railway)

PM, 41       E7             Swaffham Bulbeck           PRV              Heath Road       TL567621-580613

52           E8             Woodditton                 CWS/PRV          Unclassified     TL669574

PM           E9             Stuntney                   PRV (adj to      A142             TL568768
                                                       SSSI)

Areas of Ancient Woodland within East Cambridgeshire

Map                            Site                                  Status              Grid Reference

6, 47                          Hay Wood/Ladies Grove                 ASNW                TL624554

PM                             Great Wood                            ASNW                TL703549

52, PM                         Ditton Park Wood                      PAWS                TL667569

PM                             Great Widgham Wood                    PAWS                TL667552

PM                             Ten Wood                              ASNW                TL664559

PM                             Little Widgham/ Out Woods             ASNW                TL657547

47, PM                         Brinkley Wood                         ASNW                TL615554

20                             Lucy Wood                             ASNW                TL684568

6, PM                          Hat Wood/ Ladies Grove                ASNW                TL623557

52                             Little Chitlings Wood                 ASNW                TL655576

52, PM                         Pickmore Wood                         PAWS                TL652581

52, 14, PM                     Combers Wood                          ASNW                TL651578

PM, 14                         Basefield Wood                        PAWS                TL651569

14, 36                         Marmers Wood                          ASNW                TL645573

7, PM                          Park Wood                             ASNW                TL640546            201
52, PM                         Charcoals Wood                        ASNW                TL658574
                                     Scheduled Ancient Monuments in East Cambridgeshire
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Parish                Map     County       Monument
                                                                                                                              Grid Reference
                                                                   Number

                                     Ashley                PM      67           All Saints' Church, remains of                  TL705602

                                     Ashley                PM      252          Remains of St Mary's Church                     TL71 1 616

                                     Ashley               PM, 2    29710        Gesyns: Moated Site 600m south east of
                                                                                                                               TL7060 6128
                                                                                Elms Farm

                                     Ashley                 2      29721        Sylhall: moated site 520m south of Elms
                                                                                                                               TL70l46109
                                                                                Farm

                                     Bottisham                     71           Deserted medieval village in Bottisham Park     TL546616

                                     Bottisham              5      33269        Medieval moated site, land south of
                                                                                                                                TL 546604
                                                                                Bendyshe Farm

                                     Bottisham             PM      72           Romano-British settlement site west of
                                                                                                                                TL578 588
                                                                                Allington Hill

                                     Bottisham             PM      33346        Four bowl barrows at Allington Hill, 420m
                                                                                                                               TL5806 5860
                                                                                south-west of Allington Hill Farm

                                     Burrough Green        6,7     33588        Medieval moated site 160m north-east of
                                                                                                                               TL6367 5562
                                                                                The Hall

                                     Burwell            PM, 32, 36, 5           Devil's Dyke, Reach to Woodditton
                                                                                                                                TL568 660
                                                          42, 52

                                     Burwell                8      29382        Burwell Castle                                 TL5871 6609

                                     Cheveley              10      27187        Cheveley Castle, 350m north-west of Old
                                                                                                                               TL67876131
                                                                                Hall Farm

                                     Chippenham            PM      27176        Bowl barrow in Isleham Plantation              TL6594 7108

                                     Chippenham            PM      27177        Bowl barrow 630m south-east of Waterhall
                                                                                Farm, part of the Chippenham barrow            TL6842 6689
                                                                                cemetery

                                     Chippenham            PM      27178        The Rookery bowl barrow, part of the
                                                                                Chippenham barrow cemetery, 250m south         TL6788 6700
                                                                                of Water hall Farm

                                     Chippenham            PM      27179        Hilly Plantation bowl barrow, part of the
                                                                                Chippenham barrow cemetery, 500m               TL6757 6689
                                                                                south-west of Waterhall Farm

                                     Chippenham            PM      27180        Four bowl barrows north of the A 11/ A 14
                                                                                junction, art of the Chippenham barrow         TL6721 6696
                                                                                cemetery

202                                  Chippenham            PM      33372        Lumber Hill bowl barrow, 720m north-east
                                                                                                                               TL6772 6996
                                                                                of Chippenham Stud

                                     Ely                   15      27           Chapel at St John's Farm                        TL532 801

                                     Ely                   15      30           Monastic building at St John's Farm             TL535 802

                                     Ely                   15      39           "Cherry Hill", castle mound                     TL541 799

                                     Ely                   15      68           Ely Cathedral: claustral buildings              TL541 802
                                                                                                          East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Parish                Map        County   Monument
                                                                                         Grid Reference
                                 Number

Fordham               PM         80       Roman villa south of Snailwell Fen               TL636 683

Fordham               PM         27168    Moor Farm bowl barrow                           TL6210 7334

Haddenham             PM         33363    Three bowl barrows 450m and 570m east
                                                                                          TL4088 7496
                                          of New England

Haddenham             PM         33364    Long barrow at Foulmire Fen, 140m
                                          north-west of the junction of Back and Small   TL4200 76680
                                          Fen Drove

Haddenham             PM         33365    Oval barrow and round barrow at Small Fen       TL4211 7691

Haddenham             PM         33366    Two bowl barrows 370m and 505m south
                                                                                          TL4046 7452
                                          of New England

Haddenham             PM         33367    Round barrow at Small Fen, 220m east of
                                                                                          TL4231 7674
                                          the junction of Back and Small Fen Drove

Haddenham             PM         33376    Round barrow 450 east of Shelford Farm

Isleham                18        83       Lime kilns on east side of High Street           TL645 743

Isleham                18        27101    Isleham Priory: an alien Benedictine priory
                                                                                          TL64177446
                                          100m west of St Andrews Church

Kennett                19        27169    Howe Hill bowl barrow                           TL6953 6822

Kirtling             PM, 20      13608    Moated sites, earthworks and ponds at
                                                                                          TL6869 5750
                                          Kirtling Tower

Lode                  PM         254      Roman settlement                                 TL542 633

Mepal                 PM         24426    Bowl barrow 250m south east of Common
                                          Farm: part of a dispersed round barrow          TL4307 8293
                                          cemetery in Block Fen

Reach              PM, 32, 36, 5          Devil's Dyke, Reach to Woodditton
                                                                                           TL568 660
                     42, 52

Soham                PM, 3       47       Roman site near Old Fordey Farm, Barway          TL543 752

Stetchworth        PM, 32, 36,     5      Devil's Dyke, Reach to Woodditton
                                                                                           TL568 660
                     42, 52

Stetchworth           PM         27170    Bowl barrow 160m south west of the
                                                                                          TL61246123
                                          National Stud Clubhouse

Stretham              PM         60       Stretham pumping engine                          TL517729

Stretham              PM         257      Settlement site south of Tiled House Farm        TL523 733

Sutton                PM         20806    Long barrow at South Fen, 180m south-east
                                          of Ditches Drove
                                                                                         TL 4211 7761     203
Sutton                PM         33373    Long barrow at South Fen, 90m south-west
                                                                                          TL4210 7728
                                          of the west end of Ryanmoor Long Turning

Sutton                PM         33371    Round barrow 690m south-west of Stocking
                                                                                          TL3969 8145
                                          Drove Farm

Swaffham Bulbeck       41        11552    Swaffham Bulbeck moated site                    TL5555 6279
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Parish                Map        County   Monument
                                                                                                                           Grid Reference
                                                                      Number

                                     Swaffham Bulbeck      PM         33341    Five bowl barrows 270m north of Hare Park
                                                                                                                            TL5807 5960
                                                                               Stud

                                     Swaffham Bulbeck      PM         33342    Three bowl barrows 640m north-west of
                                                                                                                            TL5776 5981
                                                                               Hare Park Stud

                                     Swaffham Bulbeck      PM         33384    Long barrow 650m north-west of Lythel's
                                                                                                                            TL5282 6695
                                                                               Farm

                                     Swaffham Prior     PM, 32, 36, 5          Devil's Dyke, Reach to Woodditton
                                                                                                                            TL568 660-
                                                          42, 52

                                     Swaffham Prior         32        87       Roman villa and Iron Age settlement north
                                                                                                                             TL573 652
                                                                               of Reach Bridge

                                     Swaffham Prior        PM         33382    Long barrow 410m south-east of Partridge
                                                                                                                            TL5892 6211
                                                                               Hall Farm

                                     Wicken                 48        29711    Moated site south of Chancel Farm            TL5770 7026

                                     Woodditton         36, 52, 32,   5        Devil’s Dyke
                                                                                                                             TL568 660
                                                         42, PM




204
                                                                                           East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy
Historic Parks and Gardens

Map                  Site                                English          Grid Reference
                                                         Heritage Grade

 25, PM              Anglesey Abbey                            II*        TL525620

 5                   Bottisham Park                                       TL551616

 6, 7                Brinkley Hall                                        TL630550

 PM                  Cheveley Park                                        TL668612

 11, PM              Chippenham                                II         TL664693

 13, PM              Dullingham House                          II         TL627580

 16                  Fordham Abbey                                        TL630697

 36                  Stetchworth Park                                     TL641592

 39                  Sutton Park                                          TL451791

 42, 41              Swaffham Prior                                       TL564638
                                                               II


Conservation Areas

Map                  Conservation Area                           Grid Reference

2                    Ashley                                      TL698616

5                    Bottisham                                   TL547605

6, 47                Brinkley                                    TL631548

7                    Burrough Green                              TL638556

8                    Burwell - High Town                         TL589675

8                    Burwell - North Street                      TL589664

10                   Cheveley                                    TL684606

11                   Chippenham                                  TL663698

41                   Commercial End (Swaffham Bulbeck)           TL557633

13, 36               Dullingham                                  TL628579

15, 31               Ely                                         TL542801

16                   Fordham                                     TL633708

17                   Haddenham                                   TL464755

17                   Haddenham - Hill Row                        TL458757                  205
18                   Isleham                                     TL644744

43                   Kirtling (Upend)                            TL703584

21                   Little Downham                              TL525838

24                   Littleport                                  TL567868
 East Cambridgeshire Core Strategy




                                     Map   Conservation Area   Grid Reference

                                     25    Lode                TL535627

                                     32    Reach               TL567662

                                     34    Snailwell           TL644676

                                     35    Soham               TL592732

                                     37    Stretham            TL513745

                                     39    Sutton              TL448788

                                     41    Swaffham Bulbeck    TL556624

                                     42    Swaffham Prior      TL570642

                                     48    Wicken              TL568708

                                     49    Wilburton           TL485749

                                     50    Witcham             TL465799




206

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:57
posted:11/9/2011
language:English
pages:208